
MIL 

,-■'■* a 1 ■;.'■.■.. 
IHWIT V 1 • ; ' ■ ■ 

•••'.'..,■.■.■ 

IB 

■I 




HlU«HZlllUl»fC»WfiiIlHi£tUllUl.%Vtl.' 



VZF 










-A 






V s " ^ A^ 

">* (1- ,o ,-V ">- (I 3 


















'O 



o> s- ! 



V 






v- ^ 



r> 






w 



lV 






•N 






V* 



^ ^ 


















*-1— - y 












\^ x 



V 



> 



s 



* <^ 









<*. A x 






\ 



,° e* 






A 



^ 






A 









9 






A 






► <*- 









V - > A 

^ -^ ,\V .r. 

... 






^ 















^ 






^ - 



tf 






OQ 



A 



^ **. 












•V- * ■ 
















P o* 



Ih 



oA *- 



> 

1 



%>,^ 



A- c^ *- 















' <, 



"^ A X J ■ '% * c * 

* o • -I 



X 







^. - 










\ 




CAIUS IULIUS CAESAR. 
(British Museum.) 



{Frontispiece.) 



t 



THE 

yJAA. 



FIRST LATIN BOOK 



V » / 

E. CUTLER SHEDD 






NEW YORK 

WILLIAM BEVERLEY HARISON 
T901 



M 



% 



1 



^.s* 






Sly !fi$OOft0 Of In a pamphlet of this title the author 

(E<~E8£ir itl ^ ias described tne method which is-em- 

_ „ bodied in this book, and also the result 

CyttC |l/CHt\ f a two years' test. In this test the 

class numbered fifteen, and each member completed the six 
books with comparative ease and without lack of thorough- 
ness. Those pupils to whom Latin proved most difficult 
seemed :to;derive the: grpafer benefit — indeed, judging by 
previous experience, leYeral would have failed to pass in even 
<fcke five.bopfes .required* af t previous classes had it not been 
.■forUh^'tjib^ou^' drjll gN^vby this method, which enabled 
them to successfully complete six books. 



rTHE LIBRARY OF 
CONGRESS, 

Two Copitd Receivec 

SEP. 17 1901 

.COPYRIGHT ENTRY 

(djtM,. /&, i<joi 

C LASTS Qs xXc Ho. 
CQPY B. 



o\-W<teM 



Copyright, 1901, by E. Cutler Shebd, 



11 



PREFACE. 

Five books of Caesar represent about one hundred and 
seventy duodecimo pages, and the pupil who spends eight 
months in reading them devotes an average of an hour or 
more to each page. The amount of Latin really mastered 
in this way is exceedingly meager when compared with the 
time expended, and the author's experience with his own 
classes was the primary cause of an investigation which has 
resulted in this book. Undertaken in a fragmentary way to 
meet immediate needs, it has slowly increased to its present 
proportions. It does not embody a single principle which 
has not been repeatedly tested in the class-room. 

If we ask second-year pupils what they find to be their 
greatest obstacle in the way of reading Latin easily, almost 
invariably the reply is, "The vocabulary."' If, during the 
first half of the school year, the pupil, beginning Latin, could 
learn the meanings of such a number of words as to render 
reference to the vocabulary in the second half year almost 
superfluous, it can readily be seen that a great advantage 
would be gained, especially if the words learned were those 
ordinarily used in second-year Latin. Practical experience 
has convinced the writer that the methods employed in this 
text book secure both these points, without apparent extra 
effort on the part of the pupil. 

A number of words appear printed in heavy type, each 
repeated about five times in the reading lessons which pre- 
cede the special lists of these words. In all about two hun- 
dred and twenty words are introduced in this manner. Other 
words occur as seldom as possible. This method of intro- 
duction is used in the place of a Latin -English vocabulary. 

iii 



iv PREFACE. 

The reading contains in all about eleven thousand words, 
and the written exercises about six thousand. Thus the 
words found in the special lists each occur from sixty to 
seventy times in the book. Naturally some occur more fre- 
quently than others, but scarcely more than six less than 
thirty or forty times. There are also lists of English words 
derived from the Latin, "Allied Words/' which aid the 
memory when aid is most needed. The Latin words are 
thus so impressed upon the memory by repetition and the 
association of ideas that the pupil can scarcely choose but 
learn them. It is believed that this method has never before 
been applied so thoroughly and systematically. 1 

The saving of time thus -secured permits the introduction 
of reading lessons of some length, and of sentences with a 
complex word order. The value of the latter as a prepara- 
tion for classical Latin is obvious. 

The isolated sentences are taken as far as possible from the 
text of Caesar. Wherever practicable they give way to nar- 
ratives from his writings, with text simplified, taken chiefly 
from the "Civil Wars," in order to impart variety and 
correct any tendency to depend upon memory alone in 
second-year reading. Those passages have been chosen 

1 To what extent this method affects the reading of second- 
year Latin may be seen from the following extract from Caesar 
(B. G. II. 17), where the words in heavy type are among the 
words memorized in this First Latin Book : 

His rebus cdgnitls, exploratores centurionesque praemittit, qui 
locum idoneum castrls deligant. Cum ex deditlcils Belgls reli- 
quisque Gallls complures Caesarem secuti una iter facerent, quidam 
ex his, ut postea ex captivis cognitum est, eorum dierum consue- 
tudine itineris nostri exercitus perspecta, nocte ad Nervios perve- 
nsrunt atque his demonstrarunt, inter singulas legiones impedl- 
mentorum magnum numerum intercedere, neque esse quicquam 
negotil, cum prima legi5 in castra venisset reliquaeque legiones 
magnum spatium ab-essent, hanc sub sarcinls adorlrl ; qua pulsa 
impedimentisque direptis futurum, ut reliquae contra consistere 
non auderent. 



PREFACE. V 

which seemed most full of interest as narratives. The text 
has been simplified only to the extent that the pupils' knowl- 
edge of vocabulary and construction demand in each read- 
ing lesson. The learner is thus gradually introduced to 
the Latin of Csesar himself. Incidentally he is familiarized 
with Roman methods of warfare and history, in which he is 
aided by brief notes and carefully selected illustrations and 
maps. 

In the treatment of rules and paradigms the following 
are the points chiefly considered : 

(i) Terms and expressions unfamiliar to the pupil have 
been either eliminated or carefully explained when first 
introduced. Wherever possible English grammar has been 
used as a stepping-stone. The attempt has been made to 
approach difficult subjects, such as the subjunctive, from the 
standpoint of the learner. 

(2) Rules and forms not needed for the reading of " The 
Gallic War" have either been excluded, or else but little 
emphasized. Hence the locative case, for instance, has 
been omitted, and the vocative made optional. 

(3) All rules introduced are given in full. For example, 
all forms of indirect discourse are fully treated. 

(4) Common constructions which are difficult are em- 
phasized, and a constant drill in them is maintained through- 
out the reading and written exercises. Particular attention 
is called, in this connection, to the treatment of the sequence 
of tenses and of clauses of purpose and result in the subjunc- 
tive, and of indirect discourse. 

(5) Constructions, like those of the gerundive, which 
pupils are likely to confuse, are introduced at widely sepa- 
rated intervals. 

(6) The constructions which are most common are intro- 
duced first ; for example, the ablative of means and ^'be- 
fore quis. 

(7) Similar forms are introduced in close sequence. All 
forms of the genitive in ins are thus united. 



vi PREFACE. 

(8) The work has been graded with much care. The 
introductory lessons are an example of this. In the latter 
part of the book frequent reading lessons are inserted to aid 
the pupil in assimilating what has been already learned, be- 
fore taking up new points. 

(9) The subject of verb analysis is given considerable at- 
tention in the belief that it greatly simplifies the mastering 
of the verb. 

(10) The grouping of the words in the Latin Reading 
Lessons (believed to be a new feature in language teaching) 
has been suggested as a valuable aid in acquiring the habit 
of rapid reading. 

Many cross references are given, to aid in uniting what 
logically belong together. The rules are reprinted at the 
rear of the book in a list, arranged systematically and with 
references to leading grammars, inserted for convenience and 
to facilitate the transition to second-year work. 

For the sake of uniformity and simplicity great care has 
been taken that each style of type be used for a like purpose 
throughout the book. Latin words and phrases, for instance, 
appear in a uniform type and are thus immediately dis- 
tinguishable from the English. 

We are indebted to Mrs. M. J. Woodhull, of New York 
City, for the careful editing of the book, and also for her 
many valuable suggestions. 

Thanks are also due to Mr. George M. Baker, recently 
instructor in the Lawrenceville Preparatory School, for the 
care he has exercised in marking the quantities, and to Pro- 
fessor Clifford P. Clark, of Fairmont College, for various 
useful suggestions. The author's greatest obligation, how- 
ever, is to his pupils, (without whose cooperation little could 
have been accomplished,) especially to those of them to whom 
the study of Latin has frequently seemed dull and unprofit- 
able. E. Cutler Shedd. 

Wichita, July 15, 1901. 



CONTENTS. 



Caius Iulius Caesar Frontispiece 

PAGE 

Map I. The Roman Dominions, 44 b.c 85 

Map II. Southeastern Gaul 86 

Map III. The Scene of Caesar's Campaign against Pompey. 87 

Map IV. The Roman Province of Africa 204 

Map V. The Region Around Utica, 44 b.c 205 

Grammatical Introduction 1 

LESSON 

I. Singular and Plural Nominative of First Declension. ........ 7 

II. Accusative Case. Direct Object 9 

III. First Declension. Indirect Object 11 

IV. Order of Words. Apposition. Predicate Nouns ........... 14 

In with Ablative. 

V. Dative of the Possessor 18 

VI. In with Accusative. Omission of Subject ...... 20 

First Word-list. 

VII. Second Declension. Vocative Case 23 

VIII. Adjectives of First and Second Declensions. Predicate 

Adjectives 26 

IX. Second Declension. Nouns in -er 29 

X. The Verb Sum. Agreement of Verb with Subject 32 

XL Sum, continued. Ablative of Means or Instrument 34 

XII. First Conjugation. Personal Endings 37 

XIII. First Conjugation, continued. Verb Stems 41 

XIV. Ablative of Manner. Endings 44 

XV. Hie and Ille „ 46 

vii 



vi J J CONTENTS. 

LESSON PAGE 

XVI. Is .._ 49 

XVII. Qui. Agreement of Relative Pronouns 5 2 

XVIII. Quis ?...., 55 

XIX. Reading. 58 

XX. Iste, Idem, Ipse 60 

XXI. Quidam. Aliquis. Irregular Adjectives 63 

Word-list for Review 66 

XXII. Third Declension. Mute Stems. '-Allied Words" 

begin 67 

- XXIII. Third Declension. Mute Stems, continued. Ablative 

of Cause 7 7° 

XXIV. Third Declension. Liquid Stems 73 

XXV. Third Declension. Stems in i. Descriptive, Ablative, 

or Genitive 76 

XXVI. Third Declension. Stems in i, continued. Comple- 
mentary Infinitive , 79 

XXVII. Third Declension. Adjectives. Principal and Subor- 
dinate Clauses. Order of Words. . 82 

XXVIII. Third Declension. Adjectives, continued. Hints for 

Reading 85 

XXIX. Ablative of Time. . .,,..- 91 

XXX. Second Conjugation 93 

XXXI. Second Conjugation, continued. Tense Signs 96 

XXXII. Ablative of Specification 99 

XXXIII. Fourth Declension 101 

Word-list for Review 103 

XXXIV. Third Conjugation 104 

XXXV. Third Conjugation, continued 106 

XXXVI. Reading 109 

XXXVII. Comparing of Adjectives, Ablative with Comparatives. . ill 

XXXVIII. Comparing of Adjectives, continued 114 

XXXIX. Comparing of Adjectives, continued 1 19 

XL. Formation of Adverbs 122 

XLI. Comparing of Adverbs 125 

XLII. Reading 127 

XLIII. Third Conjugation Verbs in io. Accusative of Space 

and Time 129 

XLIV. Fifth Declension . . . 132 

XLV. Subjunctive of Purpose , 134 



CONTENTS. ix 

LESSON PAGE 

XLVI. Personal and Reflexive Pronouns. Possessive Adjec- 
tives . 138 

Word-list for Review 141 

XLVII. Reading 143 

XLVIII. Numerals '. . 145 

XLIX. Numerals, continued . . . . 148 

L. Subjunctive of Result 149 

LI. The Verb Possum 151 

LII. Reading 154 

LIII. Fourth Conjugation. . . . 156 

LIV. Review of the P'our Conjugations « 158 

LV. The Infinitive. Indirect Statements 159 

LVI. The Tenses of the Infinitive in Indirect Statements 163 

LVII. Reading 165 

LVIII. Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing 166 

LIX. Participles. Accusative of Place Whither, Names of 

Towns 169 

LX. Reading 173 

LXI. Deponent Verbs. Ablative with some Deponents 174 

LXII. Dative with some Intransitives. 176 

LXIII. The Irregular Verbs Volo, Nolo, Malo 178 

LXIV. Cum. Temporal 179 

LXV. Reading for Review 181 

LXVI. Gerundive and Gerund. ..... 183 

LXVII. Reading 185 

LXVIII. Dative of End or Service. Dative with Compounds . . . 188 

LXIX. Ablative Absolute . 190 

LXX. Primary and Secondary Tenses. Perfect and Pluper- 
fect Subjunctive. Full Rule for Sequence of Tenses. 193 

LXXI. The Irregular Veib E6. Ablative of Separation 196 

LXXII. Subjunctive and Relative Clauses 198 

LXXIII. The Irregular Verbs Fer6 and Flo. Hints for Read- 
ing o 201 

Word-list for Review 202 

LXXIV. Reading 206 

LXXV. Indirect Questions. Quam with Superlative 210 

LXX VI. Conditional -Sentences . . 212 

LXXVII. Commands and Appeals. The Three Forms of Indi- 
rect Discourse 215 



X CONTENTS. 

LESSON PAGE 

LXXVIII. The Periphrastic Conjugations 218 

Reading Lessons 221 

Tables of Declension and Conjugation 228 

General Vocabulary 259 

Vocabulary of Proper, Names 279 

List of Rules, Arranged Systematically 285 

Index 291 



LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS. 



Ab., Abl., Ablative. 
Ac, Ace. Accusative. 
Adj., Adjective. 
Adv., Adverb. 
Conj., Conjunction. 
Cp., Compare. 
D., Dat., Dative. 
Demon., Demonstrative. 
Dep., Deponent. 
F., Fern., Feminine. 
F. P., Future Perfect. 
Fut., Future. 

Fut. Perf., Future Perfect. 
G., Gen., Genitive. 
Imp., Imperf., Imperfect. 
Indef., Indefinite. 



Interrog., Interrogative. 

M., Mas., Masculine. 

N., Neut., Neuter. 

N., Nom., Nominative. 

Perf., Perfect. 

Pers., Personal, Person. 

Plup., Pluperf., Pluperfect. 

Poss., Possessive. 

Prep., Preposition. 

Pres., Present. 

Rel., Relative. 

Sing., Singular. 

Subj., Subjunctive. 

Voc, Vocative. 

W., With. 



XI 



For the purpose of ready reference, the rules will be found 
arranged systematically and with references to leading Latin 
grammars in a list following the vocabulary at end of book. 

There is no English-Latin vocabulary, because every word, 
except proper names, used in the prose composition work 
are to be found either in previous word-lists or in the Latin 
reading exercise for the same lesson. 

The vocabulary of proper names follows the main vocabu- 
lary. 

Directions for the use of the " Allied Words" are given in 
paragraph 131. 

For the list of abbreviations see page vii. 
References throughout are to paragraphs. 



xn 

"is : 



GRAMMATICAL INTROD JCTION. 

1. Alphabet. The Latin Alphabet is the same as the 
English, except that it has neither j nor w. I serves both 
as a vowel and as a consonant. 

a. In English j has taken the place of i-consonant. 

2. Classification of Consonants. 

i. Mutes, b, f, p, v, lip sounds, called labials; c, ch 
(5*)> g» k, Q( u )> palate sounds, called palatals; t, d, teeth 
(or tongue) sounds, called dentals (or Unguals). 

2. Liquids. 1, m, n, r. 

3. Double Consonants, x = cs or gs ; z = ds. 

3. Two Methods of pronouncing Latin are used in Amer- 
ica : the Roman and the English. In the English the 

sounds are as a rule the same as in English. This is now 
seldom used. 

4. Sounds of Letters. Roman Method. 

1. ' VOWELS. 

The vowels are the same as in English. Each has two 
sounds, long and short. 

LONG. SHORT. 

a as in ah. a as in what. 

e as in they. e as in set. 

1 as in machine. i as in tin. 

as in home. as in melody. 

u as 00 in tool. U as in put. 

* References throughout are to paragraphs. 



2 INTRODUCTION. 

a. When qu or gu precede a vowel, U is treated as a con- 
sonant. 

This is also true of U in the forms huic (ioo*) and cui 
(113 *) (Lessons XVI and XVIII). 

2. DIPHTHONGS. 

The diphthongs are five ; two vowels combining with a, 
two with e, and one with 0. They are ae, au, ei, eu, and 
oe. 



ae as at in aisle. eu as eu in feud. 

au as ou in out. oe as oi in soil. 

ei as ei m freight. 



5. CONSONANTS. 

The most of these are pronounced as in English. The 
following only need be noticed : 

C is hard, as in cat. i-consonant is like^ in vet. 

ch is hard, as in Christian. ph is like/, or ph in Philip. j 

g is hard, as in go. v is like w in will. 



i 






6. Syllables, i. A word has as many syllables as it has 
vowels and diphthongs : ae-mu-la-ti-o. * 

2. In dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant is 
joined to the following vowel : ho-mi-nes. 

When there are two or more consonants between tw( 
vowels, as many as can be so pronounced are joined to the 
second vowel: e-gre-gi-us, se-cun-dus. 

a. But when the word is formed by the union of two or 
more words (that is, is a compound) the division must show 
the component parts : ab-esse. 

3. The last syllable of a word is called the ultima (in 
Latin meaning last) ; the syllable preceding the ultima the 
penult (a word contracted from the Latin paene, almost, and 
ultima). That preceding the penult is called the ante- 
penult, (ante in Latin means be/ore.) \ 

1 - 
* References throughout are to paragraphs. 



INTRODUCTION. 3 

7. Quantity, or Length of Vowels. 

i. Vowels are long (_) or short (w). In this book 
long vowels only are marked. 

2. A vowel is short before another vowel or h, and gen- 
erally before nt and nd. 

3. Diphthongs are long. 

4. In compounds vowels representing diphthongs, and 
vowels resulting from contraction, are long: 

iniquus (for in-aequus) ; cogo (contracted from co-ag6). 

5. A vowel is long before nf, ns and i-consonant, and 
generally long before gn. 

6. A syllable 1 is long if it contains a long vowel or a 
diphthong, or if it has a short vowel followed by two 
consonants (except a mute with 1 or r), or a double 
consonant. 

8. Accent. 

1. An accented syllable is one which is pronounced with 
greater stress of voice than other syllables in the same word. 

2. In words of two syllables, the accent is upon the 
first syllable : sil'-va. 

3. In words of more than two syllables, the accent is upon 
the penult, if that is long, otherwise upon the antepenult: 
a-mi'-cus. 

4. If -ne [41] or -que [91] be added to a word, the ac- 
cent falls upon the last syllable of the word : laudat'-ne ? 
mensa'-que, 

9. Cases. The names of the cases are Nominative, 
Genitive, Dative, Accusative, Ablative, Vocative. 

a. There is also a Locative case, which is not given in 
this book, as it rarely occurs in second-year Latin. 

b. The meanings and uses of the cases will be given in 
succeeding lessons. 

1 To avoid confusion, the quantity of syllables is not indicated in this 
Dook. 



INTRODUCTION. 



■ lO. Gender. 

i. There are three genders, masculine, feminine and 
neuter, as in English. 

2. Unlike the English, the gender is usually determined 
by the ending. 

Thus, nouns whose nominative singular ends in a are 
nearly always feminine.. 

a. Sometimes gender is determined by the meaning, as 
in English. 

b. That a word in English is neuter, and hence referred 
to as "it", does not show that it is neuter in Latin. In 
Latin "field", "year", and "sword", for instance, are 
each referred to as "he " ; " forest ", " road ", and " gate ", 
as "she". 

3. Names of males, rivers, winds and months are 
masculine. 

4. Names of females, countries, towns, islands and 
trees are feminine. 

5. Indeclinable nouns are neuter. 

11. Examples for Practice in Pronunciation. 



1. 



VOWELS. 






acriter, eagerly. 

ala, wing. 

ara, altar. 

Cornelia. 

culpa, fault. 

fortuna, chance. 

edictum, proclamation. 

emitto, I send out. 

Epirus. 

alter, the other {of two). 

inter, between. 

tamen, yet. 

Idus. 

insula, island. 



Ira, anger. 
avis, bird. 
Asia. 

dulcis, sweet. 
olim, formerly, once. 
oratio, a speech. 
6rdo, rank, order. 
modo, only. 

Hector. 

mercator, merchant. 
undecim, eleven. 
utilis, useful. 
uva, grape. 



INTRODUCTION. 



DIPHTHONGS. 



Graecia. 

aedificium, edifice. 
tubae, trumpets. 
causa, cause. 
gaudium, delight. 
nauta, sailor. 



Europa. 

Eurus. 

Euphrates. 

coepl, I began, 

Poenicus. 

poena, punishment. 



CONSONANTS. 



Cicero, 

Caesar, 

civis, citizen. 

Charon. 

schola, school. 

cachinno, I laugh aloud. 

genus, race. 

granum, a grain. 

gusto, I taste. 

iam, already. 

ianua, door. 

Iura. 

Polyphemus, 

elephantus, elephant. 

Philippus. 



sedes, seat. 
rosa, rose. 
Musa. 

Virgo, virgin. 
via, road. 
verbum, word. 
lingua, tongue. 
sanguis, blood. 
anguis, snake. 
quercus, oak. 
quondam, formerly. 
qui, who 
Suetonius, 
suavis, pleasant. 
sui, of himself . 



SYLLABLES. 



ma-tri-mo-ni-um, marriage, perspicio, I see through. 






le-ga-ti-6, embassy. 
Hel-ve-ti-I. 
A-qui-ta-ni-a. 
Ca-ta-man-to-loe-des, 
auc-to-ri-tas, authority. 
pulchritudo, beauty. 



invictus, unconquered. 
exspiro, / breathe forth. 
depono, I put down. 
confero, I colled. 
circumvenio, / surround. 



INTRODUCTION. 



ACCENT. 



Alexander. 

ancilla, maid-servant. 
amicitia, friendship. 
copia, abundance. 
melior, better. 
monumentum, monument. 
adulescens, a youth. 
Africanus. 
beneficium, a favor. 



Carthaginiensis. 
colloquium) conversation. 
nobilitas, nobility. 
provincia, province. 
ostendo, I show. 
xmdiquQ, from all sida,. 
porta, gate. 
poenitentia, penitence. 
proelium, battle. 



•n- i s y 



LESSON I. 

12. MODELS. 

puella, girl. puellae, girls. 

regina, queen. reginae, queens. 

a. How does the plural of the Latin noun differ from the 
singular ? Form the plural of the following nouns : 

" fllia, daughter. terra, land. 

mensa, table. via, road. 

silva, forest. 

13. EXAMPLES. 

Singular and Plural 

Via est longa, The road is long. Nominative of First 

Viae sunt longae, Roads are long. Declension. 

a. Notice that the adjective has a plural ending when it 
modifies a noun in the plural. If English were like Latin 
in this respect we would say " Roads are longs." 

b. There is no article. Via may be translated either 
a road or the road ; viae, roads or the roads. 

14. 

i. Terra est lata. 

2. Copiae sunt magnae. 

3. Ubi est mensa alta et longa ? 

4. Multae viae sunt longae. 

5. Terrae sunt multae 

6. Mensa est lata. 

7. Ubi est magna mensa? 

8. Estne a fllia bona? 

1 -ne is the sign of a question, and cannot be translated. 



8 LESSON I. 

9. Mensae sunt altae. 

10. Multae mensae sunt magnae et altae. 

11. Ubi sunt magnae silvae? 

12. Regina est bona. 

13. Puella et regina ' sunt bonae. 

14. Viae sunt latae. 

15. Ubi est puella bona ? 

15. The words needed in the English-Latin exer- 
cises of the first six lessons will be found in the Latin- 
English exercises which immediately precede them. 

1. The road is long. 

2. Is the road long ? (14, note 1.) 

3. Are the roads long ? 

4. Are the tables long ? 

5. Where are the wide tables ? 

6. Where are the good girls ? 

7. Many forests are large. 

8. The table is large and high. 

1 Notice the compound subject. 






LESSON II. 

16. EXAMPLES. 

Puella tubam portat, The girl is carrying (or, car- 

ries, or, does carry) a trumpet. 

Puella tubas portat, The girl is carrying trumpets. 

Puellae tubas portant, Girls are carrying (or, carry 

or, do carry) trumpets. 

Regina multas puellas amat,7%<? queen loves (or, is loving, 

or, does love) many girls. 

a. In these sentences notice the endings -am and -as. 
How do they differ in meaning ? 

These are the endings of the Accusa= Accusative Case. 

. . , T . , , Direct Object. 

tive case. Notice that in these sentences it 
denotes what is called in English grammar the direct 
object of the verb. To what case in English grammar does 
this use of the Accusative correspond? 

b. How does the plural differ from the singular in the 
verbs given above ? In the same way form the plurals of 

amat, loves. laudat, praises. 

c. Notice that the adjective multas agrees with puellas, 
the noun which it modifies, just as the adjectives in Lesson I 
agree with the nouns which they modify. 

17. 

i . Puella aquam portat. 

2. Terra silvas multas habet. 

3. Regina puellam laudat. 

4. Ubi est praeda magna ? 



io LESSON II. 

5. Viae sunt multae et longae. 

6. Regina rosam habet, 

7. Filiae rosas habent. 

8. Puellae aquam portant. 

9. Ubi sunt copiae magnae ? 

10. Filia tubam habet. 

11. Puella reginam amat. 

12. Regina puellas bonas amat. 

13. Terra magna vias longas et latas habet. 

14. Filiae bonae reginam laudant. 

15. Puellae multae filiam bonam laudant. 

16. Amatne regina bona filias bonas ? 

17. Puellae mensam altam habent. 

18. Portantne puellae mensam latam ? 

19. Regina bona filiam bonam laudat. 

18. (See 15.) 

1 . Is the girl carrying a table ? 

2. The troops have much plunder. 

3. The large country has large forests. 

4. Where are the troops ? 

5. The queen praises the girls. 

6. The girls love the queen. 

7. The queen has a large country. 

8. The girl is carrying the roses and the trumpet. 

9. Does the queen praise the girl ? 



LESSON III. 



19. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 



Declension is the changing of a Latin noun or adjective 
into the forms for the different cases (9), as puella, for 
instance, has already been changed into the three case-forms 
puellam, puellae, and puellas. (16.) 

First Declension. 
silva, forest. 



Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 

Ablative 

Vocative 



singular. 

silva 

silvae 

silvae 

silvam 

silva 

(silva) 

plural. 



a forest 
of a forest 
to or for a forest 
a forest 



Nominative 

Genitive 

Dative 

Accusative 

Ablative 

Vocative 



forests 

of forests 

to ox for forests 
forests 



silvae 

silvarum 

silvis 

silvas 

silvis 

(silvae) 

a. What is the difference between the nominative and 
ablative singular ? 

b. The meanings of the ablative will be given later. 

c. The vocative is the case of address. 

xx 



12 



LESSON III. 



d. The stem is that part of a word which remains un- 
changed throughout the declension, (silv- above.) 

What are the stems of the following words ? 
copiis, vias, reginae, filia, mensarum, puellis, terram. 

Strictly speaking, the stem of the first declension ends in a, 
which is called the stem vowel. This a, however, has 
united by contraction with the vowel of the ending. 

e. To learn the meaning of a word, notice the stem: 
To learn in what case a word is, notice the ending. The 
pupil who trains himself to divide Latin words into stems and 
endings has mastered one of the points necessary for easy 
reading. 

f. Declension by Endings. 





SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


Stem silv 


Nom. 


-a 


Nom. -ae 




Gen. 


-ae 


Gen. -arum 




Dat. 


-ae 


Dat. -is 




Ace. 


-am 


Ace. -as 




Abl. 


-a 


Abl. -is 




Voc. 


-a 


Voc. -ae 


>. 




EXAMPLES. 





Indirect Object. 



20. 

Regina puellae rosam dat, The queen gives a rose to the girl. 
Rosa puellae est grata, The rose is acceptable to the girl. 

a. What is the case of puellae in these 
sentences ? 

This use of the Dative is called the Dative of the Indirect 
Object, and is the same in meaning and use as the indirect 
object in English. 

b. Notice the difference between the direct and the indi- 
rect objects in the first sentence. Be careful not to confuse 
these two " objects." 

c. The second sentence illustrates one use of the dative 
with adjectives. 



LESSON III 13 

21. Rule. — The nominative is the case of the subject. 

22. Rule. — The direct object of a verb is put in the ac- 
cusative. 

23. Rule. — The indirect object of a verb is put in the 
dative. 

24. 

1. Silvae multae Galliae sunt magnae. 

2. Filia puellae rosam magnam dat. 

3. Reglna filiae longam mensam dat. 

4. Estne rosa magna puellae bonae grata ? 

5. Reglna copias magnas habet. 

6. Reglna terrae puellis rosas multas dat. Rosae 

puellis sunt gratae. 

7. Puella bonae reginae longam mensam dat. 

8. Habetne reglna latam mensam? 

9. Viae Galliae sunt longae. 

0. Terrae Galliae silvas multas habent. 
n. Reglna puellas laudat. 

12. Reglna filiis terrae praedam dat. Praeda reginae 
f Iliis grata est. 

13. Reglna puellas multas amat. 

14. Puellae reginae filiis rosas multas et magnas dant. 

15. Ubi sunt mensae altae et latae ? 

25. (See 15.) 

1. The good girls give a large table to the queen. 
The table is acceptable to the queen. 

2. The daughter of the queen has many large roses. 
The queen gives the roses of the daughter to the girls. 

3. The countries of Gaul have many large forests 
and long roads. 

4. The queen gives the plunder of the land to the 
troops. 

5. Where are the countries of Gaul ? 

6. Are the forests of the country large ? ,, . s 




LESSON IV. 

26. EXAMPLES. 

The queen gives a rose to the girl. 

In this sentence notice that we recognize the word 
" queen " as the subject, and " rose " as the direct object 

of the verb " gives" because the one precedes and the other 
follows the verb. 

Thus the words in an English sentence follow a fixed 
order : subject, verb, object. 

The same sentence in Latin reads : Order of 

Words. 

Regina puellae rosam dat. 

Notice that we recognize the word rosam as direct object 
because of its ending -m, and puellae as the indirect object 
because of its ending -ae. 

If the words be rearranged, 

Regina rosam puellae dat, 
Rosam regina puellae dat, 

the meaning remains unchanged, for rosam, so long as it 
keeps the ending -m, cannot be anything but the direct 
object, and puellae, so long as it keeps the ending -ae, 
will in this sentence remain the indirect object. 

a. In a declarative Latin sentence the subject is usually 
placed first. 

b. The verb (excepting est and sunt) nearly always comes 
last. 

14 



. - -** ■ - ^ rS- m i . 



LESSON IV. 15 

27. EXAMPLES. 

Regina Corneliam, filiam Galbae, laudat, The queen 
praises Cornelia, the daughter of Galba. Apposition. 

Regina Corneliae, puellae, tubam dat, The queen gives 
a trumpet to Cornelia, the girl. 

a. Notice that filiam and Corneliam both refer to the 
same person and are in the same case. This is also 
true of Corneliae and puellae. 

b. When a noun is joined to another noun as filiam is 
to Corneliam, or puellae to Corneliae, it is said to be in 
apposition with it. 

28. Rule. — Appositives agree in case with the nouns 
which they limit. 

a. An appositive may often be best translated into Eng- 
lish by a noun introduced by "as" or " of." For example : 

Terra Gallia erat magna, The land of Gaul was large. 

Galba ad Galliam legatus Gallis proper at, Galba hastens 
to Gaul as an envoy to the Gauls. 

29. EXAMPLES. 

Cornelia, puella, erat filia reginae, Cornelia, the girl y 
was the daughter 0/ the queen. 

a. In this sentence filia, which is in the predicate of the 
sentence, denotes the same person as Cornelia, the subject. 
Nouns used in this way are called predicate Predicate 
nouns. Nouns 

b. How does a predicate nominative differ from an 
appositive ? 

Which is the predicate nominative, and which the ap- 
positive, in the following sentence ? 

Cornelia, filia Galbae, erat bona puella, Cornelia, the 
daughter of Galba, was a good girl. 

30. Rule. — A predicate noun agrees with the subject 
in case. 



1 6 LESSON IV. 



31. EXAMPLE, 

Multae silvae sunt in terra Gallia, Many forests are in 
the land of Gaul. 

a. Notice that the preposition in is followed by the Ab= 
lati ve case. Hence in is said to govern j n with 

the Ablative. Ablative. 

32. 

i. Puella est filia reginae. 

2. Magna silva erat in terra. 

3. In terris Galliae erant longae et latae viae. 

4. Ubi est puella, filia Corneliae? In silva est filia 
Corneliae. 

5. Cornelia, puella, filiae reginae aquam dat. 

6. Estne rosa in mensa? 

7. Habetne terra Helvetia silvas? In Helvetia, terra 
Galliae, sunt multae et magnae silvae. 

8. Corneliae tuba erat in alta mensa. 

9. Erantne silvae Galliae multae et magnae? 

10. Gallia est magna et lata terra. 

11. Puellae Corneliam, Galbae bonam filiam, amant. 

12. Filiae Galbae Corneliae puellae rosam magnam 
dant. 

13. Gratae sunt reginae rosae. 

14. Copiae terrae erant magnae. 

15. In magnis silvis erant longae viae. 

16. Praeda terrae est magna. 

17. Bonae puellae filiis Galbae tubas dant. 

33. (Words in parentheses are to be omitted in the 
Latin. ) 

1 . Is Gaul a large land ? 

2. In the countries of Gaul are many troops. 

3. In Helvetia, a land of Gaul, are large forests. 



ra 




LESSON IV. 17 

4. In the land of Gaul i is a large and wide forest. 

5. The good girls give large roses to Cornelia, the 
daughter of the queen. 

6. The roses are acceptable to Cornelia. 

7. The queen praises the girls. 

8. The troops of the queen are in the forest. 

9. Are the roses upon the table ? 

10. Where is the daughter of Galba ? 

11. Galba loves (his) daughter. 

1 Not genitive. 



LESSON V. 



34. 



EXAMPLE. 



Terrae est magna silva, There is a large forest to the 
land, that is, the land has a large forest. 

Observe that this sentence has the same meaning as if it 
were Terra habet magnam silvam. The dative thus used is 
called the Dative of the Possessor. 



Dative of ihe 
Possessor. 



35. Rule. — The dative is used with sum 
to denote the possessor, the thing pos- 
sessed being the subject. 

36. 

i . Regina magnam rosam habet. 

2. Reginae est rosa magna. 

3. Reginae sunt rosae multae. 

4. Tuba est puellae. Tuba pueliae est grata. 

5. Corneliae, Galbae filiae sunt rosae multae. 

6. Aqua magna est in via. 
Suntne multae reginae bonae ? 
Corneliae filiae bonae sunt tubae longae. 
Galliae terris sunt silvae multae. 
Ubi erat puella, Galbae f ilia bona ? 
Praeda in silva erat. 
Cornelia filias bonas habet. Corneliae sunt filiae 

multae. 

13. Galliae terrae magnae et latae erant silvae multae. 

14. Rosa Corneliae est in aqua. 

15. Galba reginae longam mensam dat. 

18 



7- 

8. 

9- 
10. 

11. 

12. 



LESSON V. 



19 






16. Estne aqua alta ? 

17. Amatne Galba filias ? 

18. Cornelia, filia Galbae, magnam rosam reginae dat. 
Grata reginae est rosa Corneliae. Corneliae tubam longam 
regina dat. Corneliae est tuba longa. 

19. Reginae copiae erant rnagnae. 

37. (When possible, translate the following sentences in 
two or three ways.) 

1 . There is a large forest in the country of Helvetia 

(33- n. 1). 

2. Cornelia has a rose. 

3. Is Cornelia a good girl ? 

4. Where was the plunder of the land of Helvetia ? 

5. Has the queen a table ? 

6. Has the girl, the daughter of the queen, many- 
roses ? 

7. The water in the road is deep. 




LESSON VI. 



38. 



EXAMPLE. 



Galba in silvam hastam portat, Galba carries a spear 
into the forest. 

a. Notice that in this sentence the prepo- 
sition in means "into," and governs the ac- 
cusative silvam, which is not a direct object, as is hastam. 



In with 
Accusative. 



39. 



EXAMPLES. 






In silvam hastas portant, They are carrying spears into 
the forest. 

In silvam properat, He (or she) hurries Omission of 

Subject. 

into the forest. 

a. Notice that there is no subject expressed in these sen- 
tences, but that the subjects " they" and " he "are included 
in the verbs and expressed in the endings. 

b. The general sense of the sentence determines whether 
the subject expressed in the singular by the ending be 
" he," "she," or "it." 

40. 

i. Galba in terram Galliam properat. 

2. In silvas properant. 

3. In terram multas hastas portant. 

4. In terras praedam magnam portat. 

5. Roma multas et latas vias habet. 

6. In terra Gallia sunt multae viae. Terris Galliae 
sunt longae viae. Galliae suntne multae silvae ? Viae 
in silvis terrae Galliae sunt longae sed non latae. 

20 



LESSON VI. 21 

7. Galba in silvam longas hastas portat. 

8. Tuba filiae Galbae erat in alta mensa. 

9. Galbae filias laudant. 

10. Puellae hastam dat. Non grata puellae est hasta. 

11. Puellae, filiae Corneliae, sunt in Roma. 

12. In Romam magnam praedam multarum terrarum 
Galliae portant. 

13. In porta erat regina bona. 

14. In terra Helvetia copias habet. In Galliam copiae 
properant. 

15. In silvas terrarum Galliae properant. 

16. Hasta longa est in via. 

17. Filia bona est reginae. 

18. Romae viae sunt latae. 

19. Copiae magnae sunt in terra Gallia. 

20. Ubi est aqua? 

21. Copias magnas in Helvetia non habent. 

41. WORD-LIST. 

copia, COpiae, a supply (of -ne, sign of a question (8. 4). 

anything) ; plural also est, is. 

troops. sunt, are. 

silva, silvae, a forest. dat, he, she, or it gives, is 

terra, terrae, a country, or giving, or does give. 

land. habet, he, she, or it has, is 

via, viae, a road. having, or does have. 
et, and. 

42. (When possible, translate the following sentences in 
two or three ways.) 

1 . He hurries into the land of Helvetia. 

2. In Gaul (there) are many troops. The troops 
have much plunder. They are carrying the plunder 
into the forests. 

3. The girl, the daughter of Galba, is in the road. 



22 



LESSON VI. 



4. They give the spear to the good girl, the daugh- 
ter of Cornelia. 

5. Has Galba a daughter ? He has many daugh- 
ters. 

6. Where is Galba 's spear ? 

7. The girls have trumpets. 

8. Does the queen praise the girls ? 



LESSON VII. 



SECOND DECLENSION. 



43. The stem ends in o, which usually disappears by- 
combination with the case-ending. 

44. Nouns of the second declension 

ending in -um are neuter. 

Others are masculine. (But see 10. 3 and 4.) 

45. 



Stem and 
Gender. 



murus, wall. 


oppidum, town. 


SINGULAR. 


Nom. murus 


oppidum 


Gen murl 


oppidi 


Dat. miirO 


oppido 


Ace. murum 


oppidum 


Abl. miirO 


oppido 


Voc. (mure) 


(oppidum) 


PLURAL 


. 


Nom. murl 


oppida 


Gen. murdrum 


oppidorum 


Dat. muris 


oppidis 


Ace. murOS 


oppida 


Abl. muris 


oppidis 


Voc. (murl) 


(oppida) 



a. Nouns in -us of this declension have a special form in 
e, which forms their vocative case, or case of address. 
Amice, friend. 

b. The vocative of othei- nouns in all de- 
clensions is the same in form as the nominative. 

23 



Vocative Case. 






24 LESSON Vll. 

c. How many cases in murus can you find which have 
the same ending ? 

d. Which cases of oppidum are alike in the singular ? 
which in the plural ? 

e. Declension by Endings. 

singular. 

MASCULINE. NEUTER. 

Stem mur Nom. -us Stem oppid Nom. -urn 

Gen. -I Gen. -I 

Dat. -5 Dat. -o 

Ace. -um Ace. -um 

Abl. -5 Abl. -o 

Voc. -e Voc. -um 

PLURAL. 

Nom. -I Nom. -a 

Gen. -orum Gen. -orum 

Dat. -Is Dat. -is 

Ace. -6s Ace. -a 

Abl. -is Abl. -is 

Voc. -I Voc. -a 

46. 

i. Marce, amice, quid est in oppido ? In oppido amici 
legati tela et equos habent. Copia equorum magna est in 
oppidO. Magnam copiam telorum legati populo dant. 
Magnus est numerus captivorum in oppido. Copiae oppidi 
sunt magnae. 

2. Estne Marci amicus legatus ? Galba, amicus Man i 
et populi, est legatus in Roma, Italiae oppido. Donasuntne 
tribunis, populi legatis ? Legatus telum, donum populi, 
habet. Tela sunt Galbae, legato. 

3. Magnus est numerus oppidorum. Legati oppidorum 
sunt captivi. Mulii sunt captivi. In silvis sunt equi cap- 
tivorum. Captivi multa dona amicis dant. 

4. Numerus magnus telorum est Marco, tribuno, legati 



LESSON Vll. 25 

amico. Multa tela tribunus habet et populo oppidi dat. In 
oppido sunt equi et tela, dona amicorum. Magnum nume- 
rum equorum in silva tribunus habet. Equos et tela, dona, 
Marcus amicis legati dat. 

47. WORD-LIST. 

numerus, -1, number. in, preposition ; with abla- 

amicus, -1, friend. tive, in or on ; with accu- 

captivus, -1, prisoner. sative, into, against. 

equus, -1, horse. quid ?, what ? Neuter nom- 

legatus, -1, an envoy, also an inative or accusative of in- 

ofricer in the Roman army, terrogative pronoun quis? 

a " legate". (Lesson XVIII.) 

48. HINTS FOR WRITING LATIN. 

Every word except proper names used in the sentences 
to be turned into Latin has either been given in the vocab- 
ularies or else may be found in the Latin-English exercise for 
the same lesson. For proper names look in the Latin-Eng- 
lish vocabulary. Do not look up the words in any English- 
Latin vocabulary. To do so may seem the quickest way for 
the first few lessons, but it teaches one very little Latin, and 
in the long run is sure to prove much the slowest method. 

Study 26 again. Do not put down your words at random. 

Words not to be rendered in Latin are placed in parenthe- 
ses. 

49. 

1. The legates are friends of the captives. 

2. They give a large number of horses to (their) 
friends. 

3. Do they give the horses to the prisoners, the 
friends of the envoys ? 

4. Marcus, has the legate a horse ? 

5. The legate's friend has a horse in the road. 

6. Are (there) large forests in the land of Gaul ? 
(33- n. 1.) 



LESSON VIII. 

ADJECTIVES OF FIRST AND SECOND DECLEN 

SIONS. 



50. 

MASCULINE. 

Bonus Galba, 

Good Galba. 

Nom. Bonus Galba 
Gen. Boni Galbae 
Dat. Bono Galbae 
Ace. Bonum Galbam 
Abl. Bono Galba 
Voc. (Bone Galba) 



EXAMPLES. 

FEMININE. 

Bona Cornelia, 

Good Cornelia. 

Bona Cornelia 
Bonae Corneliae 
Bonae Corneliae 
Bonam Corneliam 
Bona Cornelia 
(Bona Cornelia) 



NEUTER. 

Bonum donum, 

A good gift. 

Bonum donum 
Boni doni 
Bono demo 
Bonum donum 
Bono dono 
(Bonum donum) 



a. Observe that bonus agrees in gender with the noun 
which it limits. 

b. Adjectives of the first and second declensions have 
three sets of terminations, in order to agree with any 
noun in any case. The masculine is declined like murus, 
the feminine like silva, and the neuter like oppidum. 

51. Learn the declension of bonus (474). 
a. Decline equus defessus, tired horse, and gratum 
donum, pleasing gift. 

26 



LESSON Vlll. 



27 



52. 



EXAMPLES. 



Equus est magnus, The horse is large. 

Equi sunt magni, Horses are large. Predicate 

Oppidum est parVUm, The town is small. Adjectives. 

Oppida sunt parva, The towns are small. 

Galba est bonus, Galba is good. 
Adjectives used after est and sunt, as in these sentences, 
are called predicate adjectives. 

How do they differ from predicate nouns ? (29.) 

53. 

1. Dona multa bonae filiae Marci sunt. 

2. Via Galbae defessi filiis defessis est longa. 

3. Donum boni Marci Galbae bono est gratum. 

4. Marcus Galbae filius in oppidum tela dona bona portat. 

5. Filio bono tribuni equi sunt gratl. 

6. In terra sunt silvae magnae. Magnus est in terra 
Gallia silvarum numerus. Longae viae sunt in silvis. Non 
grata est tribunis defessis legato rum in silvam fuga. Nonne 
grata est populo terrae fuga in silva captivorum ? 

7. Murus altus est in silva. Magnam copiam telorum 
equi et captivi in silvam portant. Filiis Marci grata in 
silva sunt tela, dona amicorum. Defessi sunt tribunorum 
captivi. Equi bonorum legatorum in oppidum captivos 
defessos portant. 

8. Altum murum habetne magnum oppidum ? Longus 
et altus mums est oppido magno. Alto et longo muro 
oppidi sunt multae portae. 



54, WORD-LIST. 

altus, -a, -um, high, tall, deep. 
defessus, -a, -um, weary, 

tired. 
gratus, -a, -um, pleasing (not 

used of persons). 
longus, -a, -um, long. 



magnus, -a, -um, large. 
multus, -a, -um, much; plu- 
ral, many. 
oppidum, -1, n., town. 
non, not. 
portat, is carrying. 



28 LESSON VUL 

55. 

i . The tall captive is tired. 

2. What is the horse carrying into the town ? 

3. The friends of the ambassador are in the town. 

4. He gives a horse to (his) tired friend. 

5. The legate has a large number of horses in th 
forest. 

6. Galba, the friend of the captive, is in the road. 

7. The road is long and the captives are tired. 

8. The legate, the friend of the tribune, is not in 
the town. 






LESSON IX. 



56. 



SECOND DECLENSION-CONTINUED. 
Ager, m., field. Vir, m., ??ian. Puer, m., boy. 



Nom. ager 

Gen. agrl 

Dat. agro 

Ace. agrum 

Abl. agro 

Voc. (ager) 



SINGULAR. 

vir 
virl 
virO 
virum 

virO 
(vir) 



puer 

puerl 

puero 

puerum 

puer6 

(puer) 



PLURAL. 

Nom. agrl virl puerl 

Gen. agrorum virorum puerdrum 

Dat. agris viris pueris 

Ace. agros viros puerOS 

Abl. agris viris pueris 

Voc. (agrl) (virl) (puerl) 

a. How does the declension of ager differ from that of 
puer? 

b. Most nouns and adjectives in -er of this declension are 
declined like ager. 

57. 

Nouns in -ius and -ium shorten the genitive singular 
ending -ii to -I. The accent remains unchanged. 
consilium, gen. consili, advice, plan. 
filius, gen. fill, son. 

Pompeius, gen. Pompel, Pompey. 

a? 



3° LESSON IX. 

58. 

i. Captivi aegri non multum frumentum habent. 

2. Liber populus liberam terram habet. 

3. Equi nostri sunt in agris. 

4. Equi nigri aegri Galbae frumentum non habent. 

5. Nonne est aeger Marci equus niger ? 

6. Muri oppidi nostri sunt alti. 

7. Amicus noster est aeger. 

8. Estne nigro equo multum frumentum magno in agro ? 
Frumentum equorum est in agris. Magna copia frumenti 
est in agro aegro equo. 

9. In concilio viri consilium dant. Non gratum in conci- 
lio est consilium nostrorum legatorum liberis viris. In 
nostro concilio liberorum virorum consilium est bonum. 

10. Estne filia boni Galbae in agro ? In muro est Corne- 
lia, Galbae legati filia. 

11. Bonorum virorum consilium est gratum. Gratum 
consilium in oppido nostro bonus legatus populo dat. 

12. Magnam copiam frumenti in terra Galliae nigri cap- 
tivi in oppida portant. Multa tela in terram Galliam lega- 
tus portat. 

13. Magnum est concilium virorum Romae. Non mag- 
num est concilium liberae Galliae. 

59. WORD-LIST. 

ager, agri, m., field; plural, consilium, -I, advice, plan, 
the country (as distinguish- skill, prudence. 

ed from the town). concilium, -1, council. 

vir, viri, m., man. liber, libera, liberum, free ; 

plural, m., children. 

60. 

1. The man's children are tired. 

2. The horses are not in the town, but 1 in the 
country. 

1 sed. 



LESSON IX. 31 

3. He gives advice to the children. 

4. In the council the advice of (his) friends was not 
acceptable to the envoy. 

5. The captive does not have friends in the council 
of the legates. 

6. Cornelia is the daughter (27) of Marcus the leg- 
ate, the friend of the captives. 

7. The roads in the forest are long. 

8. The troops of the countries of Gaul are in the 
towns. 



LESSON X. 

61. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, 
and the present imperative and infinitive of 

. _.,* The Verb Sum. 

sum (486). 

62. 1. Est, erat, erit. 2. Sunt, erant, erunt. 3. Sumus, 
eramus, erimus. 4. Sum, este, eras. 5. Eram, es, esse. 
6. Ero, eritis. 7. Estis, eratis, eris. 

63. In the preceding lessons verb-forms have been used 
in the third person. The forms of the verb sum show that 
there are endings to denote the first and Agreement of Verb 
second persons as well. wilh Subject. 

a. There are a few such endings in the English language ; 
as, " thou lovest," " he loveth." The English commonly uses 
the pronoun with the verb, which is seldom done in Latin. 

Is " thou,'"' in " thou lovest," really necessary to complete 
the meaning? 

64. 

1. Tu, O puer, Galbae aegri es filius. 

2. Defessi erunt tuorum amicorum liberi. 

3. Ibi nuntius tela puero dat. 

4. Amicus eris puero, boni viri filio. 

5. In Gallia multa hiberna Sextius legatus habet. Non 
magna sunt hiberna, sed legato erunt grata. 

6. Marcus est nuntius. Marco est filia Cornelia. Puer 
erit boni Marci amicus. Marci amicus ero. Marci nuntl 
erimus amici. Estne bonum nostrum consilium? 

7. In Italia frumentum habet. Equi multi captivorum 
in hiberna Sexti Marci tili arma portant. In hibernis erant 
multi viri, sed non captivi erant. Marcus tribunus in hiberna 

32 



I LESSON X. 33 

Sexti nuntiorum arma portat. Arma nunti in hibernis 
boni legati erunt. 

8. Copia magna frumenti defesso equo grata erit. Pueri 
boni, este amici aegri equi. 

9. Ibi arma non erunt. 

10. Tu in magnis hibernis eris, sed arma tua in oppido 
enint. 

11. Ibi oppidum non erit magnum. 

65. WORD LIST. 

nuntius, -1, messenger. arma, -orum, (in plural only) 

frumentum, -1, grain, provi- weapons (of all kinds, both 

sions. for attack and defence). 

telum, -1, weapon (especially ^ {n ihat plac ^ Adverb 

adart y sed, but. 

hiberna, -orum,' (plural only) 

the winter quarters for an 

army. 

66. 

1. They give a javelin to the boys, the friends of 
the messenger. 

2. There 2 is a large supply of grain in the town, 
but there are no darts there. 3 

3. They are carrying much grain and many weapons 
into the winter camp. 4 

4. The winter camp of the legate is in the forest. 

5. The man has a long javelin. Is he carrying the 
javelin into the winter camp ? 

6. The children of the messenger are giving (his) 
weapons to the captives. 

1 The full form castra hiberna is seldom used. 

2 Notice the two uses of the word ; ' there " in English. The first of 
these is not found at all in Latin. 

3 For the adverb of place use ibi. 

* Do not forget that this word is plural in Latin. 



LESSON XI. 

THE VERB SUM- CONTINUED. 

67. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect in- 
dicative of sum. (486.) 

68. EXAMPLES. 

Frumentum equis portatur, The grain is carried by horses. 

Marcus gladio Galbam vulnerat, Marcus Ablalive of Mean8 
wounds Galba with a sword. or instrument. 

a. Notice that the ablatives equis and gladio tell us with 
what, or by means of what, some deed is accomplished. 

69. Rule. — The means or instrument of an action is 
expressed by the ablative. 

70. 

1. Liber vir captivus fuerat. 

2. Magna erit nova porta. 

3. Filius nostri amici gladio cum multis viris pugnat. 

4. Multos Graecos in belli) armis Romani vulnerant. 

5. In terra Gallia fuerant multae silvae. Magnus fuit 
numerus silvarum et agrorum magna in terra Germania, sed 
pauca fuerunt oppida. Paucae et longae viae fuerunt mag- 
nis in silvis et agris Germaniae. 

6. Oppido fuerant muri et portae. Novum est oppidum 
et pauci sunt viri, sed altus est murus. Gladios multos amici 
novo tribuno dant. In alto mtiro oppidi sunt viri. 

Populo oppidi victoria in bello erit grata. 

7. Hibernis muri alti fuerant. 

34 



LESSON XL 35 

8. Gladium novum filio Marcus dat. Gladio virus pau- 
COS filius Marci vulnerat. 

9. Consilium novum legatOrum viris in concilio non erit 
gratum. 

10. Portae multae erunt longo in muro. 

11. Equi magnum in oppidum multum frumentum portant. 

12. lbi magnus numerus gladiorum fuit in via. 

13. In bello telis paucos, sed gladiis multos, vulnerant. 

14. Populo gratum donum dat. 

15. Multum frumentum equis in oppidum portat, et populo 
dat. 

16. Defessi pueri arma tribuni non portant. 

17. In oppido frumentum non erit. In agris frumentum 
multum erit, sed magnae sunt silvae et longae sunt viae. 

71. WORD-LIST. 

bellum, -1, war. tribunus, -1, tribune, some- 

gladius, -i, sword. times lieute » ant - There 

were six military tribunes 

populus, -I r people. in each legion (157) of the 

pauci, -ae, -a, few. Roman . a \ m y< , rrheir du " 

ties varied as the general- 

pugnat, is fighting. in-chief saw fit. 

72. Words will sometimes occur in these exercises which 
are not given as definitions in the vocabularies, but the pupil 
will always be able to find suitable words or expressions in 
the Latin vocabulary at his command. 

I. In the forests and open country 1 of Gaul Csesar 
and the Romans are fighting. The Romans are 
wounding many men with (their) weapons. The 
Gauls are wounding a few Romans by means of (their) 
swords and javelins. This 2 will be acceptable to the 
men in the council, but not to the people in the town. 
Many men in the town are friends of the Gauls. 

1 ager. 2 hoc (neuter singular). 



36 LESSON XL 

2. The Romans are fighting in the woods. The 
arms of the Romans are swords and javelins. The 
Gauls are wounding many Romans by means of (their) 
long javelins. They wound the horse of the tribune. 
But the legate is in the winter camp, and has many 
men and horses, and large supplies of grain. He 
hastens (39) with (his) troops into the woods. There 
(66, n. 2) they wound many of the Gauls by means of 
(their) javelins and swords. 






LESSON XII. 

FIRST CONJUGATION. A VERBS. 

amo (stem ama), love. 
Principal parts : amo, amare, amavi, amatus. 

73. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, 
and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, 
of amo. (480.) 

a. A verb in the Active Voice represents its subject as 
active (that is, usually, as doing something); for instance, 

The man hits the boy. 

b. A verb in the Passive Voice represents its subject as 
being acted upon ; for instance, 

The man is hit by the boy. 

74. 1. Amat, amabat, amabit. 2. Amatur, amabatur, 
amabitur. 3. Amant, amantur, amabam. 4. Amabant, 
amabuntur, amabar. 5. Amabunt, amabantur, ama. 6. 
Amo, amare, amari. 7. Amor, amabamur, amabamus. 8. 
Amabo, amabor, amamur. 9. Amamus, amabimur, amaminl. 
10. Amabimus, amare. 

75. Inflect, that i?, repeat the tenses of, these verbs as 
you have inflected amo : 

nuntio, nuntiare, nuntiavi, nuntiatus, to report or tell. 
porto, portare, portavi, portatus, to carry, 
a. To find the stem, drop -re of the infinitive. 

37 





LESSON XII. 






-mus 


-T 


-mur 




-tis 


-ris 


-mini 


Personal 


-nt 


-tur 


-ntur 


Endings. 



38 

76. 

-0 or -m 

-s 
-t 

These are called the Personal Endings. In what tenses 
are they to be found ? What tenses and moods do not have 
them ? Are they found in the tenses of sum as well as of 
amo ? What do they mean ? 

77. EXAMPLES. 

Galba gladium pOltat, Galba is carrying Ablative of 
a SWOrd. Agent. 

Gladius a Galba portatur, A sword is being carried by Galba. 

Marcus gladio vulneratur, Marcus is wounded by means 0/ 
a sword. 

Viri a legato tuba vocabantur, The men were called by the 
legate by means 0/ a trumpet. 

a. Notice that the object of the active verb in both Latin 
and English becomes the subject of the passive, while the 
subject (the doer or agent) of the active is in Latin ex- 
pressed with the passive by the ablative with a or ab, which 
corresponds to the preposition ''by." 

b. The last two sentences illustrate the difference between 
the Ablative of Agent and the Ablative of Means. The 
Ablative of Agent is used regarding persons, the Abla- 
tive of Means regarding animals or things. 

78. Rule. — The agent with a passive verb is expressed 
by the ablative with a or ab. 

79. 

1. Vir telum in hiberna portabit. 

2. Telum in oppidum a viro portabitur. 

3. Galba Marcum amicum amabat. 

4. Marcus a Galba amabatur. 

5. Liberi, nostrum amicum amabitis. 






LESSON XII. 39 

6. Noster amicus a liberis aegris amabitur. 

7. Quid populo ab amico nostro nuntiabitur? 

8. Frumentum et tela in oppidum a captivo nigro porta- 
buntur. 

9. A multis amamur. 

10. Consilium nunti a Galba nuntiabitur. 

11. Nuntiabitne Galba in concilio nunti consilium ? 

12. Galbae telum a filio in oppidum portabatur. 

13. Filius Galbae arma in oppidum portabat. 

14. Victoria populo nuntiabitur. 

15. A liberis amabimini. 

16. Tribunus cum viris pugnabit. Telis et gladiis 
pugnant. Tribunus gladio et telis vulnerabitur. 

17. In hibernis telis, sed in agro gladiis, tribunus cum 
viris pugnabat. 

18. Romanorum armis Graeci vulnerabantur. Graeci 
Romanos non amabant. 

19. Arma tribunorum a defessis viris non portabantur. 

20. Quis frumentum in oppidum portabit ? Aeger est 
tribunus, sed quid filius nuntiat? Nuntiat, "A captivis 
frumentum in oppidum portabitur." 

SO. WORD-LIST. 

amo, -are, -avi, -atus, to like vulnero, -are, -avi, -atus, to 

or love. wound. 

nuntio, -are, -avi -atus, to a (before a consonant), ab 

report or tell. (before a vowel), by, from. 

portd, -are, -avi, -atus, to cum, preposition followed by 

carry. ablative, together with, 

pugno, -are, -avi, -atus, to sometimes with. Denot- 

fight. Followed by cum, ing accompaniment (not 

with. means). 

81. 

The children of the town are carrying the weapons 
of the lieutenant into the woods. This (72, n. 2) will 



4© LESSON XII. 

be told to the lieutenant by a boy and will not be 
pleasing (to him). He will tell the children, 1 " Boys, 
carry the weapons back again." 2 But the children 
do not like the lieutenant, and do not carry back 2 the 
weapons, but hasten (39) into the winter camp and 
tell the captives, "The lieutenant has no weapons.' 
But the lieutenant tells the boy Marcus, the son J of 
Galba, " Marcus, hasten into the woods and carry (my) 
javelins into the winter camp. ' Marcus will carry the 
javelins to i the lieutenant. 

1 Dative. 9 rursus. 3 filius. 4 ad (not dative). 



LESSON XIII. 

FIRST CONJUGATION -CONTINUED. 

82. Learn the perfect, pluperfect and future perfect indic- 
ative, active and passive, of amo. (480.) 

a. The participle amatus, used in the compound forms of 
the passive, is declined like bonus, and is treated in all re- 
spects like an adjective. 

Cornelia amata est, Cornelia was loved. 

Marcus amatus est. 

Frumentum portatum est, Grain was carried. 

Galba amatus est. 

Amati sunt, They were loved. 

83. Verbs have three stems, which are given in the 
Principal Parts : Porto, portare, portavi, use of Principal 
portatus ; Do, dare, dedi, datus. Par * 8 - 

The first gives the stem of the Present, Imperfect, and 
Future tenses : AMo Do. The second gives the Present 
Infinitive, by which the conjugation is distinguished : 
amARE, dARE. The third gives the stem of the Perfect, 
Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Active : AMAVI DEDI. 
The fourth gives the stem of the Perfect, Pluperfect and 
Future Perfect Passive : AMATus DATus. 

84. Look in a vocabulary as seldom as possible. 

First translate the Latin as nearly in the order in which it 
comes as you can, giving to each word the 

.. Hints for Reading. 

meaning its ending requires. Do not try to 
make good English, but only to get the sense and to find the 
construction of each Latin word. Then go over the sentence 

4* 



42 LESSON XIII. 

again, and turn it into good English. This is especially nec- 
essary in a long sentence. 

85. 

i. Amice, esne aeger? 

2. Copia magna frumenti defessis equis fuerat in agro. 

3. Cum studio oppugnati sumus. 

4. In hiberna tribuni arma et frumentum multum a cap- 
tivis portata erant. Barbari viri pugnis multis hiberna 
oppugnaverunt. Portas hibernorum cum studio barbari 
viri Oppugnaverunt, et multos amicos tribuni telis vulnera- 
verunt. . Multos viros tribunus paucis cum am ids in pugna 
vulneravit. 

5. Pauci viri cum magno studio laborant. Barbari viri 
non laborant. Bonus vir cum consilio et studio laborat. 
Laborabisne, puer? 

6. Cum magno studio populi barbari terram legatus occu- 
pavit. Magno cum studio oppida oppugnabat. Magnis 
pugnis paucae terrae occupatae sunt. Magnae pugnae 
erant, et viri multi telis vulnerati sunt, sed pauca oppida op- 
pugnata sunt. 

7. Magno cum consilio a Romanis in bello oppida Oppug- 
nabantur. Multis pugnis in Gallia a Romanis oppida 0C- 
cupata sunt. Oppida multa in Gallia oppugnabuntur. 
Cum barbaris viris pugnis multis Caesar pugnabit. 

8. Terrae novae a viris barbaris in bello magno cum 
studio occupatae erant. Magno cum studio populi barbari 
terrain occupabunt. 

86. WORD-LIST. 

occupo, -are, -avi, -atus, to laboro, -are, -avi, -atus, to 

take possession of, to seize. work. Sometimes to have 

oppugno, -are, -avi, -atus, to a hard time. 

attack. barbarus, -a, -um, uncivilized. 

pugna, -ae, a fight. studium, -1, eagerness. 



LESSON MIL 43 



87. 



1. In the woods, in a wide place upon the road, the 
messenger was attacked. A man wounded (his) horse 
with a javelin. The messenger fought with the men 
with (his) sword. But the men were many, and he was 
tired out by the fight. He told the men (81, n. i), "I 
am the messenger of the tribune Sextius ; why are you 
attacking me ? Are you not his friends ? ' They told 
the messenger, " We are the friends of Sextius. We 
will be your friends. ' ' 

2. The winter camp of the legate was in the forest. 
In the winter camp there (66, n. 2) were a great num- 
ber of captives, and much grain, and many weapons 
and horses. A large number of Gauls attacked the 
troops of the legate. In the battle he was wounded 
with a sword by a man. The Gauls seized the winter 
camp and carried the grain and weapons into the 
forest. 



LESSON XIV. 

88. EXAMPLES. 

Oppidum cum studio oppugnavit, He attacked the town 
with eagerness (or eagerly). 

Oppidum magno cum studio oppugnavit, 

Oppidum magnO StlldiO Oppugnavit, Active of Manner. 

He attacked the toivn with great eagerness. 

Cum studio, magno cum studio, and magno studio ex- 
press the manner of the action. 

89. Rule. —The manner of an action is expressed by 
the ablative with cum, unless an adjective is used with the 
ablative, when cum may be omitted. 

90. To aid the pupil to acquire the habit of noticing the 
endings, they are in this lesson printed in heavy faced 
type. 

ROMANI ATQUE GaLLI. 

Magnum oppidum Italiae, cum altis et longis muris, 
fuit Roma. Altae portae erant muris. In oppidum 
Roraam frumentum a viris equis portabatur, nam multus 
in oppido erat populus. Multas terras oppidaque magno 
cum consilio et in bello studio populus Romanus occupavit. 
Multi Roman! non laborabant, nam magnus erat capti- 
vorum numerus, atque captivi laborabant. 

In agris silvisque Galliae erant Galli, barbari viri. 
Bonam Italiae terram olim occupaverunt. Oppida oppug- 
naverunt. Cum Gallis, Roman! magno studio pugnaverunt, 
sed multi erant Galli, et deinde superaverunt. Populus 

44 



LESSON XI V. 45 

Romanus fuga servatus est. Sed Galli celeriter ex-iverunt, 
atque Roman! iterum oppidum Romam aedificaverunt. 

91. WORD-LIST. 

murus, -I, wall. atque, and. 

>onus, -a, -um, good, -<l ue > an d- ( 8 , 4-) 

92. 

In the land (of) Italy are great supplies of grain. 
The Roman people are skilful * in war. The cities 
have high walls. But we Gauls are many and will 
eagerly attack the forces of the Romans. The Romans 
will fight with eagerness, but we will seize many towns. 
We will seize the city Rome. We will carry many 
captives and weapons and much grain into the country 
(of) Gaul, This plan is acceptable to the men in the 
council of the Gauls. 

1 Cum consilio. 



93. 



LESSON XV. 

HIC AND ILLE. 



• 




hie, this. 


SINGULAR 


ille, 


that. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


hie 


haec 


hoc 


ille 


ilia 


illud 


Gen. 


hums 


huius 


hiiius 


illius 


illius 


illius 


Dat. 


huic 


huic 


huic 


ill! 


ill! 


illi 


Ace. 


hunc 


hanc 


hoc 


ilium 


illam 


illud 


Abl. 


hoc 


hac 


hoc 

PLURAL. 


illo 


ilia 


illo 


Nom. 


hi 


hae 


haec 


ill! 


illae 


ilia 


Gen. 


horum 


harum 


horum 


i Horum 


illarum 


illorum 


Dat. 


his 


his 


his 


illis 


illis 


illis 


Ace. 


hos 


has 


haec 


illos 


illas 


ilia 


Abl. 


his 


his 


his 


illis 


illis 


illis 



a. How do these forms differ from those of nouns of the 
first and second declensions ? 

b. Hie refers to what is near to the speaker in place, 
time, or thought : hie gladius, this sword. 

c. Ille refers to what is somewhat remote from the 
speaker in place, time, or thought : illud telum, that dart. 

d. Ille, agreeing with a noun sometimes means "that 
well-known" or " thai renowned." 

94. EXAMPLES. 

Hie puer est altus ; ilia puella est parva, This boy is 

tall ; that girl is small. 

46 






LESSON XV. 47 

Legatus et captlvus sunt amici ; ille est albus, hie 
niger, The lieutenant and the captive are friends ; the former 
is white, the latter black. 

Hoc donum puellae est gratum, illud puero, This gift is 
pleasing to the girl, that one to the boy. 

a. Notice the meaning of ille, hie : (i the former," li the 
latter, v in the second sentence. 

b. An examination of the above shows that hie and ille 
have two uses : (i) as demonstrative adjectives, in agree- 
ment with nouns, (2) as demonstrative pronouns, stand- 
ing alone. 

95. 

1. Legato studium illius tribiini atque hiiius nunti gratum 
fuit. 

2. Hie mums paucas portas, ille multas, habet. 

3. Illius Galbae gladium portabo. 

4. Aedui et Sequani in terra Gallia diu erant. Illi fue- 
runt Romanorum amici, hi Germanorum. Suntne illi nostri 
amici ? 

5. Secunda piigna barbaros superat, et ibi hiberna conlo- 
cabit. Ubi hiberna conlocabit? nam non idoneus locus 
est. Estne idoneus ille locus ? In illo idoneo loco hiberna 
legatus conlocabit. In hoc loco tribunus multa tela, sed 
paucos gladios, habet. In his hibernis amici legati fru- 
mentum atque arma cum studio conlocaverint. 

6. Nonne tribunus huic filio Marci defesso gratum donum 
dabit? nam cum studio laborat. Illi hunc gladium, huic 
illud telum dabit. In hoc loco a fllio tribuni legatus gladio 
vulneratus erit. 

96. WORD-LIST. 

locus, -1, plural, loci or loca, idoneus, -a, -um, suitable. 

a place. (Refers to place. For time, 

conloco, -are, -avi, -atum, secundus, -a, -um, is usu- 

tc place or station. ally used). 
filius, -1, son. 



48 LESSON XV. 

97. 

1. The friends of this man are many, but of that 
(one), few. 

2. These men do not fight with eagerness, but those 
are wounding many Romans with their swords. 

3. This legate has a sword, and that (legate) a jave- 
lin. 

4. A Gaul gave this tired captive a horse. 

5. This place is not a suitable (one.) 

6. The advice of this lieutenant will not be pleasing 
to the legates in the council. 

98. 

1. Consilium nunti in illo concilio nuntiatur. Consilium 
nun tribuni sed nunti legato gratum erit. 

2. Caesar cum Helvetiis in illo idoneo loco piignavit. 
Pugna magna fuit sed Roman! Helvetios superaverunt. 

3. Frumentum populo non fuerat. 

4. Hi gladii novi illis viris grati erunt. 

5. Vir in muro telum portat. 

6. Filio idoneum telum dat. 

7. Tribune, a populo amaberis. 

8. Legatus populi non fueram. 

9. Frumentum in hiberna portabit, sed arma in oppido 
conlocabit. Hoc consilium legato novo non gratum est. 
In oppido hiberna conlocabit. 

99. 

This boy is carrying a large sword. With the boy 
there are many children. He is telling the children 
(81, n. 1), "In yonder 1 woods there are many Gauls. 
I will fight with these men and will wound a large 
number with this sword. Messengers will tell this to 
the Roman legate. He will give (me) a horse and 

javelin. Then 2 I will be a lieutenant. Is not this a 
good plan ? ' ' 

1 ille. 2 turn. 






LESSON XVI. 



100. 



THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS. 



is, //us, that ; also he, she, it. 





SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


is 


ea 


id 


ei, ii 


eae 


ea 


Gen. 


eius 


eius 


eius 


eorum 


earum 


eorum 


Dat. 


ei 


ei 


ei 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 


Ace. 


eum 


earn 


id 


eos 


eas 


ea 


Abl. 


eo 


ea 


eo 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 



a. Is as a pronoun means he, she, it. As a demonstrative 
adjective it is an unemphatic//2/> or that in meaning, stand- 
ing between hie and ille, but somewhat nearer to the latter. 

lOl. TABLE OF USUAL MEANINGS. 

is, he. ea, she. id, it; 
also this, that. 

eius, 

his, her, its. 

eorum, earum, eorum, 

their, 

eum, him. earn, her. id, it; 

also this, that. 

102. EXAMPLES. 

Is vir cum studio laborat, This man labors with eagerness. 
Studium eius viri laudamus, We praise the eagerness of 
that man, 

49 






50 LESSON XVI. 

Amicus eius amatur, His friend is liked. 
Is qui studium habet superabit, He who has eagerness 
will overcofne. 

103. 

i. Ei filiae Marci dona dedistis, atque grata fuerunt haec 
dona. 

2. Ei cum studio auxilium dabunt. 

3. Legatus in idoneo loco hiberna conlocaverit. In hi- 
berna equis multa tela et magnam copiam frumenti portabit. 
Galli haec hiberna oppugnabunt, sed non occupabunt. 

4. Nonne pugnae signum dabis ? 

II. Caesar et Ariovistus. 

Ariovistus erat Germanus. Gallos facile superaverat. 
Caesar atque Romani gladiis telisque cum Ariovisto pugna- 
verunt, eumque in bello superaverunt. Magna erat haec 
pugna. Magnum studium pugnae erat Ariovisto. Multos 
viros atque equos habuit et Gallos multis pugnis superaverat. 
Caesar castra cum muro portisque in loco idoneo prope eum 
conlocavit, et in haec castra impedimenta portavit. Ger- 
manorum castra non murum habuerunt, nam barbari erant. 
In pugna Germanis magnum fuit studium, sed Romanis con- 
silium atque bona arma fuerunt. Deinde Romani supera- 
verunt. In fuga per silvas multi Germani, et mulieres et 
liberi, interfecti sunt. Ariovistus ipse in Germaniam fugit. 
Ita Germani a Romanis superati sunt. 

104 WORD-LIST. 

signum, -1, standard or ensign supero, -are, -avi, -atus, 

signal. to surpass; hence, some- 

do, dare, dedi, datus, to give. times, to conquer. 

ita, thus, in this way. 

105. 

The lieutenant will give the signal for battle and the 
men will attack the Gauls with great eagerness. 



LESSON XVI 5 1 

There are a few Gauls in the road, and a great num- 
ber in the woods. A few Romans will attack the 
former with javelins, but the latter will be attacked 
with swords. In a suitable place in the woods the 
Gauls have placed (their) children and baggage. The 
Romans who will fight in the road will easily overcome 
the Gauls there. Then 1 they will easily seize the bag- 
gage of the Gauls. Next* they will give help to 
(their) friends, who will attack those Gauls who are in 
the woods. Thus the Gauls will easily be conquered. 
This is the plan of the lieutenant. 

1 turn. 2 deinde. 



LESSON XVII. 



106. 



QUI. 



qui, who, which. 



SINGULAR. 

M. F. N. 

Nom. qui quae quod 

Gen. cuius cuius cuius 

Dat. cui cui cui 

Ace. quem quam quod 

Abl. quo qua quo 



M. 



PLURAL. 

F. N. 



qui quae quae 

quorum quarum quorum 

quibus quibus quibus 

quos quas quae 

quibus quibus quibus 



a. Qui is called the Relative Pronoun. 



The Relative 
Pronoun. 



107. TABLE OF USUAL MEANINGS IN SINGULAR. 

qui, quae, who. quod, which, that. 

cuius, 

of whom, whose, of which. 

CUl, to ox for whom. CUI, to ox for which. 

quem, quam, whom. quod, which, that. 



108. 



EXAMFLES. 



Puer qui est bonus amatur, The boy who is good is liked. 

Copiae quas habet sunt magnae, The supplies which he has 
are large, 

Puer cui donum dat est laetus, The boy to whom he gives 
the gift is glad, 

53 



LESSON XVII. 53 

Consilium quod dat est bonum, The advice Agreement of 

Which he gives is good. Relative Pronoun. 

a. Notice that the relative pronouns in these sentences 
have the same gender and number as the nouns to which 
they refer (called their antecedents) : qui as puer, mag- 
nae as copiae, cui as puer, quod as consilium. But the 
cases are often different. Qui is the subject of est, quas 
the direct object of habet, cui the indirect object of dat, and 
quod the direct object of dat. 

lOt). Rule. — A relative pronoun agrees with its ante= 
cedent in gender and number, but its case depends upon 
the construction of the clause in which it stands. 

HO. 

i. Vir bonus, cuius filius in hoc agio laborat, est in oppido. 

2. Numerus equorum, qui in castra impedimenta porta - 
bunt, est magnus. 

3. Viri, quibus erant gladii, pauci erant. 

4. Consilium nunti populo non erit gratum. 

5. XI 1 1 equi, quibus Marci filius in via frumentum portat, 
sunt nigri. Defessus est filius Marci, qui in castra frumen- 
tum portat. Aeger est vir, cuius equi in via sunt. 

6. Non grata filiae Galbae sunt dona quae puer dat. Aeger 
est puer, qui haec dona filiae dabat. 

7. Eritne bonus vir qui dona iis pueris dederit ? 

8. Tribunus est hie vir, cui multa arma sunt, sed a bar- 
bans captivis, quos hi equi portabant, vulneratus est. 

9. Non bonum est consilium virorum qui pugnant. 

HI- WORD-LIST. 

castra, -orum (in plural only), camp. 

112. 

1. The man whom you wounded is a messenger. 

2. The men to whom you gave the swords which 
were on the wall are Gauls. 



54 LESSON XVII. 

3. This is the lieutenant whose baggage was seized. 

4. This is the boy to whom you gave the gift. 

5. These children wounded the son of Marcus with 
this javelin, which you gave to (your) friend. 

6. This man to whom you gave the long sword is 
not (your) friend. 

7. The tired captive to whom you gave the horse is 
not a Gaul. 

8. The weapons which you gave to the men are in 
the camp. 





LESSON 


XVIII. 






113. 




QUIS 










quis, who? which? what? 




SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. quis 


quae 


quid 


qui 


quae 


quae 


Gen. cuius 


cuius 


cuius 


quorum 


quarum 


quorum 


Dat. cui 


cui 


cui 


quibus 


quibus 


quibus 


Ace. quern 


quam 


quid 


quos 


quas 


quae 


Abl. quo 


qua 


quo 


quibus 


quibus 


quibus 


114. 




EXAMPLES. 







Quis castra oppugnabit ? Who will attack the camp ? 
Quis vir erit nuntius ? What man will be a messenger? 
Quid amantGalli ? What do the Gauls love ? 
Quae oppida a Romanis occupata sunt ? 
What towns have been seized by the Romans? 

a. Notice that quis in the first sentence and quid in the 
third are interrogative pronouns, while quis in the second 
sentence and quae in the fourth are interrogative adjec- 
tives, and agree with their nouns like other adjectives. 

b. Quod is used instead of quid as an interrogative ad- 
jective : 

Quod oppidum a Romanis occupatum est ? 

115. 

i. A quibus haec castra oppugnabuntur ? 
2. Qui viri hanc terram occupaverint ? 

55 



56 LESSON XVIII. 

3. Quid est in illo muro? 

4. Qui vir non amat pueros ? 

5. Cui dabit tribunus hoc novum gladium? 

6. Quibus viris non erit auxilium amicorum gratum? 

7. Quos agios habet ille vir? 

8. Quem vulneravisti ? 

9. Quid est legato in hibernis ? 

10. Quam portam tribunus oppugnabit ? 

11. A quo arma ilia ibi sunt conlocata? 

12. Quibus novis armis ilium virum legatus vulneravit? 

13. A quibus Romani superati sunt? 

14. Cuius arma ille puer habet ? 

15. In quo loco legatus impedimenta conlocabit ? In 
novis hibernis impedimenta conlocat. 

16. Qui bonus vir auxilium amicis non dat? 

17. Quos viros auxilio filiorum tribunus vulneravit? 

18. Cuius tribuni in hibernis sunt impedimenta? In 
oppidum equis impedimenta portabuntur. 

19. Quod novum consilium nuntius dabit? 

116. WORD-LIST. 

novus, -a, -um, new. Hence impedimentum, -I, a hin- 

also, strange. drance. In plural, the 

auxilium, -1, aid or help. baggage or baggage train 

Plural usually auxiliaries, of an army, 
light arm ed troops (stingers, 
bowmen, spearmen, etc.) 

117. 

1 . Upon what road were these wearied men attacked 
by the forces of the Gauls ? With what arms did the 
Gauls fight ? Whom did they wound with the javelins ? 
Whose horse was wounded in the fight ? 






LESSON XV III. 57 

tacked by the Gauls ? Is the winter camp located in 
a suitable place ? 

3. Is that tall man the lieutenant? Why is he 
loved by the men ? The men are few, but they will 
fight very eagerly (with great eagerness). 

4. What towns of the Gauls will they attack ? 

5. What is this man carrying ? 

6. With whose sword was that man wounded ? 

7. To whom will you give advice ? 

8. In what place shall we place the camp ? 



LESSON XIX. 



READING LESSON 



118. 



PUER ET AMICUS. 



Puer qui in agro erat amico ita dixit, " Quibus sunt illi 
equi qui in hoc agro erant ? ' ' 

" Equi sunt eorum Romanorum qui in silva cum Gallis 
pugnabant." Ita amicus dixit. 

" Cur illi qui cum Gallis pugnaverunt ex equis in silvam 
non iverunt ? " 

" Olim ita iverunt, sed Galli facile equos vulnerabant, 
atque Romani multi superati sunt. Facile in agro ex equis 
pugnant, sed in silvis non ita est." 

" Ilium signum quid est ? " 

<( Signum in illis castris a tribuno datur. Non pugnae 
signum dat, nam prope Galli non sunt." 

"Vide! Multi viri in porta murisque castrorum sunt. 
Id signum aliud, nonne in silva datur ? " 

" A Gallis id datur. Prope Galli sunt. Fuge ! ' ; 

Sed pueri amicus a Gallis interfectus est, atque puer ipse 
vulneratus est. 

119. 

Ariovistus was a German who greatly enjoyed a 
fight. 1 He seized the fields of the Sequani, who were 
Gauls, and conquered the Haedui in a great battle. 
The Haedui, who were friends of the Roman people, 

1 Compare 103, II. 

58 



LESSON XIX. 59 

told them, 1 "The Germans, who have conquered the 
Gauls, are seizing the land of Gaul. Are the Germans 
friends of the Roman people ? ' The Romans sent 
word 2 by messenger to Ariovistus, "Do not attack 
the Haedui. ' ' This was not pleasing to Ariovistus. 
He sent word to the Romans, "Will you fight the 
Germans? They have never 3 been conquered. ' But 
Caesar with his forces attacked the Germans and con- 
quered Ariovistus. 

1 Singular. 2 nuntiare. 3 numquam. 






LESSON XX. 

120. THE DEMONSTRATIVES ISTE, I DEM , IPSE. 

idem, the same. 







SINGULAR. 








M. 




F. 




N. 


Nom. 


Idem 




eadem 




idem 


Gen. 


eiusdem 




eiusdem 




eiusdem 


Dat. 


eidem 




eidem 




eidem 


Ace. 


eundem 




eandem 




idem 


Abl. 


eodem 




eadem 




eodem 






PLURAL. 






Nom. 


j eidem 
j iidem 




eaedem 




eadem 


Gen. 


eorundem 




earundem 




eorundem 


Dat. 


j eisdem 
( iisdem 




eisdem 
iisdem 




eisdem 
iisdem 


Ace. 


eosdem 




easdem 




eadem 


Abl. 


( eisdem 
( iisdem 




eisdem 
iisdem 




eisdem 
iisdem 






ipse, self. 








SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 


m. 


F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. ipse 


ipsa 


ipsum 


i ipsi 


ipsae 


ipsa 


Gen. ipsius ipsius 


ipsius 


ipsorum 


ipsarum ipsorum 


Dat. ipsi 


ipsi 


ipsi 


ipsis 


ipsis 


ipsis 


Ace. ipsum ipsam 


ipsum 


i ipsos 


ipsas 


ipsa 


Abl. ipso 


ipsa. 


ipso 


ipsis 


ipsis 


ipsis 



Iste, ista, istud, that, that of yours. 

Iste is declined like ille. (93.) 

60 






LESSON XX. 6 1 

121. EXAMPLES. 

Hie idem vir eum vulneravit, This same man wounded 
him. 

Legatus ipse eum vulneravit, The legate himself wounded 
him. 

Ipse virum vulneravisti, You wounded the man yourself. 

Istum gladium el dedi, I gave him that sword of yours. 

a. Idem and iste can be used as either demonstrative 
adjectives or demonstrative pronouns. (Cp. 94, b.) 

b. Iste is used in speaking of that which has some rela- 
tion to the person addressed. It sometimes denotes 
contempt. 

Do " of yours," " of his," sometimes suggest contempt in 
English ? 

c. Ipse, strictly speaking, like the English "self," is not 
used alone, but in agreement with a noun or pronoun. 
Sometimes the noun or pronoun is understood from the verb 
ending, as in the third sentence. 

122. 

1. Quae nova arma barbari viri habent ? 

2. In quod oppidum sunt impedimenta portata ? 

3. Quis bello Gallos superavit? 

4. Ad eandem portam properaverunt. 

5. Hoc est istum gladium quo ipse vulneratus es. 

6. Telum at que equus sunt dona eiusdem viri. Isti puero 
haec dona ipse dedit. 

7. Tribunus ipse legatum ipsum vulneravit. 

8. Cui legato grata erat nuntiorum fuga ? 

9. In qua terra sunt silvae ? 

10. In agris cum studio laborabitis. 

11. Eadem castra cum copiis legati occupaverunt. 

12. In concilio ipso Gallorum ille hoc consilium legatis 
ipsis nuntiavit. 

13. In bello quod auxilium a tribunls legato datur ? 
Gratum auxilium gladiis in pugna tribuni legato dant. 



62 



LESSON XX. 



123. 

i . To whom does that sword belong ? 

2. Are these the same men ? 

3. You yourself gave the signal of battle, and with 
a few men attacked the tribune himself. 

4. These Gauls attacked the gate l of the camp 
itself. 

5. That captive of yours is not at work. 

6. The legates placed the camps in the same place. 

7. The messenger himself, the friend of the tribune, 
was wounded by the latter 's captive. 

8. What weapons do the men have ? 






1 porta. 



LESSON XXI. 



124. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS AND IRREGULAR 

ADJECTIVES. 





quidam, 


a, a certain (person 


i or thing). 






SINGULAR. 






M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


quidam 


quaedam 


quiddam, quoddam 


Gen. 


cuiusdam 


cuiusdam 


cuiusdam 


Dat. 


cuidam 


cuidam 


cuidam 


Ace. 


quendam 


quandam 


quiddam, quoddam 


Abl. 


quodam 


quadam 

PLURAL. 


quodam 


Nom. 


quidam 


quaedam 


quaedam 


Gen. 


quorundam 


quarundam 


quorundam 


Dat. 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 


Ace. 


quosdam 


quasdam 


quaedam 


Abl. 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 



aliquis, some, any (person or thing) , 

SINGULAR. 



Nom. 
Gen. 


M. 

aliquis 
alicuius 


F. 

ali qua 
alicuius 


N. 

aliquid, aliquod 
alicuius 


Dat. 


alicui 


alicui 


alicui 


Ace. 
Abl. 


aliquem 
aliquo 


aliquam 
aliqua 

PLURAL. 


aliquid, aliquod 
aliquo 


Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Abl. 


aliqui 

ali quorum 

aliquibus 

aliquos 

aliquibus 


aliquae 

aliquarum 

aliquibus 

aliquas 

aliquibus 


aliqua 

aliquorum 

aliquibus 

aliqua 

aliquibus 



63 



6 4 



LESSON XXL 






a. Is the quis of this compound declined differently from 
the interrogative quis ? 

b. Aliquid is used as a noun, aliquod as an adjective. 

125. I. The following adjectives, like the pronouns, end 
in lus in the genitive singular of all genders, and in -I in 
the dative: 



alius, alia, aliud, another. 
nullus, -a, -um, no one, 

none, no. 
solus, -a, -um, alone, sole. 



totus, -a, -um, whole. 
ullus, -a, -um, any. 
unus, -a, -um, one, alone. 



alter, altera, alterum, the other of two. 
neuter, neutra, neutrum, neither of two. 
uter, utra, utrum, which of 'two ? 
uterque, utraque, utrumque, each of two, both. 



II. Declension. 


SINGULAR. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. alius 


alia 


aliud 


Gen. alius 


alius 


alius 


Dat. alii 


alii 


alii 


Ace. alium 


aliam 


aliud 


Abl. alio 


alia 


alio 


. Voc. (alius 


alia 


aliud) 



The plural is regular. 



126. 



TABLE OF MEANINGS. 



alius . . . alius, one, . . . another. 

alius . . . aliud, one one thing . . . another another* 

alter , , . alter, the one, the other. 



LESSON XXL 65 

127. 1. Multi erant nuntii, atque eorum alius aliud 
nuntiabat. 

2. Alii ad portam castrorum, alii ad impedimenta, pro- 
peraverunt. 

3. Neutra hiberna in loco idoneo a legatis conlocata sunt. 

4. Alii telum, alii gladium dabis. 

5. Alteri hie equus, alteri ille datus est. 

6. Si utroque legato oppidum occupatum erit, neutri 
oppidi populus frumentum dabit. 

7. Multi consilia Galbae legato nuntiabant, sed consilium 
istius nunti solius fuit gratum. Nulli consilia bona alii 
nuntii nuntiaverunt. 

8. Toti concilio hoc consilium est gratum, sed illud nullis. 

9. Alia hiberna in aliis locis Caesar habet, sed in his solis 
sunt magnae copiae. 

10. Aliquis tribunus his viris quosdam captivus dedit. 

11. Cul meum gladium dedisti ? Cuidam puero dedi. 

128. 

1. Some attacked the gate, 1 others the wall. 

2. Some messengers announce one (thing), others 
another. (Express in four words.) 

3. Certain (men) seized all the grain in the city. 

4. To neither of these children has any one given 
any gift. (94, sentence 3.) 

5. One attacked the camp, the other the town. 
Both were wounded. 

6. He gave javelins to many men, but he gave a 
sword to one man only. 

7. Some men attacked the winter camp in one place, 
some in another. 

8. Both are captives: one of the legate, the other 
of the tribunes' friend, 

1 porta. 



66 



LESSON XXI. 



129. 

copia 

pugna 

silva 

terra 

via 

amicus 

captivus 

equus 

films 

gladius 

legatus 

locus 

murus 

numerus 

nuntius 

populus 

tribunus 

ager 
vir 



Mark the 
pay especial 



WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW. 



cUixilium 

bellum 

concilium 

consilium 

frumentum 

impedimentum 

oppidum 

slgnum 

studium 

telum 

altus, -a, -um 
barbarus, -a, -um 
bonus, -a, -um 
defessus, -a, -um 
gratus, -a, -um 
idoneus, -a, -um 
liber, -a, -um 
longus, -a, -um 
magnus, -a, -um 
multus, -a, -um 
novus, -a, -um 
pauci -ae, -a 



amo, -are, -avi, -atus 

conloco 

laboro 

nuntio 

occupo 

oppugno 

porto 

pugno 

supero 

vulnero 



(C 

(I 
i( 
(< 
it 
it 
It 
it 
it 



it 
it 
it 
ti 
it 
tt 
a 
ti 
tc 



do, dare, dedi, datus 

-ne 

et, atque, -que 
in 

a, ab 
cum 
non 

ibi arma 

sed castra 

hiberna 



words whose meanings you do not recollect, and 
attention to them. 



LESSON XXII. 

THIRD DECLENSION. 

130. The stem ends in a consonant (either a mute or a 
liquid (2) ) or in i. 

MUTE STEMS. 

Princeps, m., Facultas, f., Dux, m., Caput, n., 

chief. resources. leader. head. 

Stem princip- St. facultat- St. due- (2, 3) St. capit- 



Nom. 


princeps 


facultas 


dux 


caput 


Gen. 


principis 


facultatis 


ducis 


capitis 


Dat. 


principl 


facultatl 


duel 


capiti 


Ace. 


principem 


facultatem 


ducem 


caput 


Abl. 


principe 


facultate 


duce 


capite 


Voc. 


(princeps) 


(facultas) 

PLURAL. 


(dux) 


(caput) 


Nom. 


principes 


facultates 


duces 


capita 


Gen. 


principum 


facultatum 


ducum 


cap i turn 


Dat. 


principibus 


facultatibus 


ducibus 


capitibus 


Ace. 


principes 


facultates 


duces 


capita 


Abl. 


principibus 


facultatibus 


ducibus 


capitibus 


Voc. 


(principes) 


(facultates) 


(duces) 


(capita) 



a. To find the stem, drop the ending of the genitive 
singular. 

b. Observe that the last vowel in the stem is sometimes 
changed in forming the nominative. No rule can be given 
for this change. 

67 



68 LESSON XXII. 

c. Notice that neuters have the accusative and nomi= 

native alike. Is this true of neuter nouns in the second 
declension ? 

d. Decline also rex, regis, m., king; lapis, lapidis, m., 
stone; eques, equitis, m., horseman; comes, comitis, m., 
companion; pax, pads, f. , peace. 

e. Decline together ille princeps, miles bonus, id caput. 

131. ALLIED WORDS. 

Some of the words in the following list have come directly 
from Latin words. Some come from the Latin through the 
French in the lists given later. 

As far as possible analyze the English word, removing 
prefixes or endings and noting their meanings. Then find 
the allied Latin word, which should be one of those already 
memorized. Then give the meaning, (i) of the Latin word, 
(2) of the English word. 

Agriculture Bellicose Territory Unpopular 

Amicable Multiform Studious 

132. Licinius atque Claudius. 

Olim Licinius, qui magnus erat princeps, oppidum oppug- 
nabat. Multi milites, pedites equitesque, ei erant. In eo 
oppido fuit Claudius, rex, cum populo, — viris, mulieribus, 
liberisque. Diu hoc oppidum, in quo Claudius fuit rex, ille 
princeps cum militibus occupare temptabat, nam in eo fuit 
magna praeda, et arma et frumentum. Sed cum virtute 
milites oppidi pro mulieribus liberisque pugnabant. Por- 
tam oppidi magno studio peditibus Licinius occupare 
temptavit. In muro telis rex atque milites oppidi pugna- 
verunt. Deinde signum datum est atque subito eos pedites 
principis Licini qui in porta pugnabant milites Claudi 
superare temptaverunt. Multos milites vulneraverunt, atque 
pauci interfecti sunt. Multi pedites Licini, defessi, supera- 
bantur. Id principi equitum nuntiatum est, atque cum 



LESSON XXII. 69 

equitibus auxilium Licinio dedit. Diu fortiter cum Claudio 
pugnabant. Licini equus niger vulneratus est, sed a prin- 
cipe equitum alius equus ei datus est. Claudium regem 
Licinius princeps vidit, et eum telo vulnerare temptavit. 
Claudius gladio caput Licini vulneravit. Turn victoria erat 
regi, nam Licini milites fuga se servare temptaverunt. 
Licinius ipse paucis equitibus in silvam portatus est, et ita 
servatus est. 

133. WORD-LIST, 

miles, militis, m., soldier. princeps, principis, m., a 
eques, equitis, m., horse- leader, chief. 

man. temptd, -are, -avi ,-atus, 

pedes, peditis, m., foot- to try. 

soldier. 

134. 

Then (99, N. 2) Claudius, rejoicing, 1 with a few 
horsemen hastily 2 tried to seize the baggage of the 
soldiers of Licinius. But at the place where 3 the bag- 
gage had been placed there were a few foot-soldiers of 
Licinius. Their leader saw Claudius and said to the 
soldiers, " That man is a chief, for he has a good 
horse and good weapons. I will give many gifts to 
the man who will attack and wound him." He gave 
the signal of battle. They eagerly attacked Claudius 
and his horsemen. 

1 laetus, -a, -um. 2 celeriter. s ubi. 



LESSON XXIII. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



135. 




MUTE STEMS.— Continued. 


miles, 


m., soldier. 


virtus, f., 
manliness. 


pes, m.yfoot. 


Stem milit- 


St. virtut- 


St. ped- 






SINGULAR. 




Nom. 


miles 


virtus 


pes 


Gen. 


militis 


virtutis 


pedis 


Dat. 


militl 


virtutl 


pedl 


Ace. 


militem. 


virtutem 


pedem 


Abl. 


milite 


virtute 


pede 


Voc. 


(miles) 


(virtus) 

PLURAL. 


(pes) 


Nom. 


milites 


virtutes 


pedes 


Gen. 


militum 


virtutum 


pedum 


Dat. 


militibus 


virtutibus 


pedibus 


Ace. 


milites 


virtutes 


pedes 


Abl. 


militibus 


virtutibus 


pedibus 


Voc. 


(milites) 


(virtutes) 


(pedes) 



a. Decline also obses, obsidis, m., hostage ; pedes, pedi- 
tis, m. , foot-soldier ; grex, gregis, m.,Jlock, herd ; civitas, 
Clvitatis, f., stale (body of citizens). 

b. Decline together pes defessus ; ille obses ; haec virtus. 

70 



LESSON XXIII. 



n 



136. EXAMPLES. 

Homo studio laudatur, The man is praised on account 
of (because of) his eagerness. 

Eques a rege virtute laudabitur, The horseman will be 
praised by the king for his bravery. 

Miles longo itinere est defessus, The Ablative of cause. 
soldier is tired with the long ?narch. 

a. Notice that the ablatives studio, virtute, itinere, 
denote the cause. 

b. Notice the number of expressions the English has to 
denote cause. Are there other expressions besides the three 
given here? 

137. Rule. Cause may be expressed by the ablative. 

a. By what ? Why ? How ? By whom ? 

Can the ablative case answer all of these questions ? 



138. 


ALLIED WORDS. 


Copious 


Magnify Novel 


Liberate 


Multiple Occupation 



Paucity 



139. 

i. Quis illi militi virtute gladium dabit? Gladius ei 
virtute ab hoc principe dabatur. 

2. Princeps virtute et magna fortuna quern vulnerabat? 
Equitem vulneravit, cuius equus frumenti. inopia laborabat. 

3. Eis arnicis Marci qui magna virtute pugnant inopia 
frumenti est. 

4. Princeps qui bona fortuna pugnaverat virtute regem 
superabat. 

5. Milites qui erant in hac parte murl inopia gladiorum 
celeriter interfecti sunt. 

6. In idoneo loco magnam partem impedimentorum 
conlocaverit. 

7. Equi pedem vulnerare temptabo. 

8. Bona fortuna gladio eius non vulnerabatur. 



72 LESSON XXIII. 

9. Inopia equorum in his hibernis magnam partem impedi- 
mentorum conlocaverat. 

10. Equi longa via erant defessi atque pedes lapidibus 
vulnerabuntur. 

11. Magna fortuna milites qui hanc partem castrorum 
oppugnabant non vulnerabantur. 

12. Parti defessorum equitum frumentum non erit. 

13. Huic puero non est bona fortuna. 

14. Virtute equitum huius terrae magnam partem occu- 
paveras. 

15. Equi frumenti et aquae inopia laborant. 

140. WORD-LIST. 

virtus, virtutis, f., manli- inopia, inopiae, lack. 

ness, bravery. fortuna, -ae, luck, chance, 

pes, pedis, m.,/00/. sometimes fate. 

pars, partis, {., part, hence 

region, place, direction. 

Declined like hostis, 147. 

141. Licinius and Claudius. — Concluded. 

The footmen attacked the horsemen of Claudius. 
They tried to wound the horses with their javelins; 
then ' with their swords attacked the men whose horses 
had been wounded. 

By a strange chance a javelin wounded both 2 the 
foot of Claudius and (his) horse. The horsemen tried 
to help him, but they were few, and many footmen 
eagerly attacked them. Thus they were overcome. 
Then (99, N. 2) the footmen assaulted Claudius. 
"Give up (your) sword, for 3 you are a captive.' 
" Never, " 4 said b Claudius, "will I, who have over- 
come Licinius, be the captive of his footmen.' He 
fought with great bravery with his sword, but they 
attacked him with javelins. Thus he was killed. 8 

1 deinde. s See et in vocabulary. 3 nam. 4 numquam. 

6 dixit. 6 interfectus est. 






LESSON XXIV. 



142. 



THIRD DECLENSION 





LIQUID 


STEMS. 




homo, m., 


labor, m., 


pater, m., 


exsul, m, 


man. 


labor. 


father. 


exu 


Stem homin- 


St. labor- 


St. patr- 


St. ezsul 




SlNGULAR. 




Nom. homo 


labor 


pater 


exsul 


Gen. hominis 


laboris 


patris 


exsulis 


Dat. homini 


labor! 


patrl 


exsuli 


Ace. hominem 


laborem 


patrem 


exsulem 


Abl. homine 


lab 6 re 


patre 


exsule 


Voc. (homo) 


(labor) 


(pater) 


(exsul) 




Plural. 




Nom. homines 


labores 


patres 


exsules 


Gen. hominum 


laborum 


patrum 


exsulum 


Dat. hominibus 


laboribus 


patribus 


exsulibus 


Ace. homines 


labores 


patres 


exsules 


Abl. hominibus 


laboribus 


patribus 


exsulibus 


Voc. (homines) 


(labores) 


(patres) 


(exsules) 


Htus, 


n., 


opus, n., 




coast. 


work. 




Stem litor- 


Stem oper- 





13 



74 





LESSON 


XXIV 


• 




Singular. 




Nom. 


litus 




opus 


Gen. 


litoris 




operis 


Dat. 


litori 




operi 


Ace. 


litus 




opus 


Abl. 


litore 




opere 


Voc. 


(litus) 




(opus) 




Plural. 




Nom. 


litora 




opera 


Gen. 


litorum 


- 


operum 


Dat. 


litoribus 




operibus 


Ace. 


litora 




opera 


Abl. 


litoribus 




operibus 


Voc. 


(litora) 




(opera) 



a. What is the ending of the Nominative and Accusative 
neuter plural ? What is the ending in these cases of the 
neuter nouns of the second declension ? 

b. Decline also flumen, fluminis, n., river; agmen, ag- 
minis, n., a marching body of troops; tempus, temporis, 
n., time; regio 4 regionis, f., region; f rater, fratris, m., 
brother. 

ALLIED WORDS. 
Portable 
Principal 
Renovate 



143. 

Hibernate 

Location 

Impediment 



Temptation 
Virility 



144. 



Miles et Tribunus. 



Oppidum oppugnabatur. Aliquis miles cuius pes vulne- 
ratus erat ex pugna ab amico portabatur. Eius caput lapis 
ex ballista quae in muro oppidi erat abripit, sed hoc amicus 
non vidit. Ei tribunus dixit, " Cur militem qui interfectus 
est portas ? " "Non interfectus est," amicus dixit. "Pes 
eius vulneratus est." " Stultissime !■" tribunus respondit, 
" caput ei non est." Turn amicus hoc vidit. " Tribune, 



> » 



lesson xxiv. 75 

dixit, " verum nuntias. Non stultus tamen sum, nam hie 
miles ipse mihi nuntiavit, ' Meum pedem telum vulneravit.' 

Hannibal et ScTpio. — I. 

Diu Carthago in Africa magnum oppidum erat, atque 
multas terras secundis bellis occupaverat. Roma erat oppi- 
dum ad flumen Tiberim atque multos populos Italiae Ro- 
mani superaverant. Homines summo studio belli erant. 

In primo bello cum hominibus Carthaginis Romani paene 
superati sunt, sed summo studio consilioque tandem victoria 
eis fuit. Pater Hannibalis, homo summo consilio, qui Ha- 
milcar appellatus est, did in Siciiia cum Romanis pugnabat. 
Deinde in Hispania proeliis secundis barbaros homines 
oppugnavit. 

145. WORD-LIST. 

homo, hominis, m. (and f.), flumen, fluminis, n., river, 

man (sometimes mankind). summus, -a, -um, greatest, 
annus, anni, m.,year. highest. 

proelium, proeli, battle. ad, prep, with ace. to, at. 

146. REGULUS. 

The people of Rome were very skilful in war, and 
fought with the people of Carthage in many battles. 
In the first war with Carthage, Regulus, a Roman 
chief, with (his) soldiers was defeated in a battle at a 
place near Carthage. But after x four years the men 
of Carthage were defeated by the Romans in Sicily. 
Then the chiefs of Carthage said, 2 " Regulus, the cap- 
tive Roman, shall be an envoy to Rome. Because he 
is a captive, peace (130. d) will be pleasing to him, for 

if 3 there be peace he will be free." 

1 post. 2 dixerunt. 3 si. 



LESSON XXV. 



THIRD DECLENSION.-CONTINUED. 



147. 




STEMS IN 1. 




collis, m., 


hostis, m., 


mare, n., 


Ml. 
Stem colli- 


enemy. 
St. hosti- 


sea. 
St. mari- 






[SINGULAR. 




Nom. 


collis 


hostis 


mare 


Gen. 


collis 


hostis 


maris 


DAT. 


colli 


host! 


marl 


Ace. 


collem 


hostem 


mare 


Abl. 


colli, -e 


hoste 


marl 


Voc. 


(collis) 


(hostis) 

PLURAL. 


(mare) 


Nom. 


coiles 


hostes 


maria 


Gen. 


collium 


hostium 




Dat. 


collibus 


hostibus 


maribus 


Ace. 


collis, -es 


hostis, -es 


maria 


Abl. 


collibus 


hostibus 


maribus 


Voc. 


(coiles) 


(hostes) 


(maria) 


a. How do the declensions of collis and stems in i. 


hostis differ 


? The most common of the 


nouns declined 



like collis are finis, end ; ignis, fire ; civis, citizen. 

b. Nouns having i-stems are marked in the vocabulary, 
thus, finis, -is (fini-). 

c. Decline also latus, lateris, n. , side (cp. latus, -a, -urn); 
multitudo, -inis, f., multitude ; pars, partis (parti-), f., 

76 






LESSON XXV. 11 

part; rupes, rupis (rupi-), f., rock, cliff ; vallis, vallis 
(valli-), valley. 

148. EXAMPLES. 

Marcus miles fuit magna virtute, | Marcus was a soldier 
Marcus miles fuit magnae virtutis, j of great bravery. 
Italia est terra multis urbibus, ] Italy is a land with 
Italia est terra multarum urbium, J many cities. 

a. Notice that in these sentences the ablative or genitive 
is used with an adjective to describe Marcus or Italia. 

149. Rule. A person or thing may be de- 
scribed by the ablative or the genitive of a Descri P* ive Abla " 

J ° tive op Genitive. 

noun, if an adjective be used with the noun. 

a. The noun must be limited by an adjective. That is, 
it is incorrect to say in Latin, as we do in English, "a man 
of courage," or "a man of wealth." Some adjective must 
be used : ' ' a man of great courage, " ' ' of abundant wealth. ' ' 

150. ALLIED WORDS. 

Altitude Auxiliary Depopulate Innumerable 
Armory Bonus Filial Legation 

151. Hannibal et Scipio. — II. 

Scipio Romanus et Hannibal pueri annis 1 paucis cum patri- 
bus fuerunt in proeliis, hie in Italia, ille in Hispania. 
Fuerunt summae virtutis. Scipio, adulescens XVII annorum, 
patrem in proelio ad Ticinum fluraen servavit. Hannibal, 
adulescens non XX annis cum patre oppida in Hispania 
oppugnavit. 

Multis cum hominibus, peditibus equitibusque, per Galliam, 
terram magnis cum silvis fluminibusque altis ivit atque 
Romanos in Italia oppugnavit. Cum patre Scipionis ad 
flumen Ticinum pugnavit. In proelio ad locum qui Cannae 
appellatus est LXX milia militum magnusque numerus prin- 

! See 145. 



78 LESSON XXV. 






cipum Romanorum interfecti sunt. Tamen Romani summa 
virtute non superati sunt. 

Post annds Villi Hasdrubal, frater Hannibalis, ei auxilium 
dare temptabat, et multis cum hominibus per Galliam ad 
Italiam ivit. Prope flumen Metaurum a Romanis interfectus 
est. Caput eius ad Hannibalem portatus est. " O Carthago, 
tuam fortunam video ! ' ' dixit. Ei turn auxilium non erat. 
Scipio post annds III Africam occupare temptavit. Hannibal 
ad Africam ivit atque in proelio ad Zamam superatus est. 

152. REGULUS. — Continued. 

But Regulus loved Rome, for he told the Romans, 
i i The men of Carthage are weary of the war and have 
a great lack of resources. Peace (130, d) will be accept- 
able to them. Attack them zealously, for in this way 
they will be conquered." His friends told him, "We 
will do this. But do not give yourself 1 up to the men 
of Carthage. ' But he told them, " This advice is not 
good. I am a captive and the ambassador of the chiefs 
of Carthage. I will give myself 2 up to them, for 
(141, N. 3) a man of the greatest manliness will not be 
false 3 even 4 to (his) enemies. ' ' 

He went back to the city (153) Carthage, and was 
killed (141, N. 5) by the men of Carthage. 

1 te. ' me. 3 falsus, -a, -um. 4 etiam. 



LESSON XXVI. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 



53. 


STEMS 


IN 1. — Contin 


ued. 




mons, m., 


urbs, f., 


nox, f., 




mountain. 


city. 


night. 




Stem monti- 


urbi- 

SINGULAR. 


nocti- (cp. 2, 3) 


Nom. 


mons 


urbs 


nox 


Gen. 


montis 


urbis 


noctis 


Dat. 


monti 


urbl 


nocti 


Ace. 


montem 


urbem 


noctem 


.ri.BL. 


monte 


urbe 


nocte 


Voc. 


(mons) 


(urbs) 

PLURAL. 


(nox) 


Nom. 


montes 


urbes 


noctes 


Gen. 


montium 


urbium 


noctium 


Dat. 


montibus 


urbibus 


noctibus 


Ace. 


montis, -es 


urbis, -es 


noctis, -es 


Abl. 


montibus 


urbibus 


noctibus 


Voc. 


(montes) 


(urbes) 


(noctes) 



a. Decline cliens, clientis, m., a dependent ; arx, arcis, 
f. , a citadel. 

b. Decline together parva urbs, small city; animal mag- 
num, large animal; nigra nubes, black cloud; haec arx, this 
citadel; illud mare, that sea. 

79 




8o LESSON XXVI. 



154. To i-stems belong : 
Nouns in -is and -es which have the same number of 

syllables in the genitive as in the nominative, as rupes, 
civis. 

Neuters in -e, -al, -ar, as mare, animal. 

Most nouns in -ns and -rs, as cliens, 
cohors. 

Many monosyllables in s or x following a consonant, as 
mons, arx. 

155. EXAMPLE. 

Oppidum oppugnare temptavit, He tried to take the town. 

a. In this sentence the infinitive is used as in English. 
This construction has been freely used in pre- 

j. . Complementary 

ceding exercises. infinitive. 

The infinitive used thus (as complement), 
to complete the meaning of a verb, is called the Comple= 
mentary Infinitive. 

b. Its position is immediately before the verb. The 
pupil should train himself to group an infinitive which 
immediately precedes a finite verb with the verb, treating 
the two as nearly as possible as though they were a single 
word. 

156. ALLIED WORDS. 

Magnate Pedestrian Prince Viaduct 

Pedal Pugnacity Sylvan Captivity 

157. Proelium cum Helvetiis. — I. 

Helvetii, barbari homines Galliae, terram Aeduorum occu- 
pare temptaverunt. Quoniam haec terra est prope illam 
partem Galliae quae Provincia appellabatur, Caesar qui Pro- 
vinciae erat princeps cum Helvetiis pugnavit. 

Diu Caesar eos oppugnare non temptabat, tamen prope 
agmen Helvetiorum agmen eius erat. Tandem a Bibracte, 
magno oppido Aeduorum, non longe agmina a-fuerunt. 






LESSON XXVI. 8 1 

Ad eum locum Caesar cum legionibus properavit, nam ibi 
copia frumenti erat. Id principibus Helvetiorum nuntiatum 
est. Dixerunt, " Fuga nonne est? In agmen legionum 
eius properabimus. Facilis victoria militibus nostris erit." 
Ad novissimum agmen Caesaris properaverunt multosquc 
vulnerabant. Pauci interfecti sunt. Copias Caesar in 
colletll qui prope erat conlocavit. In hoc loco legiones IV, 
sed in summo colle II novas legiones atque omnia auxilh 
impedimentaque conlocavit. 

Helvetii celeriter legiones qui in colle erant oppugnave- 
runt. Romani e loco superiore facile Helvetios perturbave- 
runt ; deinde gladiis milites legionum eos oppugnaverunt. 
Tandem defessi Helvetii ad altum collem qui non longe 
ab-erat se receperunt. Ad hunc collem milites Caesaris 
properabant. 

158. WORD-LIST. 

legio, legionis, f. , a division of the Roman army, containing 

from jooo to 6000 men. 
agmen, agminis, n., army on the march, a marching column. 
collis, collis, m., hill. — summus collis, lop cf a hill. 
quoniam, because. 

159. 

The Helvetians were a people who were eager for 
war, and very brave. Their land was not acceptable 
to them, because there were many high mountains in 
it. They attacked the peoples of Gaul and tried to 
seize their land. But the Haedui were friends of the 
Roman people, and told Caesar by messenger, " If 
(146, N. 3) you do not give (us) help we will be over- 
come by the Helvetians. ' Because of this which the 
Haedui had told him Caesar with (his) legions gave 
help to the Gauls who were attacked by the Helve- 
tians. 



/ 



LESSON XXVII. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 



160. 



acer, eager, keen. 





SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 






M. F. 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


Nom. 


acer acris 


acre 


acres 


acres 


acria 


Gen. 


acris acris 


acris 


acrium 


acrium 


acrium 


DAT. 


acrl acrl 


acrl 


acribus 


acribus 


acribus 


Ace. 


acrem acrem 


acre 


acris, -es 


acris, es 


acria 


Abl. 


acrl acrl 


acrl 


acribus 


acribus 


acribus 


Voc. 


(acer) (acris) (acre) 


(acres) 


(acres) 


(acria) 



Like acer decline celer, celeris, celere, swift. 

161. 

i. A clause is any part of a sentence containing a sub- 
ject, a verb, and usually an object. 

Sometimes one or more of these are not expressed if 
they can be easily supplied. 

2. The main clause or clauses of a sentence are those 
which, if used alone, would be grammatically complete 
(or make complete sense). 

If there are two or more main clauses they are united by 
such conjunctions as et, atque, sed, tamen. 

3. The main verb of a sentence is the verb of its main 
clause. Sometimes there are several main 

ver u s Principal and Sub- 

, ordinate Clause*. 

4. A subordinate clause is a clause m 

its meaning modifying some other clause in the same 

sentence. 

82 



LESSON XXV 11. 83 

Such clauses are introduced by relative pronouns (who, 
which, etc.), or by subordinate particles. 

a. These definitions are not without exceptions, but will 
probably be found exact enough for all practical purposes. 

b. The Latin usually has only one main clause in each 
sentence. English usage is very different from the Latin in 
this respect. 

c. In the following example the main clause is printed in 
small captals : sed inter hunc collem ad quern legiones 
properabant atque locum in quo primum pugnaverant 
erant mult! boiT et tulingi, mIlites qui in novissimo 
agmine hostis fuerant. 

162. 

1. As a rule modifying words or clauses come before the 
word modified. This is the opposite of the English order, 
except with adjectives: Summae virtutis homo, A man of 
the greatest courage. Prope flumen Metau- 

rum a Romanis interfectus est, He was order of Words. 
killed near the river Metaurus by the Romans. 

2. The emphatic or important words come toward the 
first. 

3. The verb, excepting sum, comes at the end of its 
clause. Exceptions to this rule are very rare. 

163. ALLIED WORDS- 

Devious Equine Homicide Magnitude 

Equestrian Flume Liberality Multiplicand 

164. Proelium cum HelvetiTs. — II. 

Sed inter hunc collem ad quern legiones properabant atque 
locum in quo primum pugnaverant, erant multi Boii et 
Tulingi, milites qui in novissimo agmine hostis fuerant. Hi 
summo studio legiones oppiignaverunt. Turn reliqui hostes, 
qui in alto colle erant, rursus cum Romanis piignare pro- 
peraverunt. Hos II partes legionum resistebant; cum illis 
tertia pars pugnavit. In hoc loco did hostis pugnabat. 



84 LESSON XXVll. 

Tandem rnulti Helvetii rursus in collem, reliqui ad impedi- 
menta, se receperunt. Hunc proelium ab hora septima ad 
noctem pugnatum est. Ad multam noctem ad impedimenta 
pugnabant. Tandem castra hostis a legionibus capta sunt. 

Reliqui Helvetii in fuga ex-iverunt atque post tertiam 
noctem in Lingones agmen ivit. Propter Caesaris nuntios 
frumentum eis Lingones non dabant. Frumenti inopia legati 
ex hostibus ad Caesarem iverunt ; obsides armaque ei 
dederunt. 

Sed postquam obsides dati erant, multi e castris ex-iverunt 
atque ad Rhenum flumen properaverunt. Celeriter hi 
capti sunt. Reliqui Helvetii et Tulingi in terram suam 
rursus iverunt, postquam magnum numerum obsidum dede- 
rant. Horum obsidum multi filii principum erant. Aedui 
reliquis Boiis agros dederunt. 

165. WORD-LIST. 

nox, noctis, f. , night. reliquus, -a, -um, remaining , 

hostis, hostis, m. and f., the rest of . 

enemy. propero, -are, -avi, -atus, 

obses, obsidis, m. and f., to hasten, hurry. 

hostage, a person held as a 

pledge for the performance 

of a treaty* 

166. 

Caesar's First Fight with the Helvetians. 

The river Arar . flows ' through 2 the lands of the 
Haedui and Sequani. It is told Caesar, " Three 3 
parts of the forces .of the Helvetians have crossed 4 the 
river. ' ' He hastens from the camp with three legions 
to that portion of their forces which has not crossed the 
river. He attacks this part, to which the rest of the 
Helvetians, because they have crossed the river, give 
no help. 

Thus a great number of the Helvetians are over- 
come by the Roman soldiers. 

1 influit. 3 per. 3 tres. 4 trans-lverunt. 







85 




English Miles 



86 




m 

THE SCENE 

caesar's camr 

AGAINST POMPE 

o, 1 1 1 — . — .50 



English Miles 



87 



LESSON XXVIII. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION.-CONTINUED. 



167. 


facilis, easy. 


Stem facili-. 






SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




M. and F. 


N. 


M. and F. 


N. 


Nom. 


facilis 


facile 


faciles 


facilia 


Gen. 


facilis 


facilis 


facilium 


facilium 


Dat. 


facili 


facili 


facilibus 


facilibus 


Ace. 


facilem 


facile 


facilis, -es 


facilia 


Abl. 


facili 


facili 


facilibus 


facilibus 


Voc. 


(facilis 


facile) 


(faciles 


facilia) 




levis, light, nimt 


hie. Stem levi-. 




Nom. 


levis 


leve 


leves 


levia 


Gen. 


levis 


levis 


levium 


levium 


Dat. 


lev! 


lev! 


levibus 


levibus 


Ace. 


levem 


leve 


levis, -es 


levia 


Abl. 


lev! 


lev! 


levibus 


levibus 


Voc. 


(levis 


leve) 

velox, 


(leves 
swift. 


levia) 


Nom. 


velox 


velox 


veloces 


velocia 


Gen. 


velocis 


velocis 


velocium 


velocium 


Dat. 


veloci 


veloci 


velocibus 


velocibus 


Ace. 


velocem 


velox 


velocis, -es 


velocia 


Abl. 


veloci, -e 


veloci, -e 


velocibus 


velocibus 


Voc. 


(velox 


velox) 


(veloces 


velocia) 

88 



LESSON XXVUL 



89 







sapiens, 


wise. 




Nom. 


sapiens 


sapiens 


sapientes 


sapientia 


Gen. 


sapientis 


sapientis 


sapientium 


sapientium 


DAT. 


sapient! 


sapient! 


sapientibus 


sapientibus 


Ace. 


sapientem 


sapiens 


sapientis, -es 


sapientia 


Abl. 


sapient!, -e 


sapient!, -e 


sapientibus 


sapientibus 


Voc. 


(sapiens 


sapiens) 


(sapientes 


sapientia) 



a. Adjectives declined like acer (160) are called adjec- 
tives of three terminations ; those declined like facilis or 
levis, adjectives of two terminations ; those declined like 
velox and sapiens, adjectives of one termination. 

b. Notice that adjectives of three terminations (like acer) 
and of two terminations (like facilis) have only -i in the 
ablative singular. 



168. 



Equinox 

Hostile 

Littoral 



Reliquary 

Renovation 

Virtuous 



Hints 
for Reading. 



ALLIED WORDS. 
Omnibus 
Partial 
Popularity 

169. Learn to unite 

A genitive with the nearest noun or pro- 
noun. 

A preposition with its noun. The noun follows the 
preposition. 

Adjectives with words in the same cases. 

An infinitive which immediately precedes a verb with 
the verb. 

a. Words composing such groups are united by hyphens 
( - ) in portions of this lesson, and of some following lessons, 
as an aid to the pupil in learning to group the words. 

170. 

Caesar atque Classis Pompei. 
introduction. 
Caesar first made his reputation as a general after 



90 LESSON XXVIU. 

he had gone from Rome to govern the province of 
Gaul. Rome was then ruled by a senate whose mem- 
bers came almost entirely from a few families of rank. 
When Caesar became governor he ruled little more 
than a strip of land along the Mediterranean and the 
valley of the Po, or Padus, in modern Italy. In six 
years he had conquered all of Gaul, the land now 
called France. His " Gallic Wars' (the "Caesar' 
studied in schools) describes these campaigns. By an 
almost endless number of battles and marches he 
drilled and perfected an army probably finer than any 
the world had thus far seen. 

The senate at Rome at that time ruled almost all of 
the nations whom the Romans considered civilized. 
The senators knew that Caesar was ambitious to 
destroy their power and rule in their place. Cicero, 
some of whose orations are usually studied after 
' ' Caesar, ' ' was one of their leaders. Now that Gaul 
had been conquered they feared that Caesar would 
attack them. 

They turned to Pompey, or Pompeius, who was 
considered the greatest general of the time, refused to 
grant what Caesar wished, and began to enroll soldiers 
throughout Italy. But Caesar, entering Italy, burst 
upon them so suddenly that the recruits had scarcely 
time to gather before they were compelled to surren- 
der to his advancing army. Pompey and his friends 
went to Brundisium, and thence sailed to Greece. 

Here they were unmolested for a whole year, for 
Caesar had no fleet and thought it the best course first 
to invade Spain and subdue an army which opposed 
him there. When at last he returned to fight with 
Pompey his first difficulty was to transport his army 
by sea from Brundisium to Epirus in the face of Pom- 
pey's fleet. The risks he took in doing this are told 
in the following account, adapted from his ' ' Civil 
Wars." 



LESSON XXl/III. 9 1 

I. 

Pompeius, quoniam anni - spatium sine - hello - atque - 
hoste ei fuerat, magnas - copias paraverat. Ex - omni- 
bus - regionibus ad - litora magnam - classem paraverat. 
Magna - pecunia ei ab - Asia, 1 - Syria, - regibusque - omni- 
bus, - et - liberis - Graeciae - populis data - est ; magnam 
homines - earum - omnium - regionum, quarum ipse prin- 
ceps erat, ei dederant. Legiones ei erant civium - Roma- 
norum Villi, una ex - Cilicia veterana, una ex - Creta - et - 
Macedonia ex - veteranis - militibus, qui in - his - regioni- 
bus agros - atque - pecuniam habebant ; II ex - Asia. Cum - 
Scipione ex - Syria legiones III properare - parabant. 
Sagittarios ex Syria reliquisque regionibus III milia habuit, 
equitumque VII milia. Ex quibus ad numerum D princeps 
ex Thracia dederat ; ex Macedonia CC erant, quorum princeps 
summa virtute fuit ; D ex Alexandria, Gallos Germanosque, 
qui ibi ad regem fuerant, Pompei filius classe portaverat. 
Frumenti copiam magnam ex Asia, Creta, reliquisque regi- 
onibus paraverat, quae Classe ad lltus Epiri portabantur. 

Ad omnia litora Epiri cum legionibus Pompeius ivit, 
quae regio est prope Italiam, ubi Caesaris copiae conlocatae 
sunt. Classem quae in omnibus litoribus parata erat, ad 
litora Epiri conlocavit. Princeps omnis huius classis erat 
Bibulus. 

171. WORD-LIST. 

classis, classis, {., fleet. lltus, litoris, n., coast. 

regio, regionis, f., direction, paro, -are, -avi, -atus, to 

region. prepare. 
omnis, omne, alL 

172. POMPEY. 

Cnaeus Pompeius had fought in many lands. In 
Italy (when) a young man (i.e. of few years) he had 

1 See Map I for the places mentioned in this paragraph. 



9 2 



LESSON XXVlll. 



given help to Sulla, a great Roman general, 1 against 2 
the legions which he was attacking. Very many 
Romans were killed by Sulla, who gave their lands 
to his soldiers. But he was the friend of Pompey. 
" You are," he had told him, '* Pompeius the Great." 
In Africa Pompey defeated the enemies of Sulla. In 
Spain he fought with Sertorius successfully (in success- 
ful battles), a chief of great skill and daring. In Italy 
five thousand slaves, 3 who had been fighting with the 
Romans and were hastening into Gaul, were overcome 
by him. Because of all these successful wars he was 
loved by the Roman people. 






1 imperator. 



contra. 



servus. 



LESSON XXIX. 

173. EXAMPLES. 

Prima luce ad castra properaverunt, At daybreak they 
hastened to the camp. 

Nocte in fuga ex-iverunt, They departed inflight by flight. 

His decern annis multas terras oppugnavit, Within these 
ten years he has attacked many lands. 

Notice that the ablatives in these sen- Ablative of Time. 
tences answer the question when ? or, 
within what time ? 

174. Rule. — Time when, or within which, is ex- 
pressed by the ablative. 

175. ALLIED WORDS. 



Magnate 


Numerical 


Pedestrian 


Navy 


Paucity 


Principal 


Nocturnal 


Pedal 

Virile 


Principality 



176. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — II. 

Caesar ex - Roma ad - oppidum - Brundisium hoc - tem- 
pore venit. Ad - hunc - locum legitimes - XII, equitesque - 
omnes iverunt. Magna ei fuit navium - inopia, tamen mili- 
tibus ita dixit ; " Quoniam prope estis ad - finem - laborum 
- atque - periculorum, in - Italia impedimenta conlocate, 
omnia ex - victoria sperate, atque cum - Pompeio for- 
titer pugnare - parate." Hieme, cum - VII - legionibus, 

93 



94 



LESSON XXIX. 



naves solvit, quarum longae - naves XII erant. Brevi - 
tempore ad - terram - Epiri venit, atque ad - eum - locum, 
qui Palaeste appellabatur, ex - omnibus - navibus milites 
ex-iverunt. 

Id principibus Pompei classis nuntiatum est. Magna 
erat Bibuli classis, nam prope Palaestem naves CXXVIII 
conlocatae erant. Acer erat Bibulus, sed Caesaris consilio 
superatus erat. Celeriter naves solvit, atque Caesaris XXX 
naves, quae rursus ad oppidum Brundisium properare tempta- 
bant, omnes incendit, atque hoc igni qui in navibus erant 
interfecti sunt. Turn omne litus classibus hieme occupavit. 



177 

navis, navis, f., ship. 



WORD-LIST. 



178. 



Pompey. — Continued. 



The men of Cilicia with their fleets attacked the ships 
of the Romans along 1 all parts of the coast. At that time 
grain was brought to Rome by ship from Africa and 
Sicily. Because of these fleets there was a great lack 
of grain in Rome. The Roman people gave five hun- 
dred ships to Pompey. With this fleet he attacked the 
enemy, who surpassed him in number of ships. But be- 
cause they had not stationed all of these ships in one 
(125) place, many of them in a short time were killed. 
The rest retreated a to Cilicia and Crete. Pompey 
attacked their towns in Cilicia, which were given (up) 
to him. 

2 se receperunt 



in. 



LESSON XXX. 

SECOND CONJUGATION. E-VERBS. 

Moneo (stem mone-) advise. 
Principal parts, moneo, monere, monui, monitus. 

179. Learn the present, imperfect and future indicative, 
and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, 
of moneo (481). 

a. Compare the forms of moneo with those of amo. How 
do they differ? 

b. Why is it a help in inflecting moneo to remember that 
its stem ends in e? 

180. 1. Monent, monebant, monebunt. 2. Monetur, 
monebatur, monebitur. 3. Monet, monebat, monebit. 4. 
Monentur, monemur, monemini. 5. Moneor, monemus, 
monebimus. 6. Monebuntur, mone, monere. 7. Mone- 
bimur, monebantur, moneri. 8. Monebo, monebamur, 
monete. 9. Monebam, monebar, monebamus. 10. Mune- 
bor, moneo. 

181. Like moneo inflect in both voices habeo, have; 
tened, hold; prohibeo, keep away. 



2. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Annual 


Multiform 


Sylvan 


Habit 


Naval 


Territory 


Itinerary 


Prince 


Urban 

95 



9 6 



LESSON XXX. 



183. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — III. 

Eo tempore in Candavia Pompeius erat, iter que e Mace- 
donia ad urbes Apolloniam Dyrrhachiumque habebat. Quo- 
niam a Caesare litus occupabatur magnis itineribus ad urbem 
Apolloniam properavit. Sed ille postqnam cum mllitibus e 
navibus ex-ivit, ad oppidum Oricum celeriter iter habebat, 
cuius oppidi Graeci se atque oppidum ei in deditionem de- 
derunt. Celeriter ad urbem Apolloniam iter habebat. Id 
Staberio, qui ibi legatus Pompei erat, nuntiabatur. Aquam in 
arcem portavit atque obsides e populo urbis petivit. Sed 
quoniam ii ei non dati sunt, fugit ex urbe Staberius. Ad 
Caesarem legati ex hac urbe et e regionibus quae prope 
erant venerunt atque omnia in deditionem ei dederunt. Turn 
ad urbem Dyrrhachium properare temptavit. 

Sed Pompeius a - nuntiis monebatur, atque ad - urbem - 
Dyrrhachium etiam nocte magnis - itineribus properavit. 
Caesare milites - eius perterrebantur, multique qui homines - 
Epiri erant e - signis ex-iverunt. Sed prope - Dyrrhachium 
princeps Labienus venit et iuravit, "Fidus per - omnia ero." 
Hoc reliqui - legati - tribunique - militum atque omnes - 
milites iiiraverunt. 

Ad - urbem primus Pompeius venit, atque ita ab - hac - 
urbe cum - regionibus quae prope erant Caesarem prohibebat. 



184. 

iter, itineris, n. 

march, journey. 
urbs, urbis, f., city. 

185. 



WORD-LIST. 

a road, a habeo, habere, habui, habi- 



tus, to have. 



Labienus. 



Labienus was a man of great bravery and skill in 
war. (As) lieutenant of Caesar he had fought against 
(172, n. 2) the Helvetians. In a battle with the Ner- 
vii he with two legions attacked and seized the camp 
of the enemy, and then quickly (134, n. 2) gave help 






LESSON XXX. 97 

to Caesar, who was with two legions whose soldiers 
had become terrified and were almost 1 overcome. 

In many battles he was faithful to Caesar, but after 2 
the latter had conquered the Gauls, because he attacked 
Pompey, Labienus fought against him in four great 
battles, and was killed in the battle which was fought 
at the town Munda, in the country (of) Spain. 

1 paenc. 2 postquam. 



LESSON XXXI. 

186. SECOND CONJUGATION.-CONTINUED. 

Learn the perfect, pluperfect and future perfect indicative, 
active and passive, of moneo. (481.) 

187. 

t. Monui, monitus sum. 2. Monuit, monuerat, monu- 
erit. 3. Monitus erit, monuerint. 4. Monueram, monu- 
eris, monuerunt. 5. Monuisti, monueras, monuisse. 6. 
Monitus eram, monitus est, monitus esse. 7. Monita erat, 
monita es. 

188. 

a. Compare the forms amabas, portabamus, nuntiabat, 
tenebam, monebant. To what tense do they belong, and to 
what conjugations ? If we remove the per- 
sonal endings (76), amaba-, portaba-, nunti- 

aba-, teneba-, moneba- are left. Notice ba, found in them 
all. What does ba mean ? It is called the tense sign of 
the imperfect tense. Why is it given this name? 

b. Has the future tense any tense sign ? 

189. ALLIED WORDS. 

Itinerate Habitual Pugnacity Tenable Urbane 

Nave Prohibition Renovate Temporal Virility 

190. Caesar et Classis Pompei. — IV. 

In order that the pupil may acquire the habit of noting 
the endings, they are printed in heavy-faced type in parts of 
this and the following lesson. 

98 



LESSON XX XL 99 

Caesar sua castra ad flumen Apsum conlociivit, et ibi reli- 
quas ex Italia legiones exspectabat Pompeius in castris 
trans flumen Apsum suas copias omnes auxiliaque tenebat, 
sed frumentum Caesaris prohibere temptabat. 

Interim CalenUS legatUS qui cum reliquis legionibus equi- 
tibusque in urbe Brundisio erat naves quas habebat solvit. 
Bona fortuna brevi tempore navis quae nuntios ex Caesare 
portabat ad eum venit. Nuntii monebant, "Omnia litora 
classibus Pompei tenentur." Se in urbem omnibus cum 
suis navibus recepit. Una ex his navibus, in qua nulli 
miliies erant, non se recepit atque a Bibulo capta est. 
Omnes in ea ad unum interfecti sunt. 

Legatus Pompei, Li bo, ab oppido Orico ex-ivit cum classe 
cuius princeps erat, C navium, ad urbem Brundisium insu- 
lamque, quae contra urbem est, occupavit. Non magnum 
numerum navium incendit, et multos milites Caleni perterre- 
bat. Nocte eius milites atque sagittarii in terram e classe 
ex-iverunt, et Caleni equites perterrebant. Pompeio per 
nuntios nuntiavit, "Ipse mea classe auxilia Caesaris prohi- 
bebo." Ab urbe a legionibus Caleni suae copiae prohi- 
bebantur, tamen insulam tenebant, sed equitibus quos 
Antonius, legatus summa virtute, qui eo tempore in urbe 
erat, per litus conlocaverat, ex aqua prohibebantur. Ino- 
piae causa aquae Libo ab urbe brevi tempore ex-ivit. 

Tamen multum - tempus erat et hiems iam prope fuerat, 
neque ab - urbe - Brundisio naves - legionesque venerunt 
ad - Caesarem, qui suas- copias in - castris tenebat. Cale- 
nus non suas - naves solvit quoniam numero - navium Bibulus 
superabat, atque omnia - litora magno - studio - consilioque 
tenebat. Ita auxilium a - Caesare prohibere temptabat. 

191. WORD-LIST, 

ex (before a consonant, usu- tempus, temporis, n., time. 
ally e), Preposition fol- suus, sua, suum, his, their, 
lowed by Ablative, from. 
L.ofC. 



ioo LESSON XXXI. 

prohibeo, prohibere, prohi- teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus, 
bui, prohibitus, to keep to hold, keep, 
away. Often with ex. 

a. Suus, sua, suum frequently refers to the subject of the 
sentence. 

b. For " his" or " their," when the reference is not to the 
subject, "eius," "edrum," "illius," ' ' illorum, " or the 
genitive of some similar pronoun is used. 

For instance : The Gauls attacked the troops of the legate, but 
their horsemen were easily compelled by his soldiers to retire, 
Galli copias legati oppugnaverunt, sed SUl equites facile 
a eius militibus se recipere coacti sunt. 

Note that SUl agrees with equites in gender, number and 
case, precisely as an adjective would. 

192. 

The island opposite the town Brundisium was seized 
by Libo, a lieutenant of Pompey, with his fleet of a 
hundred ships. Calenus, Caesar's lieutenant, had at 
this time five legions in the city, and kept Libo away 
from it; still his soldiers were terrified. 

There was no water upon the island, and for this 
reason the soldiers of Libo attempted to carry water 
from the (main)land to the island. But Antony, a 
skilful lieutenant and friend of Caesar, stationed horse- 
men along the coast, who kept them from (securing) 
water. Because of this Libo soon went away from the 
island. 



LESSON XXXI!. 

193. EXAMPLES. 

Galli Romanos consilio non super abant, The Gauls did 
not surpass the Romans in skill. 

Haec terra ill! fluminum numero est similis, This coun- 
try is like that one in the number of its rivers. 

Galba nomine tantum princeps fuit, Galba was leader 
only in name. 

Consilio limits superabant in meaning. In the same way 
numero and nomine limit similis and prin- 
ceps. The ablative thus used is called the Ab,a . t i ve ° f 

K Specification. 

Ablative of Specification, because it speci- 
fies in what respect a statement is true. 

194. 

Rule. — The Ablative of Specification is used to point 
out in what respect a statement is true. 

195. ALLIED WORDS. 

Affiliation Equinoctial Multiply Portable Temptation 
Armament Liberation Numerous Sum Unpopular 

196. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — V. . 

Tandem Caesar suos principes qui ad oppidum Brundi- 
sium erant monuit, " Primo secundo tempore ad litora Epiri 
properate." Brevl tempore Auster flabat atque naves 
solverunt. Postquam ex terra Epiri videbantur, Coponius, 
classis princeps quae erat ad urbem Dyrrachium, eas 

IOI 



102 LESSON XXXII. 

oppugnare temptavit. Prope venit, sed magna fortuna 
Auster increbuit, et ita Calenum navesque suas servabat. 
Lahore nautarum tempestatem superare temptabat. ' ' Brevi 
tempore, ' ' dixit, ' ' forsitan Auster non ita gravis erit ; turn 
has naves oppugnabo." Quoniam perterrebantur ad locum 
Nymphaeum Calenus Antoniusque iverunt, qui locus ab 
AfricO, sed non ab AustrO, erat tutus. Magnum, eis tempes- 
tate periculum fuit, sed maxima fortuna Auster in Africum 
se vertit. 

Turn Coponius perterrebatur, quoniam ex litore Africo pro- 
hibebatur. Naves eius ad iinam numero XVI inter-iverunt, 
et ex magno numero nautarum pars tempestate interfecta 
est ; pars a militibns Caleni servata est. 

197. 

Calenus, who was at the city Brundisium, at the 
first opportunity hastened with his fleet to the coast of 
Epirus. Coponius, the admiral of the fleet of Pompey 
at the town Dyrrhachium, tried to attack him, but was 
kept off by the heavy weather. Nevertheless x he ter- 
rified Calenus, who went to Nymphaeum, a place upon 
the coast, unprotected from the south wind, which was 
then blowing. He was for this reason 2 in great peril. 
But the wind suddenly changed to a north wind, from 
which he was protected, because he was near 3 the 
coast, where 4 the hills were high. Thus he disem- 
barked 5 his troops and set them in camp. 

1 tamen. J causa. 3 prope. 4 ubi. 

5 See 176, end of first paragraph. 



198. 



LESSON XXXIII. 



FOURTH DECLENSION. 



Nouns of this declension ending in -us are masculine ; 
those ending in -u are neuter. (But see 10, 3, 4.) 

a. But domus, house, and manus, hand, or band (of men) , 
are feminine. 



199. 



Cursus, m., a run- Cornu, n., horn, wing 
ning, speed. (of an army). 





Singular. 




Nom. 


Cursus 


Cornu 


Gen. 


Cursus 


Cornus 


Dat. 


CursUl, -u 


Cornu 


Ace. 


Cursum 


Cornu 


Abl. 


Cursu 


Cornu 


Voc. 


(Cursus) 

Plural. 


(Cornu) 


Nom. 


Cursus 


Cornua 


Gen. 


Cursuum 


Cornuum 


Dat. 


Cursibus 


Cornibus 


Ace. 


Cursus 


Cornua 


Abl. 


Cursibus 


Cornibus 


Voc. 


(Cursus) 


(Cornua) 



103 



104 LESSON XXXIII. 

a. Domus, house, has also forms of the Second Declen- 
sion. See 472. 

b. Decline together magnus exercitus, large army; sua 
manus, his hand; parvum cornu, small horn. 

200. ALLIED WORDS. 

Habituate Itinerant Multiplication Partiality Prohibit 
Hostility Locate Militia Populate Suburb 

201. Caesar atque Classis Pompei. — VI. 

Omnes copias Antonius in castris conlocavit, quarum erat 
summa legiones IV, et equites DCCC, atque id nuntiis 
Caesari nuntiavit. Sed Caesari longum flumine erat iter, 
atque Pompeius clam et nocte ex castris quae a flumine Apso 
erant ad Antonium magnis itineribas venit. In idoneo loco 
prope castra Antoni copias conlocavit suosque omnes in 
castris continuit ignesque prohibuit. " Quoniam meos mili-- 
tes Antonius non videt iter ad Caesarem habebit. Eum in 
itinere oppugnabo." Ita dixit. Tamen haec per Graecos 
Antonio nuntiata sunt. Ille per nuntios Caesarem monuit, 
et in castris suas copias tenebat. Caesar celeriter ad eum 
venit. 

Pompeius ex eo loco ex-ivit, omnibusque copiis ad locum 
Asparigium venit atque ibi idoneo loco castra conlocavit. 
Caesar prope castra Pompei sua castra conlocavit. 

FINIS. 

202. 

Caesar was surpassed in number of soldiers by 
Pompey, still, because he had legions which had 
fought in many battles against 1 the Gauls, he was not 
attacked by the latter, very many of whose legions 
were new. . The friends of Pompey were eager to 
fight with Caesar. At length their counsel prevailed, 
and a battle was fought at the place Pharsalia, in 
Greece. 

1 contra. 



LESSON XXXIII. 



i°5 



203. 


WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW. 


fortuna 


annus ad 


inopia 


proelium ex, e 




quoniam 



pari), -are, -avi, -atus 
propero, -are, -avi, -atus 
tempto, -are, -avi, -atus 

habeo, habere, habui, habitus 

prohibeo, prohibere, prohibui, prohibitus 

teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus 

reliquus, -a, -urn summus, -a, -um 

classis 



collis 

eques 

homo 

hostis 

labor 

legio 

miles 

navis 



nox 

obses 

pars 

pes 

pedes 

princeps 

regio 

urbs 

virtus 



204. Translate these words : 

obsidum hominum 

classibus equites 

legiones itinere 

militis virtutes 

parti tempore 

urbem hostis 

nocte litoribus 



suus, -a, -um 

agmen 

flumen 

iter 

litus 

tempus 

omnis, omne 



regionum 

laboris 

principem 

pede 

peditis 

agmina 

flumine 



LESSON XXXIV. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. E VERBS. 

Rego (stem rege-), rule. 
Principal Parts, rego, regere, rexi, rectus. 

205. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, 
and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, 
of rego. (482.) 

a. Compare the forms of rego with those of amo and 
moneo. Wherein are they alike, and wherein do they differ? 
Concentrate your attention upon the differences. 

206, 1. Regunt, regebant, regent. 2. Regis, regebas, 
reges. 3. Regitur, regebatur, regetur. 4. Regebantur, 
regebaris, regebamus. 5. Regeris, regimus, regi. 6. Re- 
git, reguntur, regeris. 7. Reget, regimur, regere. 8. 
Regebat, regemus, regite. 9. Regemur, regimini, rege. 



207. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Data 


Magnanimous 


Tempt 


Invulnerable 


Multipliable 


Tenancy 


Liberal 


Omniscient 




Locality 


Population 





208. Piso Aquitanus. 

An incident from Caesar's Gallic campaigns. 

Nostros equites, qui non parati erant, Germanorum equites 
subito oppugnaverunt. Nostri ad agmen legionum fugerunt. 

. 106 



LESSON XXXIV. 107 

In eo proelio cum Germanis ex equitibus nostris interfecti 
sunt LXXII ; in his vir summa virtute, Piso Aquitanus, 
cuius avus in sua terra rex fuerat et amicus ab nostro senatu 
appellatus erat. 

Hie in proelio fratri, qui ab hostibus superabatur, auxilium 
dedit, et eum servavit ; sed ipsius equus vulneratus est. 
Ipse diu fortiter se defendit, sed tandem graviter vulneratus 
est et ita interfectus est. Id eius frater, quern ille serva- 
verat, procul vidit : ex equo in hostes unus properavit atque 
interfectus est. 

209. 1 . The cohorts will bravely defend every one 
who will hasten into their camp. 

2. This man's grandfather was king, but he himself 
will not rule over the people. 

3. We shall defend the walls, and you shall bring 
us the weapons. 

4. These Germans will hasten on horseback with 
the messenger to the winter camp, and will defend 
him if 1 they are attacked. 

5. The horsemen of Caesar are Gauls, whom the 
Germans easily 2 conquer. If the Gauls shall dare 3 to 
fight with him, he will defend the lands which he has 
seized by means of these very Germans whom he is 
now attacking with the aid of the Gauls. 

6. If you are ready, attack the men on the wall. 

1 si. 2 facile. 3 audeo. 



LESSON XXXV. 

THIRD CONJUGATION-CONTINUED. 

210. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect 
indicative, active and passive, of rego. (482.) 

a. Compare these forms with the forms of amo and 
moneo. 

211. 1. Rexit, rexerat, rexerit. 2. Rectus erit, rectae 
erimus, rectus eram. 3. Recta sum, rectum esse, rexerint. 
4. Rectus est, recti sumus, rexerant. 5. Rexistis, rexero, 
rectae estis. 6. Rexerimus, reximus, rectus era 7. Rexi, 
rexisti. 

212. a. Have all the verbs of the first conjugation so far 
learned, excepting do (dedl), principal parts which are 
alike ? 

b. Are teneo (tentus) and its compounds the only verbs 
of the second conjugation so far learned whose principal 
parts are unlike those of moneo ? 

c. How many verbs of the third conjugation can you find 
whose principal parts are like those of rego ? 



213. 



Belligerent 

Depart 

Mediterranean 

Missive 



ALLIED WORDS. 

Missile 
Navigate 
Nocturn 
Numeration 



Suburban 
Tenacity 



108 



LESSON XXX V. 109 

214. A Fight around a Hillock. 

Quo anno Pompeius exercitum classemque parat Caesar 
cum exercitu in Hispania contra exercitum Afrani, legati 
Pompei, bellum gerit. Ad urbem Ilerdam proelia gerunt. 
Est inter hanc urbem et proxiinum collem magnum, ubi 
castra Afranius habet, parvus collis. Ex urbe Afranius 
frumentum ad suum exercitum portat. 

Caesar dicit, "Ad hunc parvum collem cohortes mittam, 
itaque a frumento exercitus Afrani prohibebitur. " Legi- 
ones III ex castris mittit, et in idoneis locis prope parvum 
collem conlocat, quibus ex locis antesignani cursu parvum 
collem occupare temptant. Sed hoc quae pro castris sunt 
Afrani cohortes vident, et brevi itinere ad parvum collem 
celeriter mittuntur. Proelium geritur, et quoniam primo 
in parvum collem Afrani cohortes contendunt nostri 
superantur. Auxilium iis mittebatur, sed tandem omnes se 
ad signa legionum receperunt. Ea causa legio quae in eo 
cornii conlocata erat locum non tenuit atque in proximum 
collem se recepit. Omnes legiones III perterrebantur, atque 
in eas milites Afrani acriter contendebant. Legionem Caesar 
misit, quae auxilium dedit. Proelium bene gesserunt, 
nam milites Afrani se ad urbem receperunt et sub muro proe- 
lium gesserunt. 

215. WORD-LIST. 

exercitus, -us, m., army. gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, 

parvus, -a, -um, small. to be engaged in doing 

mitt6,mittere,misi, missus, {something), to do, or carry 

to send. on. 

216. At the time when Pompey was preparing an 
army in Epirus the chiefs of the Roman armies in 
Africa and Spain and the people of Massilia, a city in 
Gaul, were all fighting against Caesar and his gen- 
erals. Caesar sent Curio with III new legions to 



no 



LESSON XXXV. 



Sicily and Africa, but went 1 himself to Spain, because 
his forces in that land were opposed to a large and 
good army. 

Curio went to Sicily, and from there carried a part 
of his army across 2 by fleet to Africa, where 3 he fought 
with Varus, who was one of Pompey's friends. 



1 T 



ivit. 



Use trans-portare. 



ubi. 



LESSON XXXVI. 

217. PULLO ET VORENUS. 

Erant in legione viri maxima virtute, centuriones, Titus 
Pullo et Lucius Vorenus, qui controversies continenter de 
sua virtute habebant. Ex his Pullo cum Gallis, qui hiberna 
legionis occupare temptabant, ex vallo acriter pugnabat. 
" Quid dubitas, Vorene ? " dixit, " Hoc tempus de nostris 
controversiis iudicabit," et statim extra vallum ex-ivit. Ad 
partem ubi hostes multi sunt visi contendit. 

Non Vorenus se in vallo continuit, sed quoque extra hi- 
berna ex-ivit. Pullo telum in hostes misit, atque hominem 
ex Gallis interfecit. In eum omnes hostes tela miserunt. 
Transfixum est scutum Pulloni et telum in balteo defixum 
est. Avertit hie casus vaginam, et gladium magna difficul- 
tate e-duxit. Eum turn hostes celeriter oppugnabant, sed 
illi Vorenus venit et auxilium dedit. Ad hunc se a Pullone 
omnes Galli verterunt. Gladio pugnam bene gerit Vorenus 
atque hominem eorum interfecit. Sed cum magno studio in 
reliquos contendit, atque in locum inferiorem concidit. In 
eum rursus hostes celeriter contendebant, sed Pullo ei auxi- 
lium dedit. 

Postquam ita pugnaverant summa cum virtute se intra hi- 
beria receperunt. 

218. (Use whatever words you think will best express 
the sense of the following lines, which are taken from 
Macaulay's "Battle of Lake Regillus." Do not try to 
translate it word for word.) 

in 



112 



LESSON XXXVI. 



But fiercer l grew the fighting 

Around 2 Valerius dead, 
For Titus dragged 3 him by the feet 

And Aulus by the head. 4 
" On, Latins, 5 on," quoth Titus; 

" See (how) the rebels 6 fly. " 7 
"Romans, stand firm," quoth Aulus, 

" And win this fight, or 8 die," 9 

1 Nominative m. and f. acrior, n. acrius. 2 circum. 3 trahere. 
4 caput. 5 Latinus, -I. 6 i.e. Romans. 7 to yield, cedere. 8 aut. 
9 Imperative of "to die " is moriminl. 



LESSON XXXVII. 



219. There are three degrees of comparison 
tive, the comparative, and the superlative. 



the posi= 



POSITIVE. 



latus (lato-), wide. 
levis (levi-) 
velox (veloci-) 



COMPARATIVE. 

(ending -ior) 
latior, wider. 
levior 
velocior 



SUPERLATIVE. 

(ending -issimus) 
latissimus, widest. 
levissimus 
velocissimus 



a. How is the comparative formed from the positive in 
these examples ? How is the superlative formed ? 

220. 

liber (Hbero-), free. liber ior, freer, Hberrimus,/rm/. 
acer (acri-) acrior acerrimus 

a. Notice that adjectives in -er have the comparing of 
ending -rimus in the superlative. Adjectives. 



221. 



DECLENSION OF COMPARATIVES. 







Pa 


radigm. 








SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 






M. & F. 


N. 




M. & F. 


N. 


Nom. 


altior 


altius 




altiores 


altiora 


Gen. 


altioris 


altioris 




altiorum 


altiorum 


Dat. 


altiorl 


altiorl 




altioribus 


altioribus 


Ace. 


altiorem 


altius 




altiores, -is 


altiora 


Abl. 


altiore, -1 


altiore, 


-1 


altioribus 


altioribus 


Voc. 


(altior 


altius) 




(altiores 


altiora) 






113 



H4 LESSON XXXVII. 

a. The comparatives of all adjectives (except plus, 229) 
are declined like altior. 

b. The superlatives are all declined like bonus (474). 
Compare and decline in the comparative : longus, gratus, 

novus, miser, celer, atrox. 

222. EXAMPLES. 

Mons est altior quam ) . . , . , 

[A mountain is higher 

collis, V ., .... 6 w™i 

7 „ . ,,- i than a hill. 

Mons est altior colli, ) 

Observe that in the first sentence, where quam is used, 
collis is in the same case as mons ; but in the second, 
where quam is omitted, the ablative colli is used. 

Rule. — The ablative is used with comparatives in the 

sense of than when quam is omitted. 

223. EXAMPLES. 

Murus est altior, The wall is rather (or loo) high. 
Murus est altissimus, The wall is very high. 

These sentences illustrate meanings sometimes given to 
the comparative and superlative. 

224. 

1. Quis murum longiorem quam Romae vidit ? 

2. Quis longiorem murum quam murum Romae vidit? 

3. Hostes in altissimo colli agmine Caesaris perterre- 
bantur. 

4. Quis nigriorem equum eo habet ? 

5. Hoc iter ad hiberna Caesaris est brevissimum. 

6. Colles altissimi cum labore ab acerrimo hoste tene- 
bantur. 

7. Padus est Admen longius Arno. 

8. Pedites quos dux in alto colli tenuit hostium copias ab 
eo prohibebunt. 



LESSON XXXVll. 115 

9. Arma quibus Romani a muro prohibebantur gladii 
longissimi erant. 

10. Terra Gallia altiora flumina quam Italia habet. 

11. Prohibetur ab urbe reliquis civibus. 

12. Non facile ab urbibus pedites hostium prohibebat. 

13. Novissimum agmen hostium in alto colle visum erat. 

14. Estne hie equus nigerrimus ? 

225. Saving the Standard. 

Ibi in silva Lucius Cotta legatus a Gallis interfectus est 
cum magna parte militum. Reliqui se ad hiberna recepe- 
runt, ex quibus Lucius Petrosidius, aquilifer, magno numero 
hostium extra vallum premebatur. Aquilam intra vallum 
pro-iecit; ipse maxima virtute pro hibernis pugnabat atque 
tandem interfectus est. 

226. WORD-LIST. 

quam, adverb used after an adjective or adverb in the com- 
parative degree, than. 

227. (Translate these sentences in two ways, where pos- 
sible.) 

1. The sword which the hostage gave to the horse- 
man is longer than this one. 

2. Who are more uncivilized than the Romans ? 
The Gauls are more uncivilized than they, but most 
uncivilized of all are the Germans. 

3. Diviciacus was the freest of the chiefs of the 
Haedui, because he had not given his children as 
hostages to their enemies. 

4. The men upon the wall are fewer than those 
who are in this gate. 

5. He placed his camp upon the highest of the 
hills. 

6. Is this road to the camp shorter than that (one) ? 

7. The deepest river in Italy is the Padus. 

8. Galba has a blacker horse than this horse. 



LESSON XXXVIII. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES-CONTINUED. 

228. The following adjectives form the comparative 
and superlative irregularly : 

POSITIVE. COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 

bonus, -a, -um, good melior, melius optimus, -a, -um 

malus, -a, -um, bad peior, peius pessimus, -a,-um 

magnus, -a, -um, large maior, maius maximus, -a, -um 

multus, -a, -um, ?nuch ) -_ n1 - r . 11C _ „_ 

,,- y plus plunmus, -a,-um 

multi, -ae, -a, many \* * ' ' 

parvus, -a, -um, small minor, minus minimus, -a, -um 

229. 

Declension of plus, more (plural more or many). 

SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

M. & F. N. M. & F. N. 

Nom. plus plures plura 

Gen. pluris plurium plurium 

Dat. pluribus pluribus 

Ace. plus pluris, -es plura 

Abl. plure pluribus pluribus 

Voc. (pl uS ) (plures plura) 

230. Some adjectives are compared by means of adverbs : 
Idoneus, suitable. Magis idoneus, more suitable. Maxi- 
me idoneus, most suitable. 

1x6 



LESSON XXX nil. 117 



231. ALLIED WORDS, 

Multifold Navigable Partiality Populate Subterranean 
Habitue Numeral Pertinent Primeval Tenacious 



232. 

1. Romani hiberna propia montes quam Galli conloca- 
verant. 

2. Certum numerum militum in hibernis tenuit atque 
equites, quorum erat magnus numerus in Gallia, ex his regi- 
on i bus obtinebat. 

3. Caesar minor natu erat quam Pompeius. 

4. Optimi milites interdum sunt pessimi homines, sed 
Caesar vir melior erat atque acefrimus princeps. 

5. Optimos amamus atque perterremur a pessimfs. 

6. Melius est amari quam perterrere, et non difficilius. 

7. Quis horum puerorum est aegerrimus ? Hie est ae- 
grior illo. 

8. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae. 

9. Helvetil hac ex parte monte altissimo continentur. 

10. Hoc colli pedites continebantur. 

1 1 . Reliquam partem copiarum in hoc loco continet. 

12. Haec silva ab Helvetiorum regione ad terras Dacorum 
pertinet. 

13. Marcus est maior natu et altior Sexto. 

14. Muri horum hibernorum sunt longiores quam miiri 
erant superiore anno. 

233. WORD-LIST. 

ob-tineo, obtinere, obtinul, obtentus,' to possess. 

con-tineo, etc., to hold together. Passive also, is bounded 

(geographical term). 
per-tineo, etc., to extend. 
mons, montis, m., mountain. J 



n8 



LESSON XXX V III. 



234. 

1. Because the Helvetians possessed a land which 
was bounded by very high mountains, which extended 
in all directions, they tried to seize a new country 
more suitable to a people who were very brave. 

2. The largest city of Italy is Rome. 

3. Because his men were fewer than those of the 
enemy he hastened by very long marches to the 
mountains and placed a camp in a suitable place upon 
a rather high hill. 

4. Most men have more courage than skill. 



LESSON XXXIX. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES-CONTINUED. 



235. Six adjectives in -lis are compared as follows 



COMPARATIVE. 

facilior, facilius 



SUPERLATIVE. 

facillimus, -a, -um 



POSITIVE. 

facilis, -e, 
easy. 

difficilis, -e, difficilior, difficilius difficillimus, -a, -um 
hard. 



similis, -e, 
like. 



similior, similius 



simillimus, -a, -um 



dissimilis, -e, dissimilior,dissimilius dissimillimus,-a,-um 
unlike. 

humilis, -e, humilior, humilius humillimus, a, -um 

low. 
gracilis, -e, gracilior, gracilius gracillimus, -a, -um 

slender. 



236. The following form their superlative irregularly : 



extremus, ) outermost, 
extimus, [ last. 

infimus, ) , 
imus, \ lowesL 

postremus, \ , 
postumus, 



exterus, 1 


exterior, 


outward. 


outer. 


inferus, 1 


inferior, 


below. 


lower. 


posterus, 1 
following. 


posterior, 
later. 


superus, 1 
above. 


superior, 
higher 



supremus, \ hihest 
summus, [ 6 



1 Not used in the Nominative Singular Masculine. 



119 



120 



LESSON XXXIX, 



237. The following have no positive, and form the 
comparative and superlative from other parts of speech : 



citimus, hithermost. 
intimus, inmost. 
primus, first. 
proximus, next. 
ultimus, furthest, last. 

a. Do you remember any prepositions or adverbs from 
which these might be derived ? 



citerior, hither. 
interior, inner. 
prior, former. 
pro pi or, nearer. 
ulterior, further. 



238. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Barbarity 


Navigation 


Obtainable 


Enumerate 


Omnipresence 


Summit 


Laborious 


Content 




Major 


Navy 





I. 



Has urbes in regionibus trans Airmen primas obti- 



239. 

nuerat. 

2. Extremum oppidum Allobrogum est proximumque 
Helvetiorum terris Genava. 

3. Erat in Gallia ulteriore una legio. 

4. Prima nocte summus collis obtinebatur. 

5. Complures ex gladiis qui in muris sunt obtinere 
temptabat. 

6. Belgae pertinent ad inferiorem partem fluminis. 

7. Aquitania a Garumna flumine ad montes et earn 
partem Oceani quae est ad Hispaniam pertinet. 

8. Galliam citeriorem montes Alpes continuerunt. 

9. Facile est tela gladiosque obtinere. 

10. Illud iter, quod inter altissimos montes atque flumen 
erat, obtinuit. 

11. Ex ea urbe silva ad Helvetios pertinuit. 

12. Uibem litus continebat. 

13. Ab hoc loco collis pertinuit ad proximum montem. 

14. Multi pueri magnis capitibus nun sunt super lores 
consilio. 



LESSON XXXIX. 121 

240. WORD-LIST. 

bonus, -a, -um, good; melior, melius, better; optimus, 

-a, -um, best. 
magnus, maior, maximus, large, larger, largest. 
multus, plus, plurimus, much, ?nore, most. 
exterus, exterior, extremus or extimus, outward, outer, 

outermost. 
Inferus, inferior, Infimus or Imus, below, lower, lowest. 
posterus, posterior, postremus, following, later, last. 
superus, superior, summus or supremus, above, higher, 

highest. 
prior, former; primus, first. 

241. 

i. Pompey's fleet, whose chief was a man of the 
greatest courage, was larger than Caesar's. Pompey 
had more soldiers than Caesar, but the majority of the 
latter 's soldiers were much better than even the best 
soldiers in Pompey's legions. 

2. On the following night he placed his baggage 
upon the top of the hill. 

3. The Romans had a more difficult march than 
they had last year, because the enemy were holding 
the hills which were next to the shortest of the roads. 

4. The last hill held by the enemy was the highest. 



LESSON XL. 

FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 

242. Latin adverbs are formed from adjectives. 

STEMS. 
ADJECTIVE. STEM. ADVERB. 

longus, long. longo- longe, far. 

miser, wretched. misero- misere, wretchedly. 

These change the of the stem to e. 

i STEMS. 

brevis, short. brevi- breviter, briefly. 

acer, eager. acri- acriter, eagerly. 

sapiens, wise. sapienti- sapienter, wisely. 

These add ter to the stem. 

a. But notice that stems in -nti (sapienti-) drop ti. 

243. The accusative and the ablative neuter of the 
adjective are also sometimes used as adverbs. 

multus, much. multum, much. 

facilis, easy. facile, easily. 

primus, first. primO, at first. 

subitus, sudden. subito, suddenly. 

244. ALLIED WORDS. 
Ameliorate Optimist Superiority- 
Extremity Plurality Supremacy 
Majority Primitive 
Omniscience Priority 

122 



LESSON XL 123 

245. PUGNA PHARSALICA. 

The battle of Pharsalia was probably the decisive 
battle in the struggle between Caesar and the Senate 
(170), although it did not seem so at the time to the 
enemies of the former, and was not so fiercely con- 
tested as the later battles in Africa and Spain. It 
thus probably ranks as one of the decisive battles of 
the world. (See also 467.) 

246. I. 

Pompeius, qui castra in - colle habebat, ad - Infimas - 
partes - montis legiones conlocabat. " In - hoc - loco facile 
victoriam obtinebo," dixit. Caesar, quoniam numero niul- 
tls - partibus erat Inferior, suos - milites continebat, et in - 
idoneo - loco legiones conlocabat. 

Pompei - amicis, legatis - tribunlsque, magnum proeli - 
studium erat, sed id ei non gratum erat. Tandem studio - 
amicorum superatus - est, pugnareque - paravit. 

Interim Caesar castra movere - constituit, atque signum 
dedit, iamque i 111 quos primos in - agmine conlocaverat in - 
portis - castrorum erant. Sed eo - ipso - tempore legiones - 
Pompei longe a - vallo - suorum - castrorum movebant et 
pugnare - parare - videbantur. Id Caesar vidit atque oppiig- 
nare - paravit. 

Pompeius in - sinistra - parte legiones - II conlocaverat: 
in - eo - loco ipse erat. Medium - locum Scipio cum - legi- 
onibus - Syriacis tenebat. Una - legio cum - cohortibus - 
Hispanis in - dextra - parte erat - conlocata. Numero co- 
hortes CX erant. Hae erant milia XLV. Reliquas cohortes 
VII in castris castellisque conlocaverat. Omnes equites, 
qui optima arma habebant, sagittaril funditoresque, in sinis- 
tra parte erant. 

Caesar unara legionem in dextra parte conlocavit. Co- 
hortes LXXX habebat, quae summa erat milia XXII. Co- 
hortes II in castris erant. Ipse contra Pompeium erat. 



124 LESSON XL. 

247. WORD-LIST. 

cohors, cohortis, f., cohort, the tenth part of a legion. 
\onge y far; bene, well; facile, easily. 
multum, or multo, much; subito, suddenly, wiexpectedly. 
celeriter, quickly. 

248. 

The last hill which the enemy were holding was 
suddenly attacked by the Romans at night. This hill 
was rather high, and the most of those soldiers who 
first attacked, because they were in a lower position 
than the enemy, were wounded by the latter, whose 
swords were much longer than theirs. But the tri- 
bune greatly surpassed the enemy in skill. He easily 
seized the next h,ill, which was not far distant * and 
much higher than that which the enemy were holding. 
Because of this the enemy quickly retreated to a place 
nearer to their (own) camp. 

1 To be distant, ab-esse. 






LESSON XLI. 



249. 



COMPARING OF ADVERBS. 



POSITIVE. 

acriter, eagerly. 
mi sere, wretchedly 
bene, well. 
male, badly. 
multum, much. 



Models. 

COMPARATIVE. 

acrius. 

miserius. 

melius. 

peius. 
plus, 
minus, less. 



SUPERLATIVE. 

acerrime. 

miserrime. 

optime. 

pessime. 

plurime. 

minime. 

maxime. 



magis, more. 

a. What case-ending of the adjective is used to form the 
comparative of the adverb ? 

b. How is the superlative formed from the superlative 
of the adjective? (Cp. 219.) 

c. Form adverbs from these adjectives, and compare them : 
aeger (aegro), sick; prudens (prudenti-), wise; libci 
(libero-); similis (simili-), like; levis (levi-), light. 

ALLIED WORDS. 
Mountain 
Optimistic 
Pertain 
Plural 



250. 

Benefit 
Celerity 
Extreme 
Facile 



Primer 
Omnivorous 



PUGNA PHARSALICA. II. 

251. Quoniam equites - Pompei contra - dextram - partem 
complures erant, celeriter cohortes - VI Caesar monuit, 
" Cum - equitibus pugnatote. Capita - eorum tells vulne- 

125 



126 LESSON XLl. 

rare - temptatote ; ita celerius perterrebuntur." Horum - 
equitum - multi adulescentes, elves - RomanI, pulchrissimis - 
comis, erant. 

Signum datum est atque nostri - milites in - legiones - 
Pompei contendebant. Primum telis, deinde gladiis, pug- 
nare - parabant. Eo - tempore equites a sinistra Pompei - 
parte in - nostros - equites contendebant. Nostri se recepe- 
runt, equitesque Pompei hoc acrius nostros milites a parte 
aperta superare temptaverunt. Turn Caesar cohortibus VI 
signum dedit, hique in eos celeriter contenderunt. 

Equites Pompei perterrebantur, atque fuga in montes altis- 
simos contendebant. Omnes sagittarii funditoresque interfecti 
sunt. Nostri cohortes VI milites Pompei qui in sinistra parte 
pugnabant circumiverunt. Quoniam ex duabus partibus a 
nostris oppiignabantur, fuga se servare contendebant. 

252. Compare the adverbs learned in 247. Notice also 
the following : melius, minus, plus, maxime, minime. 

253 

Pompey's Plan of Attack at Pharsalus. 

Pompey said 1 to the leaders of his horsemen, " You 
will 2 of a sudden attack the horsemen who are oppo- 
site our left hand. Because you are more numerous and 
have better arms than they you will easily terrify them. 
Then (99, N. 2) you will quickly attack the foot- 
soldiers on their exposed flank. 3 They will at that 
time be fighting with our legions. 

Because they will thus be attacked from two direc- 
tions at one (125) time, they will become frightened 
and will hasten to save themselves by flight. ' 

1 dixit. 2 Imperative mood. v pars. 



LESSON XLIL 

254. ALLIED WORDS. 

Contention Malcontent Omnipotent 

Contentment Mountainous Petition 

Defense Multiplex 

Facility Nostrum 

255. Pugna Pharsalica. — III. 

Turn Pompeius in - sua - castra ex - equo contendit, atque 
iis quos ad - portam conlocaverat dicit, " Castra defendite 
diligenter. ' ' Castra a - cohortibus, quae ibi conlocatae - erant, 
vero diligenter defenduntur ; niulto acrius a - Thracibus - 
barbarisque - auxiliis. Nam qui ex - proelio ad - castra mili- 
tes contendunt magis reliqua - fuga se servare quam castra 
defendere - petunt. Tandem omnes telis superantur, atque 
cum - ducibus centurionibus - tribunisque - militum altissi- 
mum - montem qui ad - castra pertinet occupare - petunt. 
Quoniam is - mons est sine - aqua, locum qui prope - flumen 
est turn occupare - petunt. 

Caesar partem suarum copiarum in castris Pompei, partem- 
que in suis castris conlocat, atque cum legionibus III I ad 
hunc locum properat. Nostrl x labore sunt defessi, et nox 
prope est, tamen milites Pompei nocte aquam petere prohi- 
bent. Pauci nocte fuga se servare petunt; reliqui in dedi- 
tionem se Caesari dant. 

Signa ex proelio ad eum portantur CLXXX et aquilae 
VIII. 

Interim Pompeius ad litus contendebat et nave terram 
Aegyptum petebat atque ad urbem Alexandrium venit. Ibi 

1 I.e. Caesar's. 

127 



128 



LESSON XLII. 



rex erat Ptolemaeus, puer qui magiris copiis sororem Cleopa- 
trem in bello superare temptabat. Amici regis huius his qui 
a Pompeio venerunt gratissime responderunt, tamen Pom- 
peium interficere petebant. Ille ignorans ex nave ex-ivit 
cum paucis suis et interfectus est. 

FINIS. 
256. WORD-LIST. 

noster, nostra, nostrum, our. 

contendo, contendere, contend!, contentus, to strive, to 

hasten, sometimes, to fight. 
peto, petere, petivi, petitus, to seek, beg, demand. 
defendo, defendere, defend!, defensus, to defend. 

257. 

How Caesar thwarted Pompey's Plan at 

Pharsalus. 

Caesar saw the horsemen of Pompey opposite his 
own right end (251). He quickly said to the lead- 
ers of VI cohorts, "If (146, N. 3) yonder horsemen 
shall get the best of the horsemen who will be defend- 
ing our left end, you will defend the rest of our sol- 
diers. " 

Pompey's horsemen easily terrify Caesar's horsemen, 
and then 1 eagerly hasten against the exposed flank 2 of 
the legion. Those VI cohorts suddenly attack them 
with their swords, and greatly terrify them. They 
then attack the legions of Pompey upon their unpro- 
tected end. Thus Caesar's soldiers overcame Pompey 
by means of the very plan by which Pompey tried to 
overcome them. 



1 turn. 



2 See 251, second paragraph. 



LESSON XLIII. 

THIRD CONJUGATION VERBS IN JO. 

capio, facio, fugio, iacio and their Compounds. x 
258. Learn all the tenses of the Indicative, the Present 

Imperative, and the Present Infinitive, Active and Passive, of 

capio (484). 

Compare these tenses of capio with the tenses of rego, and 

note the differences. 

251). i. Capiebatis, capiebamini. 2. Capit, capiebat, 
capiet. 3. Capiunt, capiebant, capient. 4. Capior, capis, 
caperis. 5. Capiebar, capimur, cepi. 6. Capiar, capimus, 
capere. 7. Cape, captae eramus, captus sum. 8. Ceperamus, 
ceperis. 

a. Inflect in the sarne way facio, make, and fugio, flee. 

260. EXAMPLES. 

Quinque annos bellum gerebatur. War was carried on for 
five years. 

Collis centum pedes ab-est. The hill is a hundred feet dis- 
tant, 
a. The accusative annos expresses duration of time, the 

accusative pedes extent of space. They answer 

the question how long? and how far? Accusative of Time 

and Space. 

261. Rule. — Duration of Time and Ex= 
tent of Space are expressed by the Accusative. 

1 These are the most common of the verbs of this class. 

I2g 



i 3 o 



LESSON XLUL 



262. 



Caesar et Afranius. 



The following is the account of the closing opera- 
tions of Caesar's first campaign in Spain (compare 170), 
before the battle of Pharsalia (245). The incident 
given in 214 occurred during this campaign. 

Afranius, the general who is opposing Caesar, has 
decided to leave the region of Ilerda, since his supplies 
are almost exhausted, and marching southward to make 
a fresh stand in a more favorable region. If Caesar 
can gain possession of a pass over the mountains which 
Afranius must cross, he can prevent this movement 
and perhaps starve his foes into a surrender. The camp 
of Afranius is situated between Caesar's camp and the 
pass. The two camps are in sight of each other, and 
it seems impossible for Caesar to seize the pass in ad- 
vance of Afranius. 



263. 



I. 



Caesar cum omnibus copiis ex castris ex-Ivit, magnoque cir- 
cuitu sine certo itinere exercitum duxit. Hoc Afrani milites 
viderunt et laetissimi erant. " Vide," dixerunt, " inopia fru- 
menti Caesar fugit atque ad urbem Ilerdam rursus su6s milites 
ducit." Sed paulatim ad dextram agmen Caesar ducebat et 
brevi tempore primi superaverant regionem eorum castrorum 
et iam prope montem fuerant. Turn vero celeriter omnes 
copias ex castris Afranius duxit, rectoque ad montes itinere 
contendit. 

Exercitum Caesaris viarum dimcultates, Afrani copias equi- 
tatus Caesaris tardabant. Ad montem prior agmen Caesaris 
venit atque ibi contra exercitum Afrani milites conlocati sunt. 
Turn vero et ab equitatu novissimum agmen Afrani exercitus 
premebatur, et ante se legiones Caesaris videbat. Ad collem 
Afranius exercitum duxit atque ibi legiones suas conlocavit. 



LESSON XLIJI. 131 

264. WORD-LIST. 

equitatus, -us, m., cavalry. 

duco, ducere, duxi, ductus, to lead. 

dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, to say. 

265. 

The enemy tried to seize the gate 1 by night, and 
thus to lead their forces into the city, but the leader of 
the men who were in the city quickly hastened to the 
gate. He wounded a few of the enemy, and thus 
frightened the rest. They did not attack him during 
the remainder of the night. During the whole of the 
next day, with a few men, he was keeping the enemy 
away from the gate. At length, 2 by night, the enemy, 
wearied, retreated. 3 

„* porta. a tandem. 8 se recepit. 



LESSON XLT 

FIFTH DECLENSION. 

zit feminine, except dies, 



-- Z.ll _■■ ;::t::-_f: A::.::.::.t :l ::.t - :ir:'.i' 

267. try lew nouns belong to this declension, bat some 
of those which do are frequently used, especially acies, dies, 

stem die. 

i ^s ill 

i.l\ d:erum 

I at it: Oat. : e'rus 

A : '. i. I ~ XL '-hi 

-.-■'. i:t An. : I'll 

XL l -i ill 

A:»d_.: '. ::. : .:: 7. 

: - t : Prediction 

'. '. - .--i- " t:A„ie: 

\ - \ . - .-'-' 

270 — II. 

Ex eo loco, obi sonm exercitran conclocaverat, IV cohor- 
ts* in earn montem qui ibi erat altissimts Afranrus mi 

H-i: -----,-\ \,- . ------- ..-.-, -..-.'. .-i.-t >=: '-.: Has 



LESSOS' XLIV. 133 

cohortes quae ad hunc montem properabant equitatus Caes: 
ex omnibus partibus oppugnavit, omnesque in conspectu ex- 
ercituum ab eo interfecti sunt. 

Quoniam equitatus ita proelium commiserat, atque rem ita 
bene gesserat, ad Caesarem celeriter legati, centuriones, tri- 
bunique militum vener.mt. Dixerunt, "In conspectu omnis 
exercitus AfranI hae cohortes interfectae sunt. Perterretur e 
exercitus ; proelium cum tuls legionibus non sustinebunt. 
Non dubita proelium committere. Ita celeriter victoria 
nobis erit." 

Hoc consilium suonim tamen Caesari non gratum fuit. 
Proelium non commisit. "Non proelium committam,'' 
dixit, "nam in pugna mei milites vulnerabuntur. Sine 
pugna hanc rem bene geram, nam a frumento Afranium pro- 
hibui." 

Consilium Caesaris militibus non gratum fuit, tamen paulum 
ex eo loco ex-ivit. 

Turn Afranius in castris suos conlocavit. 

271. WORD LIST. 

Res, rei, f., thing, state of affairs. 
Committo, committere, commisi, commissus, ;• bring 
gether. With proelium, to begin the battle. 

272. 

After the whole of Gaul had been overcome by 
Caesar, the Gauls again (8l, N. 2) fought with him. 
They harassed him for a long time, and kept him from 
:uring^ grain. At length he attempted to retreat 
\ 178, N. 2) into the province. 1 The Gauls had very 
many horsemen, and did not hesitate to beHn battle with 
Caesar. But Caesar had already a sent secretly : the 
Germans, 4 who sent him a great number of horsemen. 
After the Gauls had begun the battle the German cav- 
alry was sent against them, and quickly brought t 
matter to a successful issue. 

1 provincia. s iam s clam. * N : I he. 



LESSON XLV. 

SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE. 

273. Learn the present and imperfect subjunctive of sum 
(486) and of the active and passive of amo (480), moneo 
(481), rego (482), and capio (484). 

a. In the same way inflect these tenses of paro, pugno, 
video, perterreo, duco and mitto. 

274. The Subjunctive Mood. 

1. This Mood is used chiefly in Subordinate clauses. 

a. All subordinate clauses, however, do not take the Sub- 
junctive. 

b. The Latin Subjunctive has no relation to the English 
Subjunctive, nor should it be thought of as being generally 
similar to the English Potential (" might," "would"). 

2. The so-called Present and Imperfect tenses have ex- 
actly the same meaning in nearly all subordinate clauses. 
They denote incompleted action, past, present, or future. 

275. Incompleted action represents the action of the 
verb in the subordinate clause as still going 

on at the time to which the sentence refers. Action* * 

The "time to which the sentence refers" is 

the time denoted by the main verb of the sentence. 

a. The English and Latin indicative tenses of incom- 
pleted action are : 

I was carrying, Portabam (Latin Imperfect). 

I am carrying, Porto (Latin Present). 

/ shall be carrying, Portabo (Latin Future) . 

i34 



LESSON XLV. 135 

276. Never think of the Present Subjunctive as denoting 
incompleted action in present time only, like the Pres- 
ent Indicative, or of the Imperfect Subjunctive as denoting 
incompleted action in past time only, like the Imperfect 
Indicative. The names "Present" and "Imperfect" are 
very misleading in this respect. 

RULE FOR USE OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

277. If the main verb of the sentence denotes pres- 
ent or future time, use the present subjunctive. 

If the main verb of the sentence denotes past time, 
use the imperfect subjunctive. 

278. EXAMPLES. 

Se parant 'ut pugnent, They prepare themselves that they 
may fight (so that they may fight, so as to fight, in order that 
they may fight, in order to fight, to fight, for the purpose of 
fighting). 

Se parabant ut pugnarent, They prepared themselves that 
they might fight, etc. 

Legatos mittunt ne oppidum oppugnetur, They send 
envoys in order that the town may not be attacked, that the town 
may not be attacked, lest the town be attacked. 

Legatos miserunt ne oppidum oppugnare- clauses 

mi • 7 i , i j Expressing 

tur, ihey sent envoys in order that the town p urp0 se. 
should not be attacked. 

a. Notice that the clauses introduced by ut or ne express 
the purpose or intention of the subjects of the principal 
clauses. 

b. Notice that ut introduces a positive, ne a negative, 
purpose. 

c. Notice that the verbs in the clauses expressing purpose 
are in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule. (277.) 

d. Notice the various expressions by which Ut and ne may 
be translated. 



136 



LESSON XLV. 



279. Rule. — Purpose is expressed by ut and ne with 
the subjunctive. 

a. The infinitive is never to be used in Latin to express 
purpose as it is in English. 



280. 



Adduce 
Deduce 
Deduct 
Educe 



ALLIED WORDS. 
Induce 
Introduce 
Introduction 
Produce 



Reduce 
Traduce 



281. 



Ad silvam properabit ut victoriam obtineat. 
Defessi principes laboraverunt ut urbs defenderetur. 
Ut via defenderetur ad portam urbis properavimus. 
Boni principes bene pugnaverunt ut victoriam babe- 



s' 

4. 
rent. 

5. Porta a paucis hominibus defendetur ut murus a plu- 
ribus teneatur. 

6. Ne pater defessus sit, pueri qui eum amant auxilium 
dabunt. 

7. Ne pedites vulnerentur equitatus ut eos defendat pro- 
perat. 

8. Qulnque cohortes mittet ut murum oppugnet. 

9. Ne nocte laboremus contendemus. 

10. Ex urbe copias ducere temptat ut eis auxilium mittat. 

11. Ex castris principem prohibet ut vulneretur. 

12. Hoc locum occupat ut celerius ad suos contendat. 

13. Multas copias habet et bellum geret. 

14. Legatos mittam ut auxilium petam. 

15. Copias in castris tenet, sed brevi tempore pedites ad 
montem ducet, et hostem oppugnabit. 

16. Pugnatis ut liberos defendatis. 

282. 

I. He will lead these troops into the winter camp, 
so that he may defend it easily. 



LESSON XLV. 137 

2. He led a cohort into the winter camp, in order 
that he might defend it more easily. 

3. He sent help to the cohort, in order that it might 
more quickly seize the hill. 

4. He is preparing great forces, lest he be over- 
come. 

5. He will hasten to the town, lest he be wounded. 

6. He left his baggage in the winter camp, so that 
his soldiers should not have a hard time (86) from 
want of horses. 



LESSON XLVI. 

283. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 








First Person. 






Ego 


, /- 




SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 


Nom. 


ego 






nos 


Gen. 


mei 






nostrum or nostri 


Dat. 


mini 






nobis 


Ace. 


me 






nos 


Abl. 


me 






nobis 




i 


Second 


Person. 






Tu, 


thou. 




Nom. 


til 






vos 


Gen. 


tui 






vestrum or vestri 


Dat. 


tibi 






vobis 


Ace. 


te 






vos 


Abl. 


te 






vobis 



Third Person. 
Sui, of himself , herself, itself 



Nom. 
Gen. 






SU1 


sui 


Dat. 


sibi 


sibi 


Acc. 


se or sese 


se or sese 


Abl. 


se or sese 


se or sese 



138 



LESSON XLVl. 139 

a. Notice that sui is reflexive; that is, likesuus (191), it 
refers only to the subject of the sentence, or (sometimes) 
of the clause. 

b. Is, ea, id (100) and sometimes hie and ille (93) are used 
for the personal pronoun of the third person when not 
reflexive. 

284. EXAMPLES. 

Ego sum altus, tu es parvus, I am tall, you are small. 
Omnes se (or sese) laudant, They are all praising them- 
selves. 

Amicus mecum manebit, My friend will stay with me. 
Quis vestrum se non recepit ? Who of you did not retreat ? 

a. Notice in the first sentence that the subjects ego and tu 
are expressed. They are usually omitted except for empha- 
sis or contrast. 

b. The personal pronouns of the first and second persons 
often have a reflexive sense : Tu te laudas, Thou praisest 
thyself. Omnes nos laudamus, We are all praising ourselves. 

285. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 

meus, -a, -um, my, mine. 

tUUS, -a, -um, thy, thine, your (sing. ), yours. 

SUUS, -a, -um, his, hers, its, their, theirs. (Reflexive 191.) 

noster, -tra, -trum, our, ours. 

vester, -tra, -trum, your (\Au.) yours. 

a. Tuus refers to one person : 

Marce, tuum amlcum vidi, et, tuos equos habuit, Mar- 
cus, I saw your friend, and he had your horses. 

Vester refers to more than one person : 

Milites, vestros tribunos video, sed ubi est vester 
legatus ? Soldiers, I see your lieutenants, but where is your 
general ? 

b. Notice that the word "your" translates both tuus and 
vester. 



14° LESSON XLVl 

286. EXAMPLES. 

Nos qui milites sumus eum laudamus, sed vos, qui le- 
gatl estis, culpatis, We, who are soldiers, praise him, but 
you, who are generals, blame him. 

a. Notice that the first qui, because it refers to nos, is the 
subject of a verb in the first person, sumus ; and that the 
second qui, which refers to vos, is the subject of estis, a verb 
in the second person. 

287. ALLIED WORDS. 



Aqueduct 


Express 


Predicate 


Viaduct 


Impress 


Predictive 


Captor 


Repress 





Compress Commit 

288. Caesar et Afranius. — III. 

Caesar milites in montibus prope Afrani castra castraque sua 
conlocavit. Postero die prlncipes exercitus Afrani, quoniam 
in compluribus partibus premebantur, perturbati sunt, atque de 
his rebus consilium ceperunt. In consilio eis nuntiatur, " Qui 
aquam petunt ab equitatu Caesaris p^ementur. ,, Quam ob 
rem in via quae ad aquam pertinuit equites legionariasque 
cohortes conlocaverunt, et posterum diem vallum ex castris 
ad aquam ducere temptaverunt ut intra vallum aquam pete- 
rent atque non ab equitatu premerentur. Hos dies tamen 
inopia frumenti premebantur ; aquam aegre petebant. Fru- 
menti copiam parvam legionaril milites habebant, sed auxi- 
liis non fuit, et ea causa ma^nus eorum numerus omne hoc 
tempus ad Caesarem veniebant, atque se ei dabant. Tandem 
Afranius ad oppidum Ilerdam rursus properare temptavit, et 
ex castris ex ivit. Caesar equitatum misit, ut novissimum 
agmen premeretur ; ipse ex castris legionarios milites duxit, 
ut equitatui auxilium daret. 



LESSON XLVl. 



141 



280. 



WORD-LIST. 



aqua, aquae, water, dies, diei, m. and f., day. 
legionarius, -a, -um, belonging to a legion, legionary. 
premo, premere, press!, pressus, to press to harass. 
capio, capere, cepi, captus, to take. 

200. 

(Use whatever words you think will express the sense 
of the following lines, which are taken from Macaulay's 
" Battle of Lake Regillns. ' ') 

The Challenge. 

Mamilius spied Herminius 
And dashed across 1 the way; 
" Herminius, I have sought thee 
Through many a bloody day. 
One of us two, Herminius, 
Shall never 2 more go home. 3 
I will lay on for 4 Tusculum, 
And lay thou on for Rome." 



291. 

POSITIVE. 

bonus, -a, -um 
exterus, -a, -um 
inferus, -a, -um 
magnus, -a, -um 
multus, -a, -um 
parvus, -a, -um 
posterus, -a, -um 
superus, -a, -um 



REVIEW WORD-LIST. 

COMPARATIVE. SUPERLATIVE. 

melior, -ius optirnus, -a, -um 



1 Crossed, trans-Ivit 
be paraphrased, "His 



exterior, -ius 
inferior, -ius 
maior, -ius 

plus 

minor, minus 
posterior, -ius 
superior, -ius 

prior, -ius 



extremus, -a, -um 
infimus, -a, -um 
maximus, -a, -um 
plurimus, -a, -um 
minimus, -a, -um 
postremus, -a, -um 
summus, -a, -um 
(supremus, -a, -um) 
primus, -a, -um 



2 119, N. 4. 'Perhaps these two lines might 
city shall never more see one of us. 4 pro. 



142 



LESSON XLVl. 



obtineo 


obtinere 


obtinui 


obtentus 


contineo 


continere 


continui 


contentus 


pertineo 


pertinere 


pertinui 






capio 


capere 


cepi 


captus 


committo 


committere 


commisi 


commissus 


contendo 


contendere 


contend! 


contentus 


defendo 


defendere 


defend! 


defensus 


dico 


dicere 


dixi 


dictus 


duco 


ducere 


duxi 


ductus 


gero 


gerere 


gessi 


gestus 


mitto 


mittere 


mis! 


missus 


peto 


petere 


petivi 


petltus 


premo 


premere 


pressi 


pressus 


aqua, aquae 


bene 








celeriter 




cohors, cohortis 


facile 




mons, montis 


longe 




equitatus, 


-us 


multum, multo 


exercitus, 


-us 


subito 




res, rei 




legionarius, -a 


, -um 






noster, nostra, 


nostrum 


contra 




suus, -a, -um 





LESSON XLVII. 



292. 

Aquarium 
Capture 
Deduction 
Depository 

293. 



Reading Lesson. 

ALLIED WORDS. 
Fact 

Impetuous 
Induction 
Inexpressible 



Irrepressible 
Position 



Caesar et Afranius. — IV. 



Equitatus noster in novissimum agmen exercitus Afrani im- 
petus faciebat. Non multum spatium Afranius eo die iter 
fecit, atque quoniam impetibus equitatus premebatur mon- 
tem altum cepit ibique castra ponere videbatur. Postquam 
Caesar castra posuerat atque equites in agros miserat ut fru- 
mentum caperent atque equis suis darent, Afranius rursus su- 
bito iter facere temptavit. Sed Caesar cum legionariis e 
castris in eum properavit ; in castris impedimenta atque pau- 
cas cohortes reliquit. Celeriter equitatus quoque venit. 
Acriter impetum in novissimum agmen fecit. Complures 
legionarii milites, etiam centuriones, interfecti sunt. 

Turn vero exercitus Afrani rursus castra posuit. Haec 
castra in loco qui longe ab aqua a-fuit posita sunt. Caesar 
impetum non faciebat, sed eo die tabernacula in suis castris 
non posuit, ut aut nocte aut die celerius in eos impetum fa- 
ceret. Posterum diem in castris suos Afranius tenebat. Prima 
nocte ut aquam peteret non ex-ivit, sed proximo die paucas 
cohortes in castris reliquit atque omnes reliquas copias ad 

143 



144 LESSON XLVIL 

aquam duxit. Tamen earn diem frumentum ex agris ut equis 
darent capere non temptavit. 

294. WORD-LIST; 

impetus, impetus, m., an attack. 
facio, facere, feci, factus, to make, do. 
pono, ponere, posui, positus, to place. 

295. 

1. For many days he tried to take the town. 

2. He takes the sons of the chiefs as hostages, in 
order that they may not wage war upon him. 

3. He placed his camp upon the highest hill, in order 
not to be attacked. 

4. Caesar hurries to Spain to attack Afranius. 

5. The cavalry attacked the rear rank of the army, 
in order that it should not march a great distance upon 
that day. 

6. He went out of the camp in order to lead his 
forces to water. 

7. He kept his men in the winter quarters for many 
days, lest the enemy should see them. 

8. At what time will you see him ? 



LESSON XLVIII. 



NUMERALS. 



296. Learn the cardinals (479). 






297. 














Unus, one. 




Duo, two. 




MASC. 


FEM. 


NEUT. 


MASC. 


FEM. 


NEUT. 


Nom. unus 


una 


unum 


duo 


duae 


duo 


Gen. unlus 


1 unlus 


unfits 


dudrum 


duarum 


duorum 


Dat. unl 


unl 


unl 


duobus 


duabus 


duobus 


Ace. unum 


l unarn 


unum 


duos, due 


> duas 


duo 


Abl. uno 


una 


uno 


duobus 


duabus 


duobus 


Voc. (unus una 


unum) 


(duo 


duae 


duo) 


Tres, three. 


Plural of Mille, , 


thousand. 




M. AND F 


NEUT. 








Nom. 


tres 


tria 




milia 




Gen. 


trium 


trium 




milium 




Dat. 


tribus 


tribus 




milibus 




Ace. 


tres 


tria 




milia 




Abl. 


tribus 


tribus 




milibus 




Voc. 


(tres 


tria) 




(milia) 





a. The declension of unus has been referred to before 

(125). 

298. The cardinals from quattuor to centum are inde- 
clinable. 

The hundreds (excepting centum) are declined like the 
plural of bonus. 

Centum and mille in the singular are indeclinable. 

i45 



146 LESSON XL V III. 

299. EXAMPLES. 

Sex milites sunt in castris, Six soldiers are in the 
camp. 

A sex militibus oppugnatus est, He was " se of . 

rr ° ' Numerals. 

assailed by six soldiers. 

Triginta tribus militibus dona dedit, He gave gifts to 
thirty-three soldiers. 

Mille equites ad eum contendunt, A thousand horsemen 
hasten to him. 

Quinque milia equitum ad eum contendunt, Five thou- 
sand horsemen hasten to him. 

a. Notice in the fourth sentence that mille (the singular) 
takes the same construction as the other cardinals (like sex 
in the first), but that milia (the plural) in the fifth sentence 
is a (neuter) noun, followed by the genitive. 

b. This is called a partitive genitive, because it denotes 
the whole of which a part is taken. Other 
examples of this genitive, which has been fre- Genitive 
quently used in preceding exercises, are pars 
frumenti, pauci militum. 

c. Notice in the third sentence that a declinable cardinal 
is inflected even when it stands with an indeclinable one. 

300. ALLIED WORDS. 
Century Dual Trio 
Circumnavigate Factor Unit 
Co-operation Repression 
Deposit September 

301. Caesar et Afranius. — V. 

Caesar interim vallum circum castra exercitus Afrani du- 
cere temptabat. Dies duos haec Opera consiliaque geruntur ; 
tertio die magna pars operis perfecta erat. llli ut Caesarem 
ex opere prohibeant signum dant ackmque instruunt. Cae- 
sar ex opere legionarios milites re-vocat aciemque Instruit. 



LESSON XLVlll. 147 

Acies quam Afranius instruxerat legionum quinque erat ; 
Caesaris primam aciem cohortes ex quinque legionibus 
tenebant. 

Non amplius pedum milibus duobus ab illorum castris 
castra Caesaris ab-sunt, cuius spati partes duas acies quae 
instructae sunt tenent, tertia ad impetum militum relinqui- 
tur, ut facilis fuga militibus Afrani sit. Hac causa Caesar 
pugnare nun temptat. Afranius quoque non pugnare sed ex 
opere legionarios Caesaris prohibere temptat. Ad noctem 
acies ita continentur. 

302. WORD-LIST. 

acies, aciel, f., line of battle, instruo, instruere, Instruxi, 

opus, operis, n., work. Instructus, to construct. 

ab-suni, ab-esse, a-fui, to Of troops, to draw up. 
be distant or absent. 

303. The Gauls were attacking the winter camp 
for ten days. There were only l three cohorts in it, 
so that the gate which was the nearest to the enemy 
was defended by not more than two hundred soldiers. 
Thirty of these were killed, and a hundred and five 
wounded. The legate himself hastened to the gate 
with twenty-two more soldiers, of whom five were 
wounded in a short time. Nevertheless 2 he defended 
the gate with so 3 much bravery that the enemy re- 
treated (178, N. 2) by night. During this day five 
hundred Romans and two thousand of the enemy were 
killed (141, N. 5). 

1 tantum. 2 tamen. 3 tarn. 



LESSON XLIX. 

304. Learn the first twenty-one ordinals (479). 



3G5. 



ALLIED WORDS. 




Cent 


Mural 


Summit 


December 


Product 


Unify 


Duel 


Pugnacious 




Decimal 


Quart 




Caesar 


et Afranius.- 


-VI. 



306. 

Postero die Caesar vallum ducere rursus paravit ; illi trans 
fliimen quod ndn longe a-fuit copias ducere temptabant. 
Celeriter Caesar Germanos equitumque partem trans flumen 
misit, ut ab hac re eos prohiberet. 

Tandem, quoniam ita ab omnibus rebus prohibebantur, 
atque magna aquae frumentique inopia erat, tam premebantur 
ut conloquium peterent. Datus est obsidis loco Caesari tilius 
Afrani. 

In hoc conloquio Afranius se suumque exercitum in dedi- 
tionem Caesari dedit. 

307. 

Pompey led one hundred and ten cohorts and seven 
thousand horsemen from his camp to wage battle with 
Caesar at the place Pharsalia. He had forty five thou- 
sand men. He himself with two legions held one wing 
(199). Caesar led eighty cohorts from his camp, and 
had twenty five thousand men. He himself, with the 
soldiers of one legion, was opposite Pompey. In this 
battle two hundred of Caesar's soldiers, with thirty cen- 
turions, were killed (141, N. 5). Of Pompey's soldiers 
more than ten thousand were killed. 

148 



Subjunctive 
of Result. 



LESSON L. 

308. EXAMPLES. 

Milites ita fortes sunt ut impetum faciant, The soldiers 
are so brave thai they make an attack. 

Milites ita fortes fuerunt ut impetum facerent, The 
soldiers were so brave that they made an attack. 

Is miles a tribus Gallis oppugnatus est, ut vulneraretur, 
This soldier ivas attacked by three Gauls, so that 
he was wounded. 

Hie miles tarn fortis est ut non a Gallis 
orterreatur, This soldier is so brave that he is not frightened 
by the Gauls. 

a. Notice that the clauses introduced by ut and ut non all 
'.-press a result. 

b. Notice that a negative result is introduced by ut non. 
How is a negative purpose introduced? 

309. 

Rule. — The result of an action is expressed by the sub- 
junctive with ut and ut non. 



310. ALLIED WORDS. 

Aquatic Inductive Operate 

Caption Instruction Press 

Exposition Interdiction 

Factory Impetuosity 

311. 

Miles tarn defessus erat ut ad urbem Ilerdam mitteretur. 
Quis nostrorum perterretur ut non aciem instruat ? 
Contendit ad silvas ut non ab hostibus caperetur. 
Contendit ad urbem ne ab hostibus capiatur. 

149 



150 LESSON L. 

5. Nos urbem tam diligenter defendimus ut non capiatur. 

6. Flumen viginti pedes altum fuit. 

7. Caesar quinquaginta sex annos vixit. 

8. Mons decern milia pedum altum est. 

9. Quis natus est centesimo anno ante Christum natum ? 
Nonne Caesar est? 

10. Ut in Caesarem bellum gerant hominum milia centum 
Bellovaci habent, atque ex eo numero sexaginta dabunt. Sues- 
siones oppida habent duodecim, et hominum quinquaginta 
dabunt, quindecim milia Atrebates, Ambiani decern milia, 
Morini viginti et quinque milia, Menapii septem milia, Velo- 
cassi decern milia, Caeroesi cum reliquis ad quadraginta milia. 

Sum ma Helv^tiorum. 

1 1. Omnium rerum summa erat capitum Helvetiorum milia 
duo centum et sexaginta tres ; Tulingorum milia et triginta 
sex ; Latovicorum quattuordecim ; Rauracorum tres et vi- 
ginti ; Boiorum duo et triginta; ex his qui anna habebant 
ad milia nonaginta duo. 

312. 

1. He worked all the time, so as to have plenty of 
grain. 

2. He works with eagerness, so that he has a supply 
of grain. 

3. He defended himself with the greatest bravery, so 
that he was not captured. 

4. He sent help to the town, so that it w r as not taken. 

5 . He will send footmen to the camp, so that it may 
not be taken. 

6. He sent a legion to the winter camp, so that it 
should not be taken. 

7. He sent a cohort to the hill, so that it was not 
taken by the enemy. 

8. The legions are so many that the legate placed 
some of taem in one camp, and some in another (126). 



LESSON LI. 

313. Learn the indicative, the present infinitive, and the 
present and imperfect subjunctive of possum (486). 

a. To inflect the present, imperfect and future of possum 
prefix pot- to the forms of sum, remembering that pot be- 
comes pos before s, and that the es of essem is dropped in 
the imperfect subjunctive. 

b. The perfect, pluperfect and future perfect drop the f of 
fui, etc. 



314. 


ALLIED WORDS. 




Barbarity 


Impossible 


Sign 


Cogent 


October 


Unite 


Decimate 


Quarter 




Military 


Relinquish 





315. Baculus Cexturio. 

During Caesar's wars in Gaul (170) the Eburones, a 
tribe living next to the Rhine, treacherously ambushed 
a Roman force of about six thousand men, which was 
wintering among them, and totally destroyed it. The 
incident described in 225 occurred during the fight. 

The following summer Caesar attacked the Eburones 
with an overwhelming force. They did not attempt to 
resist, but took refuge in the woods and swamps. Cae- 
sar left his baggage in a camp at Aduatuca, and scat- 
tered his troops in small divisions over the country. 
But the Roman soldiers found it hard and dangerous 
work to hunt the Eburones from their hiding-places; 

151 



152 LESSON LI. 

consequently Caesar announced that any of the neigh- 
boring Gauls or Germans who desired were free to aid 
him. He offered as inducement the slaves (or prison- 
ers of war) and plunder (or herds and other property) 
which they might secure. The following narrative 
relates how this invitation to all the marauders of these 
wild regions almost brought disaster upon himself. 

316. I. 

Trans flumen Rhenum ad Germanos venit rumor, " Om- 
nes qui bellum gerere possunt ad praedam Eburonum a Cae- 
sare e-vocantur. " Cogunt equitum duo milia Sugambri, qui 
sunt Germanorum proximi Rheno. Trans-iverunt Rhenum 
navibus trigmta milibus passuum infra eum locum ubi pauci 
legionarii a Caesare relictl. Eburonum multos quos exerci- 
tus Caesaris fuga se servare COgebat magnamque praedam 
ceperunt. 

Sed unus ex captivis, "Quidvos"; dixit, ^hancmiseram 
capitis praedam ? Fortiinatissimi esse poteritis, nam cele- 
riter contendere ad castra Aduatucam potestis, quo in loco 
omnes suas fortunas exercitus Romanorum coegit, ut ibi mag 
nam praedam capere possitis. Milites tarn pauci sunt, ut in 
castris omnes se tenere cogantur, et centuriones suos ducere 
extra muros non audeant." 

Laetissime Sugambri suam praedam relinquunt, captivum 
esse ducem cogunt, et ad castra Aduatucam contendunt. 

317. WORD-LIST. 

possum, posse, potUl, to be able, can. 
cogo. cogere, coegl, coactus, to collect, to compel. 
rslinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus, to leave behind. 
praeda. praedae, plmider. 

318. 

I . He hastens with a small force to the winter camp 
to defend it. 



LESSON LI. 153 

2. Because of the lack of grain he was unable to 
keep together the troops which he had collected from 
all regions for the purpose of carrying on war. 

3. They were greatly frightened, so that they left 
their booty and hurried into the woods. 

4. Is your foot or mine the smaller ? 

5. We will send the foot-soldiers to the hills, in order 
that they may not be harassed by the horsemen. 

6. Are you able to collect the men who are in the 
fields ? 

7. I was compelled to hasten to your camp because 
I was unable to defend my own. 

8. He sent five hundred soldiers with me, 1 so that 
I might be able to take the town. 

1 mecum. 



LESSON 1111. 

READING LESSON. 

319. ALLIED WORDS. 
Instructor Opulent (cp. inopia) Terrestrial 
Impetus Posse Unification 
Laborious Perturbation 
Manufactory Proposal 

320. Baculus Centurio. — II. 

Cicero, qui princeps in castris erat, eo tempore quinque 
cohortes frumenti causa in proximos agros miserat, quos inter 
et castra unus collis erat, ut vero pauci in castris essent, 
quorum multi erant ex legionibus a Caesare aegri relicti. 

Hoc ipso tempore Sugambrorum equites venerunt, atque 
subito a decumana porta in castra contendere temptant. 
Nostri re nova perturbantur, ac yix primum impetum cohors 
in statione sustinere poterat. Aegre portas nostri defende- 
bant ; reliqua loca murus ipse per se defendit, 

Tota castra perturbantur, atque alius ex alio causam rei 
petebant. Alius dicebat, " lam castra capta sunt ! " alius, 
" Caesar interfectus est atque barbari, victoria laeti, vene- 
runt." 

Erat aeger in castris relictus Publius Sextius Baculus, ac 
diem iam quintum cibum edere non poterat. Hie sine 
armis ex tabernaculo ex-ivit ; ^ idit hostes qui in porta cum 
paucis nostrorum pugnabant, cepit arma a proximis militibus 
atque ad portam contendit. Cum eo iverunt centuriones 
eius cohortis quae in statione erat. 

i54 



LESSON III. 155 

Parvum tempus proelium sustinere poterant. Reliquit 
animus Sextium, qui graviter vulneratus est : aegre ab aliis 
centurionibus servatus est atque intra portam portatus est. 
Quoniam hoc spatium temporis virtute Baculi inter-positum 
erat, reliqui tandem in muru et ad portam iverunt ut castra 
defenderent. 

Interim cohortes quinque qui in agris fuerant ad castra 
venerunt. German! tandem ex-iverunt et cum ea praeda 
quam in silvis reliquerant trans flumen Rhenum se recepe- 
runt. 

FInis. 

321. WORD-LIST. 

centurid. centurionis, m., centurion. Each cohort was di- 
vided into three "maniples," and each maniple into 
two "centuries." Each century was commanded by 
a centurion. The centurions were all men who had 
been ordinary soldiers (milites) and had been promoted 
because of bravery or efficiency. Each legion had 60 
centuries, and each century contained from 60 to 100 
men. 

Inter-ficio, inter-ficere, inter -feci, inter -fectus, to kill, 

re-cipio, re-cipere, re-cepi, re-ceptus, to take back, to receive; 
se recipere, to retreat. 

alius, alia, aliud, another (125). 

perturbo, -are, -avi, -atUS, to disturb greatly, throw into 
confusion. 

322. 

1. With much difficulty (217, line 12) he leads the 
men through (166, N. 2) the woods to the top of the 
mountain, in order that they may be able to see the 
cities, rivers, hills, and roads of all this region. 

2. For three years he had been preparing to wage 
war, so that his cities should not be captured. 

3. Caesar led the line of march to the nearest hill, 



156 LESSON LIIL 

in order that there he might draw up the line of 
battle. 

4. Because he has fewer soldiers than the Gauls he 
keeps them in camp, lest they be killed. 

5. The leader said to his soldiers: ''You are men 
who have fought well in many battles in Gaul, so that 
you are easily able to take yonder camp. I myself 
will lead you. " 

6. They are in difficulty from want of javelins, so 
that they are unable either 1 to make an attack or x to 
retreat. 

7. Cannot you yourself give me the horse ? 

8. Some gave him a hundred, some fifty, hostages. 

LESSON LIII. 

FOURTH CONJUGATION. [-VERBS. 
Audio (stem audi-), hear. 
Principal parts, audio, audire, audivi, auditus. 

323. Learn all the tenses, active and passive, of audio 
(485). How do the forms of audio differ from those of regd 
and capio ? 

324. 1. Audit, audiebat, audiet. 2. Audi, audire. 3. 
Audiimt, audiuntur. 4. Auditis, audiebatis, audietis. 5. 
Audiebam, ne audires, audite. 6. Audiam, auditur, audie- 
bamur. 7. Audiar, audimur, audiri. 8. Ut audirent, audie- 
batur. 9. Ut audi as, audietur. 

325. Inflect munio, fortify, and venio, come, like audio. 

320. Proelium Mundae. 2 

Ad proelium Mundae, quod postquam Pompeius interfectus 
erat in Hispania gestum est, Caesar cum eius filiis pugnavit. 

1 See aut in vocabulary. 

2 This anecdote is related by Plutarch, in his Life of Caesar. Its 
truth has been doubted. 



LESSON Lilt. 157 

Tarn acriter pugnatum est ut de hoc proelio amicis Caesar 
diceret, " De victoria saepe pugnavi, sed de vita hoc uno 

tempore. ' ' 

jj27. GallI et German!. 

Olim Germanos Galli virtute tarn superaverunt ut ultro cum 
eis bella gererent, et propter hominum magnum numerum 
agrique inopiam trans Rhenum colonias mitterent. Itaque 
ea, quae fertilissima Germaniae sun!, Ioca circum Hercyniam 
silvam, Volcae Tectosages, qui Galli sunt, occupaverunt. Hi 
ad hoc tempus l his locis sesc continent. Nunc a Germanis 
tun multis proeliis Galli sunt superati ut nun se ipsi illis vir- 
tute pares existimare pos.sent. 

1 . He hastens from the camp to make an attack. 

2. He hastened to the winter camp, in order not to 
be attacked. 

3. He tried to capture the baggage of the whole 
legion, so that it should not be able to make the march 
for want of food. He seized the baggage of eight 
cohorts, so that very many soldiers are in want of food. 
But our legate will send the cavalry to the fields, that 
he may thus obtain grain. 

4. The Gauls once sent colonies across the river 
Rhine into Germany, so that they have held the most 
fertile parts of this country until the present time. 
Nevertheless (303, N. 2) they are not the equals of the 
Germans in number, or in other respects, 2 so that the 
latter now wage war upon them of their own accord. 

1 That is, the time of Caesar. res. 



I5 8 LESSON L1V. 

LESSON LIV. 

REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 

329. Learn the perfect and pluperfect subjunctives and 
the perfect and future infinitives of all the model verbs. 

Review the Use of Principal Parts (83). 
Review carefully the Personal Endings (76) and Tense 
Signs (188). 

330. Each verb has three stems ; one for the Present, 
Imperfect and Future tenses ; one for the Perfect, Plu- 
perfect and Future Perfect tenses, Active ; and one for 
the same tenses in the Passive. This is why the " Prin= 
cipal Parts" must be learned. 

a. Do you see any reason, in the meanings of the tenses, 
why the stem of the Present, Imperfect and Future is different 
from that of the Perfect, Pluperfect and Future Perfect tenses? 
(Cp. 275, a.) 

331. Every verb form in the Present, Imperfect and Future 
tenses contains some or all of these divisions : Stem, Ending, 
Conjugation (or Connecting) vowel, Tense sign ; nunti-a- 
ba-t, hab-e-bi-mus, pet-e-nt. 

332. Conjugation Vowel : First Conjugation, A: ntinti- 
At, nuntiAbat, nuntiAbit, nuntiAret, except in the Present 
Subjunctive, nuntiEt. Second Conjugation, E: habEt, ha- 
bEbat, habEbit, habEat, habEret. Third Conjugation, 
variable. Fourth Conjugation, I, audit, audlebat, audlet, 
audlat, audlret. 

a. Notice that verbs in io of the third conjugation have 
some forms like the fourth. Which are they ? 

333. Tense signs : Imperfect Indicative, BA : nuntia- 
BAt, habeBAt, peteBAt, capieBAt, audieBAt. 



LESSON LV. 159 

Future Indicative : First and Second Conjugation, bo, 
bi, bu-nt. 

The Third and Fourth Conjugations have the vowel A in 
the First person, and E in the other persons: regAm, regEs, 
audiAm, audiEs. 

Present Subjunctive : First Conjugation, vowel E : nun- 
tiEm. Other Conjugations, vowel A : habeAm, petAm, 
capiAm, audiAm. 

imperfect Subjunctive, RE : nuntiaREs, habeREs, 
peteREs, capeREs, audiREs. 

334. Personal Endings: Active, 6 or m (/), s {thou), 
t (he), mus (we), ris (you), nt (they). 

Passive, r (/), ris (thou), tur (he), mur (we), mini 
(you), ntur (they). 

335. 

a. What unexplained peculiarity is there in the imperfect 
indicative of fourth conjugation? 

b. Notice that the imperative and infinitive do not conform 
to these rules. 

LESSON LV. 

THE INFINITIVE. 

336. We are accustomed to think of the infinitive as 
meaning " to make," "to do," etc., and nothing else, but 
the Latin infinitive really has two meanings in Eng= 
lish. The words eum mittere, for instance, in one con- 
struction mean " to send him," 11 and in another, "that he is 
sending. ' ' 

337. The infinitive has two main uses : 

I. It completes the meaning of a verb, as in English. 

Vult venire, He wishes to come. 

Me interficere temptat, He is trying to kill me. 



160 LESSON LV. 

a. It has been very frequently used thus in the preceding 
lessons. This construction is easily understood (155). 

The perfect and future infinitive are rarely used in this 
construction. 

b. Caution.— The infinitive by a similar usage in English 
expresses purpose. 

Venit ut me videat, He comes to see me. 

The idea of purpose is expressed in Latin by the sub= 
junctive with ut or ne (279). 

II. Use of Infinitive in Indirect Statements. 

EXAMPLES. 
Tu oppugnas, You are at- Dlcit te oppugnare, He 

tacking. says that you are attacking. 

Urbs oppugnata est, The Existimamus urbem op- 
ciiy has been attacked. pugnatam esse, We suppose 

that the city has been attacked. 
Tu oppugnabis, You will Cognosco te oppugnatu- 
atlack. rum esse, I know that you 

will attack. 

a. Compare the sentences in these two columns. The 
sentences in the second column are indirect statements. 
What is an indirect statement ? 

b. Now compare each sentence in the second column 

with its translation. Notice that te oppugnare is translated 

11 that you are attacking" ; urbem oppugnatam esse, "that 

the city has been attacked"; te Oppugnaturum esse, "that 

you will attack. ' ' 

c. Notice that there is no word in the Latin to corre- 
spond to the English word "that." The English word 
that, when used to introduce an indirect statement, cannot 
be translated into Latin. 

It is very important that the pupil remember this fact. 



163 

LESSON LV. 

338. Thus, after a verb denoting mental action (". 
say," "think," "notice," "learn," etc.) the English usually 
uses the particle "that," followed by a finite verb; for 
instance, " He knows that you are the person." 

The verb or verbs introduced by the English " that '' 
are in Latin put in the infinitive. 

These infinitives are called infinitives in Indirect 
Statements. 

339. In the model sentences in 337 notice that not only 
are the verbs of the direct statement changed to infini= 
tives in the indirect statement, but that the nomii.atives 
tu and urbs are changed to accusatives, te and urbem, 

although in the English translation each still remains the 
subject of the same verb as in the Direct Statement. 

These accusatives are said to be the subjects of the 
infinitives which follow them. 

340. Rule. — The subject of the infinitive is in the 
accusative. 

341. Rule. — Statements after verbs and other expres- 
sions of saying, thinking, knowing, and perceiving are 
called Indirect Statements, and are expressed by the 
infinitive with subject accusative. 

342. 

1. Dicit se tribunum futurum esse. 

2. Dicit fugere Romanos. 

3. Ei nuntiant eds arma capere. 

4. E castris equitatum e-duci cognoscunt. 

5. Existimat Caium Fabium legatum cum legiombus dua- 
bus in castris relictum esse. 

6. Cognoscit eorum fuga reliquum equitatum esse perter- 
ritum. 



160 LESSON LV. 

o]. Ad Aeduos principes duos, quos illi interfectos esse 
' existimant, cum equitibus mittit. 

8. Caesar cognoscit summis copiis castra oppugnata esse ; 
et multos tells vulneratos esse. Summo studio militum brevi 
tempore ad castra per-venit. 

9. Ubii, qui obsides dederunt, dicunt nulla auxilia ex sua 
civitate in Treveros missa esse. Treveri trans flumen Rhe- 
1111m legatos mittunt. Legati Germanis dicunt magnam 
partem exercitus nostri interfectam esse, atque multo mino- 
rem super-esse partem. Sed German! eis dicunt se non 
bello amplius fortunam temptaturos esse. 

10. Dicunt se per hanc terrain iter facturos esse. Legatus 
dicit se eos prohibiturum esse. Illi dicunt se aliud iter 
habere nullum. 

11. Dicis magnum numerum militum ad te celeriter a 
tribune") ad-duci. 

12. Dicunt oranes equites Aeduorum interfectos esse, et 
ipsos fugisse. 

343. Turn the indirect statements in the first six sen- 
tences of 342 back into direct statements. If the perfect 
infinitive is used in the indirect statement, a tense denoting 
past time should be used in the direct statement ; if a present 
infinitive, a tense denoting present time ; if a future infini- 
tive, a tense denoting future time. 



LESSON LV1. 163 



LESSON LVI. 

344. THE TENSES OF THE INFINITIVE IN INDIRECT 

STATEMENTS. 

Dicet I Xh oPP^a- ( % says ) ym 

Dixit \ V1Sse ' {He said ) V'™ <>"«^d). 

Dicit ) , _ - ( He says ) that the city was 

Dicet urbem oppugna- \ He will say \ {has been) at- 
Dixit ) tam eSSe ' ( He said ) tacked. 

Dicit ) ( He says \ that you are attack- 

Dicet te oppugnare, \ He will say f ing. 

Dixit \ I He said that you were attacking. 

Dicit ) -u - ( He says ) that the city is being 

Dicet > - - \ He will say f attacked. 

Dixit ) ( He said that the city tvas being 

attacked. 

™? \ * rumesJT^ \ *' »® sa - v \ /A "°"" > "* """^ 
Dixit ) ' ( He said that you would attack. 

Dicit ")i. - f He says ) that the city will be 

Dicet m %£ Wugna- Ht w J m say \ atlacked . 

Dixit J ' (_ He said that the city would be 

attacked. 






a. Notice the change in the English translation from is to 
was under the present infinitive, and will to would under the 
future infinitive. 

b. Notice that these changes occur because the English 
takes the point of view, as to time, of the man who quotes 
the original speaker; that is, the point of view of the one 
who speaks or writes the completed sentence. 

1 More commonly fore ut urbs oppugnetur (oppugnaretur, after Dixit). 
Fore is equivalent to futurum esse (486). 



1 64 * LESSON LVL ' 

A little reflection will show that this is always the point of 
view of the present, or present time. 

c. The Latin, unlike the English, retains the point of 
view, as to time, of the person whose words are quoted, 

that is, the point of view of the person denoted in the Eng- 
lish sentences above by " He." 

345. The time denoted by the infinitive, then, is the 
same as the time which was denoted by the verb of the 
direct statement whose place the infinitive has taken. 

a. The direct statement, for instance, "Venerat," "He 
had gone" always takes a perfect infinitive when it is turned 
into an indirect statement ; " Venio," " I am going" a pres- 
ent infinitive ; " Venies," " You will go " a future infinitive. 

346. Rule. — The tenses of the infinitive in indirect 
statements denote past, present, or future, relatively to the 
time denoted by the verb of saying. 

a. The tenses of English verbs in indirect statements are 
past, present, or future, relatively to present time. 

347. 

i. Eo tempore murum defendebat. 

2. Dixit se murum defend isse. 

3. Eo tempore dixit se murum defendere. 

4. Dicit eum eo tempore murum defendisse. 

5. Caesar dixit se saepe proelium commisisse. 

6. Caesar dicit se saepe proelium committurum esse. 

7. Caesar dixit se proelium committere. 

8. Caesar dicit eum proelium committurum esse. 

9. Nuntiatum est iter facile eum facturum esse. 

10. Caesarem certiorem facient sese non facile ab oppidis 
hostes prohibere posse. 

11. Haedui ad Caesarem legatum mittunt ut eum certiorem 
faciant paene in conspectu exercitus nostri agros Helvetios 
occupavisse. 






LESSON LVIL 165 

12. Considius elicit montem ab hostibus teneri ; id se a 
Gallorum armis cognovisse. Sed multo die Caesar cognoscit 
montem a suis teneri. 

13. Allobroges fuga se ad Caesarem receperunt et eum 
certiorem fecerunt sibi praeter agros nihil relictum esse. 

14. Eodem die certior f actus est hostes sub monte impe- 
dimenta posuisse milia passuum ab ipsius castris octu. 

348. WORD-LIST 

cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus, to leant about, to 

recognize, to examine. 
certus, -a, -um, certain, trustworthy ; certiorem facere, to 

inform. facilis, facile, easy (167). 

349. 

1. He learned that the enemy had made an attack. 

2. He learns that his own men are holding the 
mountain. 

3. He learned that his own men had held the moun- 
tain for two days. 

4. He learns that the enemy will make an attack. 

5. He learned that the enemy was making an attack. 

6. He learned that an attack had been made by the 
cavalry. 

7. He will learn that the enemy is fighting with 
great bravery 

8. He learns that the soldiers are tired. 



LESSON LVII. 

350. The Appeal of the Gauls to Caesar. 

Postquam Caesar bellum cum Helvetiis gessit, concilium 
totius Galliae die certo habitum est. Ex eo concilio prm- 
cipes ad Caesarem veniunt atque ita ei nuntiant : 

Galliae totius factiones esse duas ; harum alterius princi- 
patum tenere Haeduos, alterius Arvernos. Hos inter se mul- 



1 66 LESSON LVll 

tos annos contendisse, atque ab Arvernis et Sequanis Germa- 
nos trans Rhenum flumen ductos esse. Cum his Haeduos 
armis contendisse; omnes principes et omnem equitatum in 
proeliis interfectos esse. Coactos esse Sequanis obsides dare, 
et iurare sese neque obsides a Sequanis neque auxilium a 
populo Romano petituros esse. Sed peius Sequanis quam 
Haeduis accidisse. Ariovistum, regem Germanorum, in eo- 
runi terrain suum exercitum duxisse, tertiamque partem agri 
occupavisse, atque nunc alteram partem tertiam capere temp- 
tare. Hominem esse barbarum ; non posse eius imperia 
diutius sustineri. 

Caesarem iinum Galliam omnem ab Ariovisto posse defen- 
dere. 

351. 

1. Caesar learned that the Arverni had brought 
Ariovistus with a large army into Gaul ; that the 
Gauls had been compelled to give hostages to Ario- 
vistus ; that he was about to seize a very large part 
of Gaul and give it to the Germans ; and that Cae- 
sar alone was able to defend the Gauls from him. 

2. Change 350 from coactos esse to the end into 
a direct statement. 



LESSON LVIII. 

352. EXAMPLES. 

Timed ut properet, *) I fear that he is not 

Timed ne non properet, j hastening. vertlof FJaJinS. r 

Timed ne properet, I fear that he is hastening ; 
or, I fear lest he be hastening. 

a. Notice that verbs of fearing are followed by ut or ne 
with the subjunctive. 

b. Notice that ne, in this construction, can always be trans- 
lated by "test" 




LESSON LVlll. 167 

c. Notice that ne can also be translated by "that" and 
that ut means ' ' that not. ' ' Ut and ne thus seem to exchange 
the meanings which they usually have. 

353. Rule. — The subjunctive with ut or ne is used 
after verbs of fearing; ut meaning "that not" and ne 
' ' that ' ' or ' ' test. ' ' 

354. 

1. Tres annos frumentum parabant, ut in itinere copiam 
haberent. 

2. Timemus ut bonum consilium capias. 

3. Timemus ne malum consilium capias. 

4. Mons erat altissimus, ut facile pauci eos prohibere pos- 
sent. 

5. Timebat ut venirem. Timebat ne aeger essem. 

6. Ut auxilium dare posset, reliquas sex legiones pro 
castris in acie posuit. 

7. Alius alii in pugna auxilium dabat- 

8. Ita celeriter venerunt ut paene uno tempore et ad sil- 
vas et ad nostram aciem hostes viderentur. 

9. Legati timuerunt ne aqua toti exercitui dari non pos- 
set. 

10. Dicit Nammeium principem locum obtinuisse et nun- 
tiavisse se per illam terram iter facturum esse. 

11. Timemus ne noster exercitus celeriter nun veniat et 
urbs a principibus hostium capiatur. 

12. Caesar certior factus erat eorum fuga reliquum esse 
equitatum perterritum. 

13. Ita dies quindecim iter fecerunt, ut spatium inter no- 
vissimum hostium agmen et nostrum primum non amplius 
quinque aut sex mil i bus passuum esset. 

14. Partem suarum copiarum trans fliimen diicere tempta- 
verunt, eo consilio, ne hiberna oppugnarentur. 

15. In concilio optimum esse videtur ad suarn terram quem- 
que venire, ne in aliorum terris sed in suis pugnent. 

16. Qua re erit ut totius terrae copiae ab eo premeantur. 



1 68 LESSON IVUL 

17. In collibus legionarios ponet, ut de consilhs princi- 
pum cognoscere possit. 

18. Ut oranes uno tempore in hostes impetum facerent, a 
proelio suos tenebat. 

19. Timent ut hostes impetum faciant. 

20. Timuerunt ne hostes impetum facerent. 

21. Legionarios ex urbe duxit ut hostis impetum faceret. 

22. Legionarios ad superiorem locum diicit ne hostes im- 
petum faciant. 

23. Legionarios ad locum superiorem duxit, ut hostes im- 
petum non facerent. 

24. Hiberna non amplius quinque milibus passuum a flu- 
mine ab-sunt. 

355, WORD-LIST. 

venio, venire, veni, ventus, to come. 

timed, timere, timui, — , to be afraid, to fear. 

356. 

1. He came to see you, but was afraid that you 
would not be able to see him. 

2. He is afraid that you will not be able to see him, 
so that he will not come to see you. 

3. They said that the enemy tried last night to seize 
the gate of the town, and wounded five men. 

4. They say that the fleet will attack his ships, but 
that his soldiers will easily defend themselves. 

5. He learns that the Germans will attack him, and 
is about to abandon this region, so that they will not be 
able to do 1 this. 

6. He is leaving this region, in order that the Ger- 
mans may not be able to attack him, 

7. He took possession of this hill and of yonder 
mountain, so that he should be able to make an attack 
upon the enemy from three directions at the same time. 

8. He said that he was afraid that you would leave 
the baggage. 

1 facio. 




LESSON LIX. 



169 



LESSON LIX. 

PARTICIPLES. 

357. Learn the participles of the model verbs (480-486). 

a. Observe that there is no present passive or perfect 
active participle. 

That is, taking the verb "to send" as an example, there 
are no forms in Latin corresponding to " having sent " or 
" being sent." 

b. What participles are used as parts of the compound 
tenses in the model verbs ? 

358. Participles are declined like adjectives, and, like 
them, agree with nouns or pronouns in gender, number, 
and case. 

Present Participle. 







Amans, 


loving. 






SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




M. & F. 


N. 


M. & F. 


N. 


Nom. 


amans 


amans 


amantes 


amantia 


Gen. 


amantis 


amantis 


amantium 


amantium 


Dat. 


amantl 


amantl 


amantibus 


amantibus 


Ace. 


amantem 


amans 


amantes, -Is 


amantia 


Abl. 


amante, -1 


amante, -1 


amantibus 


amantibus 


Voc. 


(amans 


amans) 


(amantes 


amantia) 



The declension is similar to that of sapiens (166). 
Perfect (amatus) and Future (amaturus) Participles 
are declined like bonus (474). 



359. 



EXAMPLES. 






Ad Gallos oppugnantes oppidum venit, He came to the 
Gauls {while /hey were) attacking a town. 
Princeps captus ad Italiam mittetur, The chief, if he is 



i76 LESSON LIX. 

captured (or, when captured, literally, having been taken), will 
be sent to Italy. 

Principem captum ad Italiam misit, He sent the chief, 
when he had been captured {having been captured}, to Italy. 

Galli graviter perturbati fortiter pugnaverunt, The 

Gauls, {although) greatly disturbed {having been greatly dis- 
turbed), /ought bravely. 

Legatus, perturbatus, ad suos properavit, The legate, 
{because he was) disturbed {having been disturbed), hastened 
to his own men. 

Navem relictam cepit, He took the ship which had been 
left behind. 

Oppidum Oppugnatum est, The town has been (or was) 
attacked. 

a. The present (active) participle represents the action 
as going on at the time denoted by the mam 
verb. Use of 

Participle. 

b. Notice the various ways in which the 
perfect (passive) participle can be translated. It lep- 
resents the action as completed at the time denoted by the 
main verb. This explains the somewhat puzzling fact illus- 
trated by the last sentence, that est, when combined with 
the perfect participle of a regular verb to form the perfect 
passive tense, seems to change its meaning to '''was." 
Oppidum oppugnatum est, if translated literally, means 
" The town is {in a state of) having {formerly) been 
attacked. ' ' 

Does this also explain why erat, when found in the plu- 
perfect passive of a regular verb, is translated "had been* 
instead of * ' was, ' ' and why erit, when found in the future 
perfect passive, is translated ' ' shall have been ' ' instead of 
" shall be" V 






LESSON LIX. 171 

360. Rule. — With names of towns the place to which 
is expressed by the accusative without a 

.^...nUiM. Accusative of 

preposition. piace Whither 

Ad urbem Romam veni, I came to the city Names of Towns. 

Rome. 

Romam veni, / came to Rome. 
Ad Galliam veni, / came to Gaul. 

a. In the first sentence ad governs urbem, with which 
Romam is in apposition. 

In the second Romam is used alone, and so is without a 
preposition. 

b. Notice that the rule does not apply to the names of 
countries. 

c. Domus (420, 472) also conforms to this rule. 

361. Curio in Africa. 

Caesar's operations against the Senate and Pompey 
before the battle of Pharsalia (245) included the send- 
ing of an army under Caius Curio to invade the Roman 
province of Africa, in order to conquer Varus, a gen- 
eral who was friendly to the Senate. Varus secured 
the help of king Juba, who ruled over the tribes living 
in the mountains south and west of the province. 

362. I. 

His temporibus Caius Curio in Africam, 1 a Caesare missus, 
ex Sicilia duas legiones ex quattuor quas ei dederat Caesar 
et quingentos equites trans-portavit et ad locum Anquilla- 
riam venit. Huius adventum Lucius Caesar filius cum de- 
cern longis navibus ad Clupeam exspectans, timens navium 
multitudinem ex alto ad proximum litus fugerat et pedibus 
Hadrumentum properaverat. Id oppidum Considius Longus 
una legione tenebat. Reliquae naves Luci Caesaris, fugi- 
entes ex alto, se Hadrumentum receperunt. Lucium Cae- 
1 See Maps IV and V for the places mentioned in 362 and 365. 



*7 2 LESSON LIX. 

sarem fugientem capere temptans Rufus navibus duodecim 
quas ex Sicilia Curio e-duxerat ut classem a Varo missam ab 
onerariis navibus prohiberet, postquam in litore relictam a 
Lucio navem vidit, hanc cepit ; atque ad Curionem cum sua 
classe et nave capta venit. 

Curio Riifum Uticam cum navibus prae-misit; ipse exerci- 
tum ad flumen Bagradam duxit. Ibi Rebilum legatum cum 
legionibus reliquit ; ipse cum equitatu properavit ad Castra 
Cornelia, quoniam is locus idoneus habebatur. Is est mons 
ad litus, et ab-est ab Utica paulo amplius passus mille. 

363. WORD-LIST, 

fugio, fugere, fugl, fugitUS, lo run away, to flee. 

364. (Use participles wherever you can.) 

i. — The Death of Dumnorix. 

Dumnorix, fearing that Caesar was going to kill 
him, fled from the Roman camp with the horsemen of 
the Haedui. Horsemen were sent by Caesar, so that 
he might be captured while he was fleeing. They 
killed him while he was trying to defend himself, and 
repeating (saying often 1 ) that he was free himself and 
the chief of a free state. His horsemen, terrified, 
came back again 2 to Caesar. 

2. Lucius Caesar, fearing lest he should be cap- 
tured by the fleet which had been sent from Italy, left 
his ship upon the nearest shore and came on foot to 
Hadrumentum. The fleet of Rufus, who was trying 
to capture the ships of Lucius Caesar, came to the 
ship which the latter had abandoned. Rufus came 
with the captured ship to Curio, who sent him to 
Utica. 

1 saepe. a iterum. 



LESSON LX. 173 



LESSON LX. 

READING LESSON. 

365. Curio in Africa. — II. 

Ex hue monte Curio castra Van vidit. Eodem tempore 
vidit multa ex omnibus partibus per vias a populo portari, 
quae bellum timentes ex agris in urbem portabant. Ad has 
vias equitatum misit, ut haec caperet, eodemque tempore sex- 
centi equites ex oppido peditesque quadringenti, a Varo missi, 
ex-iverunt. Equites pugnaverunt, neque vero primum impe- 
tum nostrorum sustinere potuerunt, sed interfecti sunt circiter 
centum et viginti. Reliqui se in castra ad oppidum receperunt. 

Interim adventu longarum navium Curio magistris onerari- 
arum navium nuntiavit, quae ad Uticam numero circiter 
ducentae stabant, " Eum hostium habebo loco, qui non ad 
Castra Cornelia suas naves traduxisset." Omnes naves ex 
Utica ex-iverunt et ad Castra Cornelia venerunt. Qua re 
omnium rerum copiam obtinere exercitus potuit. 

Turn Curio se in castra ad Bagradam flumen recepit, poste- 
roque die exercitum Uticam duxit et prope oppidum castra 
ponebat. Ei castrorum vallum facienti equites nuntiant 
magna auxilia equitum peditumque a rege Iuba missa Uticam 
venire, eodem tempore magna pulvis videtur, et brevissimo 
tempore primum agmen est in conspectu. Novam rem timens 
Curio equites prae-mittit ut ita primum impetum sustineat ; 
ipse celeriter ab opere legionarios ducit aciemque instruit. 
Equites proelium committunt et, quoniam nullum timentes 
principes hostis iter faciebant, tota auxilia regis perturbata 
ac perterrita fugere cogunt, magnumque peditum numerum 
interficiunt. Equitatus fuga servatur, atque se per litus cele- 
riter in oppidum recipit. 



174 LESSON LXL 

366. 

1. The Gauls say that they will make use of the plan 
of this messenger. They will make an attack upon the 
Romans while they are making a march through the 
forest. They will first attack the auxiliary troops, whom 
they will easily be able to throw into confusion, so that 
these by their terror 1 may disturb the legionary troops. 

2. The chiefs, sent by king Juba, while they were 
marching to Utica with many hundred horsemen and 
footmen, came in sight of the Romans, who were build- 
ing the rampart of their camp. When attacked by the 
Roman cavalry the horsemen fled along the shore to 
Utica. 

LESSON LXI. 

367. DEPONENT VERBS. 

Deponent verbs are passive in form, but active 
meaning. 

Utor, I use (not, I am used). 

Sequitur, he follows (not, he is followed). 

There are deponent verbs belonging to each of the conju- 
gations, but the more common ones are nearly all of the third 
conjugation. 

368. Their conjugation differs from that of the passive of 
other verbs in two ways : 

i. The future infinitive of deponent verbs is active in 
form : conaturus esse (not conatum iri). 

2. Deponent verbs have the participles of both voices : 
conans, trying. 
conaturus, about to try. 
conatus, having tried. 
conandus, (gerundive). 
a. Does 357, a, apply to deponent verbs? 

1 Use a participle. 



LESSON LXL 175 

309. There are five deponent verbs which, with their 
compounds, take no direct object in the accusative case. 
They govern the ablative case instead ; thus, 

Uteris meo gladio, You are using my sword. 

Tua patientia ab-utor, I am abusing your patience. 

Quis labore non fruitur ? Who does not enjoy labor P 

370. Rule. — Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and 
their compounds, govern the ablative. 

371. 

1. Ut facilius eo cunsilio utatur, impedimenta in loco 
idoneo relinquit. 

2. Facile est totius Galliae imperio potiri. 

3. Eius consilio USl, proficisci temptaverunt. 

4. Tuo gladio in impetu usus est. 

5. Gladiis legionarii non utentur, ne obsides vulnerentur. 

6. Quis bona fortima non fruitur? 

7. In Italiam celeriter profectus est. 

8. Militem praeda frui dicit. 

9. Milites, urbe potiti, etiam mulieres et liberus interfe- 
cerunt. 

10. Impedi mentis hostium potiti sumus, qui nostrum impe- 
tum non sus-tinere potuerunt. 

11. Laetissimi erant milites, quoniam urbe cum omni prae- 
da potiti erant. 

12. Bello defessus, in Italiam cum una cohorte proficisci 
contendit. 

13. Caesar proficiscebatur ut agmen hostis a monte prohi- 
beretur. 

14. Utl equitatii temptabat, sed labore equi defessi erant. 

15. Qui erant hostium longius profecti, hos levis arraa- 
turae interfecerunt. 

16. Tandem conattis est Caesar opera per-ficere, ut impe- 
ura sus-tineret. 

17. Suo quisque consilio utebatur. 



176 LESSON LXIL 

18. Nuntium misit, quern pauca locutus loqui pliira Galba 
prohibuit. 

19. Ea quae secuta est hieme Usipetes Germani magna 
cum multitudine hominum ilumen Rhenum trans-iverunt, 
quoniam a Suebis complures annus premebantur. 

20. Eodem die ex urbe proficiscitur magnisque itineribus 
in Senones per-venit. 

372. WORD-LIST, 

utor, utl, usus, to use. 

proficiscor, proficisci, profectus, to set out, to go. 
sus-tineo, sustinere, sustinui, sustentus, to hold out 
against. 






373. 

1 . It was. told to the lieutenant, as he was setting 
out with three cohorts, that the Gauls would assault him 
suddenly among - the hills. Fearing that foot-soldiers 
would not be able to hold out against their attack, he 
gave horses to the soldiers of the cohorts, using the 
horses of the auxiliary troops. 

2. When he had set out from the camp he marched 
quickly, using the captured horses. 

3. Harassed during seven years by their enemies, they 
at length gained possession of a few ships, in order to 
come to their friends. But when their enemies learned 
that they were trying to make use of the ships which 
they had secured, they made an attack by night and 
captured them. 

LESSON LXIL 

374. EXAMPLES. 

Centurion! milites parent, Soldiers obey the centurion. 

Sibi nocent, They are injuring themselves. 

Mini persuasit ut el crederem, He per- Da 1 ^ r e a " s i i i t i V e S om ° 

suaded me to believe him. 



LESSON LXII. 177 

A large number of verbs which are transitive in English 
(that is, admit of a direct object) are in Latin intran- 
sitive (that is, admit only of an indirect object). Hence 
they are said to govern the dative (23). 

375. Rule. — Most verbs meaning to favor, please, 
believe, trust, help, and their opposites ; also, to per= 
suade, command, obey, serve, resist, and the like, are 

followed by the dative. 

376. 

1. Nobis amicOrum bonis uti persuadet. 

2. Et sibi et Civitatl nocebit, si ab urbe proficiscetur. 

3. Te cum studio sequemur. 

4. Isti nuntiO credere nun possum. 

5. Tibi in murum venire persuadebimus, ut montes videas. 

6. Civitatl persuasit ut a terra sua Caesarem omnibus 
cum copiis prohiberent. Id hoc facilius eis persuasit, quo- 
niam loci naturii continentur. 

7. In eo itinere persuadet Castico ut imperium in civitate 
sua occupet, quod pater ante habuit, Dumnorigique Haeduo, 
fratri Divitiaci, qui hoc tempore imperium in Civitate obti- 
nuit, ut idem temptet persuadet. 

8. Persuadent his civitatibus ut, eodem Cisi consilio, cum 
iis proficiscantur. 

9. Dicit se his persuadere nun potuisse. 

377. WORD-LIST. 

persuadeo, persuadere, persuasi, persuasus, to persuade. 
Civitas, Civitatis, f. , a stale or nation. 

378. 

1 . Because the land of the Helvetians is hemmed in 
on all sides by very high mountains, Orgetorix easily 
persuaded the chiefs of this state that their land was too 
small, and that they, making use of their numerous 
soldiery, would be able to seize quickly the finest fields 
of Gaul. 




J 7 8 



LESSON LXIII. 



2. The legate sent two men to the chief, who told 
him, ' ' The Romans ask you to come * to them in order 
that they may make use of your skill in war. ' ' He 
believed them, so that they were easily able to persuade 
him to set out, 1 having only 2 three hundred of his own 
men with him. The Romans attacked him in a suitable 
place, as he was making the journey, and killed him. 



LESSON LXIII. 

THE IRREGULAR VERBS VOLO , NOLO , MALO . 

( volo, velle, volui. 
Principal Parts : -J nolo, nolle, nolui [ne-vold] . 

( maid, malle, malui [magis-volo] . 

379. Learn the conjugation of volo, nolo and maid 
(487). 
380. 



Vult venire. Dixit se velle venire. 

Noluit sequi. Dicunt se nolle sequi. 

Vis proficisci. Cognoscimus te velle sequi. 

Aliorum bonis frui malumus quam nostris viti. 

Noluisti audire. 

Accidit ut ad illam civitatem venire vellet. 

Dicitur eum hoc donum illo maluisse. 

8. Volentes aut nolentes impetum facient. 

9. Dicunt se voluisse Caesarem sequi. 
Ma vult re-duci. 
Non vultis aciem instrui. 
Noll perterreri. 
Agmen exercitus sequemini. 
Nollte persuaderi. 

Agmen Gallorum cum equitatu sequebatur. 
Vultisne me eodem tempore venire ? 
Malumus te a-futuram esse. 

1 Not infinitive. 2 tantum. 



1. 

2. 

3- 

4- 

5- 
6. 

7- 



10. 
11. 
12. 

i3- 

14. 

16. 

i7- 



LESSON LXIV. 179 

18. Volam ad-esse, sed ille superiore tempore noluitquem- 
quam praeter vos vestrumque patrem ad-esse. TimeO ne m 
venire ndlet. 

Nolumus ilium videre nisi te ad-esse voluerit. 

381. WORD LIST. 

V0I6, velle, volui, to be willing, to wish. 

nolo, nolle, nolui, to be unwilling. 

sequor, sequi, secutus (deponent), to follow. 

382. 

1. He was informed that this lieutenant would follow 
another, but was unwilling to lead the line of march 
himself. 

2. He wished to set out for Italy, but could not (do 
so). 

3. He prefers to attack the winter camp by night, 
but his soldiers have said that they are unwilling to 
follow him. 

4. We were unwilling to follow a leader who kept 
us from seizing the grain in the fields. 

5. Do you not wish us to use the things which you 
gave us ? 

6. I can use two swords at the same time, but he is 
unable to use even x one. 

LESSON LXIV. 

383. EXAMPLES. 

Cum mllites in castra venerunt, legatus eos hortatus 
est, When the soldiers came into camp, the legale encouraged 
them. 

Cum bellum perfectum erit, Romam veniam, When the 
war is [shall have been) finished, I will go to Rome. 

1 etiam. 



x8o LESSON LXIV. 

Cum milites in castra venirent, Galli eos oppugnaverunt, 

While the soldiers were coming into the camp the Gauls attacked 
them. 

Cum oppidum captum esset, Massiliam 
contendit, When the town had been captured he ( or Temporal). 
hastened to Massilia. 

a. Notice the moods and tenses of the verbs in the cum 
clauses. 

384, Rule. — Cum, meaning, when, is followed by the 
subjunctive, if the tense is the imperfect or pluperfect; 
otherwise, by the indicative. 

385. 

i. Cum barbari proelium committere peterent, princeps 
unum ex hostibus telo vulneravit. 

2. Milites cum oppidum ceperunt, omnes homines inter- 
fecerunt. 

3. Milites cum oppidum cepissent, omnes homines inter- 
fecerunt. 

4. Cum ad eum centurionem ducerem, multa dixit. 

5. Legatus nuntio duce usus exercitum per silvas duxit. 

6. Equites, cum legatus aciem instrueret, ei hostem prope 
esse nuntiaverunt. 

7. Legato instruenti aciem equites id nuntiaverunt. 

8. Legatus, cum aciem instruxisset, complures equites 
prae-misit. 

9. Cum Caesar per extremos Lingonum fines iter faceret, 
circiter milia passuum decern a Romanis trinis in castris 
Vercingetorix suas copias constituit, et equitum ducibus nun- 
tiat venisse tempus victoriae. 

10. Signum dat et a dextra parte alio ascensu codem tem- 
pore Aeduos mittit. 

11. Cum in Italiam proficisceretur Caesar, Galbam cum 
legione duodecima et parte equitatus in Nantuates aliosque 
civitates misit, quae a finibus Allobrogum ad summas Alpes 
pertinent. 






LESSON LXV. iSj 

12. Caesar cum ab hoste nun amplius passuum duodecim 

ab-esset, ad earn legati venerunt. 

13. Cum celeriter nostri arma cepissent atque una ex parte 
castrorum equites e-missi els superiOres fuissent, hostes suGs 
reduxerunt. 

:*8G. 

1 . He gave me this gift when he set out from Rome. 

2. When an opportunity for assaulting the city is 
given, he will make the attack with the greatest eager- 
ness. 

3. When he saw that he would not be able to 
take the town, he placed a camp in a suitable position. 

4. When he came to see me he gave me this sword. 

5. When he ceme to me he persuaded me to give 
(378, N. 1) him a greater number of troops than you 
had yourself. 

6. They all set out when there was much grain in 
the fields. 

7. When they had collected a large number of 
men they hastened to Aduatuca. 

8. When he saw you he said that it was you who 
had tried to wound his foot with your javelin in the 
battle. 

LESSON LXV. 

387. REVIEW SENTENCES. 

1. Dicit sese ad eum venire noluisse. 

2. Milites equitesque duxit ut eos qui fugerant per-seque- 
retur. 

3. Aristimn, tribunum militum, iter ad legionem faci- 
entem ex oppido Galli e-ducunt. 

4. Libo, profectus ab Orico cum classe cm" prae-erat, 
navium quinquaginta, "Brundisium venit. 

5. Petit ut ipse cum Pompeio conloqueretur. 



182 LESSON LXV. 

6. Libo ad Pompeium proficiscitur. 

7. Saepius fortunam temptare Galba nolebat. 

8. His de rebus Caesar certior factus, ipse cum primum 
per anni tempus potuit ad exercitum coiitendit. 

9. Dixit Romanos nullam facultatem habere navium. 

10. Hostes proelio superati cum se ex fuga receperunt ad 
Caesarem legatos de pace miserunt. Cum his legatis Com- 
mius venit, quern dixeram a Caesare in Brittaniam prae- 
missum esse. 

11. Equites nostri cum hostium equitatu proelium cora- 
miserunt. Cum se illi in silvam ad suos reciperent ac rursus 
ex silva in nostros impetum facerent, neque nostri longius 
sequi auderent, interim legiones sex ad collern venerunt ubi 
castra ponere Caesar constituerat. Cum prima impedimenta 
nostri exercitus ab iis, qui in silva erant, visa sunt, subito 
omnibus copiis ad nostra castra in eos qui in opere occupati 
sunt contenderunt. 

388. 

The Gauls captured the tribune while he, hav- 
ing set out Avith the two cohorts which he was 
leading, was marching to attack (378, N. 1) three 
hundred of the enemy who had fled into the forests. 
They led him and his soldiers, after he had been cap- 
tured, to the gate 1 of the camp from which he had set 
out, and there killed them, in order that the Romans 
who had been left in the camp might be terrified. 

The Romans who were in the camp, when they saw 
that the Gauls had killed the tribune and all of the 
soldiers whom they had captured, fearing lest they 
themselves would be overcome, on the following night 
hastened through (166, N. 2) the forest to the winter 
camp of the legate. The Gauls upon the next day 
carried all that the soldiers had left in the camp 
(away) from it to their own homes (420, 472). 

1 porta. 






LESSON LXVL 183 



LESSON LXVL 

GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. 

389. EXAMPLES. 

Sui defendendi causa id fecit, He did this for the sake of 
defending himself. 

Operam dat oppidls expugnandis, He 

devotes himself to taking towns by storm (Jo towns to be taken by 
storm ) . 

Venit ad bellum gerendum, He came to wage war {for 
war to be waged). 

Multa de muniendis castris dixit, He said many things 
about fortifying camps {about camps to be fortified). 

a. The Gerundive is a verbal adjective. It is called an 
adjective because it agrees with its noun in gender, num= 
ber and case, as in the sentences above. It is a verbal 
adjective because it expresses action. 

390. Causa urbem videndi venient, They will come for 
the sake of seeing the city. 

Mull utiles sunt impedimenta portando, 

1 r 7 1- 7 /- j Gerund. 

lUules are useful /or carrying baggage. 

Victoria oppidum expugnando el erat, Victory was his by 
storming the town. 

a. The Gerund is a verbal noun, of the masculine 

gender, and used only in the singular. It takes a direct 
object. It is the same in meaning as the gerundive. 

b. The Nominative case is wanting in the gerund. 
The infinitive is used instead, thus : 

Cedere est turpe, To yield is disgraceful. 



1 84 LESSON LXVL 

391. EXAMPLES. 

Facilitates habent { oppldumSendl, } T ^ have "' 
sources fur (of) taking the town. 

a. In the two ways of expressing this sentence, which uses 
the gerundive ? 

392. Dicit omnes Galliae copias ad se oppugnandum 

venisse, He says that all the troops of Gaul ca??ie to attack him 

(/fl him [<2 man who Was] to be attacked}. Purpose Clauses. 

See also 389, third sentence. 

a. Notice that ad with the gerundive or gerund is used 
to express purpose. In what other ways may purpose be 
expressed ? 

393. 

1. Consilium urbem capiendi nuntiavit. 

2. Consilium urbis capiendae nuntiavit. 

3. Veniunt ad urbem videndam. 

4. Neque consili habendi neque arma capiendi facultas 
datnr. 

5. Complura dicendo eis persuadet. 

6. Ad urbem capiendam laborem dat. 

7. Laborandi causa ad vallum properavit. 

8. Caesar ad urbem proficiscitur atque in ulteriorem Gal- 
liam pervenit, ubi cognoscit missum esse in Hispaniam a 
Pompeio Rufum, quern paucis ante diebus captum ipse di- 
miserat. 

9. Dixit profectum esse Domitium ad occupandam Massi- 
ham navibus septem. 

10. In praeda capienda hostibus nocet. 

:i. Dicit Carnutes interficiendi eorum prlncipis consilium 
capturos esse. 

12, Studio eorum futuram esse aliquam j3Ugnandi facultatem 
existimavit. 









LESSON LXVll. 185 

13. Aliquem prlncipum quos secum ad consilium capien- 
dum habebat misit. 

14. Galli ad nos mterficiendos contendunt. 

15. Tribiinus suis rem de mittendis legatis nuntiat. 

16. Primo milites videndi causa laeti ex castris ex-iverunt. 

17. Ipsi per-ficiendi operis causa longius proficiscuntur. 

18. Legatos monet ut contineant milites ne studio pugnandi 
aut spe praedae longius proficiscantur. 

19. Signum recipiendi dedit. 

20. Ad salutem obtinendam pugnabunt. 

394. (Translate where possible in two ways. ) 

1. He has very great resources (396) for waging war. 

2. He wishes you to give him the opportunity to see 
the city. 

3. He announces a plan for capturing the baggage. 

4. He was kept from making an attack upon the 
wall by lack of javelins. 

5. She takes too much time for preparing food. 1 



LESSON LXVII. 

READING LESSONS. 

395. Curio in Africa. — III. 

Proxima nocte centuriones duo ex castris Curionis cum 
legionariis duo et viginti ad Varum fugiunt. Hi ei nuntiant 
quam forsitan habuerunt opiriionem ; dicunt totum exercitum 
Curionis nullum pugnandi studium habere, maximumque 
opus esse in conspectum exercitus eius venire et dicendi mili- 
tibus facultatem dare. 

Erat in exercitu Vari Quintilius, qui in Italia se suasque 
copias Caesari in deditionem dederat. Hie di-missus a Caesare 
in Africam venerat, quod bellum gerendi facultatem petebat, 
legionesque eas traduxerat Curio quas superioribus tempori- 

1 cibus, -I. 



1 86 LESSON LXVU. 

bus ex eo receperat Caesar. Hoc viro ad rem gerendam 
Varus utitur. 

Centurionum opinione ad- ductus Varus postero die legiones 
ex castris e-ducit, quod Quintilio facultatem dicendi dare 
vult. Facit idem Curio, quod Varus proelium committendi 
facultatem dare videtur, atque suas uterque copias instruit. 
Hac facultate dicendi usus, Quintilius aciem Curionis circum- 
ivit atque legionariis dixit, " Primara sacramenti, quod apud 
me dixistis, memoriam de-ponere atque bellum gerere nolite 
contra eos qui eadem fortuna usi sumus. Si me atque Varum 
sequemini complura dona vobis dabimus." 

Sed nullam in partem ab exercitu Curionis haec eo tempore 
grata videbantur, atque ita suas uterque copias re-diixit. 

Curio dixit, " Cum primum pugnandi facultas erit data, 
proelio rem committam." Postero die copias productas 
eodem loco quo superioribus diebus instruxerat, in acie con- 
locavit. Varus quoque cum pugnandi studio suas copias pro- 
duxit. Erat vallis inter duas acies, non ita magna, sed dif- 
ficili ascensu. Subito a sinistro cornu Vari equitatus omnis 
atque multae levis armaturae cum se in vallem de-mitterent 
videbantur. Ad hos Curio equitatum et duas cohortes misit, 
quorum primum impetum equites Vari non sustinuerunt, sed 
celeriter ad suos fugerunt. Levis armaturae, relictae, circum- 
ventae sunt a nostris atque interfectae sunt. 

Ita omnes qui erant tota in acie Vari suos perterritos fugere 
videbant. Turn Rebilus, legatus Caesaris quern Curio secum 
ex Sicilia duxerat quod eum magnum consilium in bellum ge- 
rendo habere existimabat, ( ' Perterritum," dixit, " hostem 
vides, Curio ! Cur ita secundo tempore uti non vis ? " Curio 
signum dedit, et in vallem aciem duxit. Difficilis militibus 
ascensus vallis erat, sed Vari milites, fuga suorum perterriti, 
nihil de sese defendendo existimabant. Quod omnes milites 
Vari se ab equitatu circum-veniri existimaverunt fuga se in 
castra recipere contendunt. 

Qua in fuga Fabius, quidam miles ex exercitu Curionis pri- 
mum agmen fugientium secutus " Vare ! Vare ! " appellabat, 






LESSON LXVll. 187 

ut a Varo unus esse ex eius militibus et monere aliquid velle 
existimaretur. Cum ille saepius appellatus stetit ut ei dice- 
ret, umerum gladio vulnerare Fabius temptavit, quod peri- 
culum ille scuto vix vitavit. Fabius a proximis militibus cir- 
cum-ventus interfectus est. 

Hac fugientium multitudine portae castrorum occupantur 
atque iter impeditur, pliiresque in eo loco sine vulnere quam 
in proelio aut fuga interfecti sunt. Tamen Curio castra non 
oppugnare temptavit, quod se natura loci prohiberi existi- 
mavit. Exercitum in sua castra reduxit. 

Nostrorum nullus miles praeter Fabium interfectus est : ex 
numero hostium sexcenti interfecti atque mille vulnerati sunt. 

396. WORD-LIST. 

facultas, facultatis, f. , ability, opportunity. Plural also, 
resources. 

existimo, -are, -avi, -atus, to suppose, think. 
quod, because. 

397. 

1. By chance three hostages were wounded by the 
frightened horsemen. 

2. He is afraid that the footman has wounded your 
foot with his sword. 

3. The soldiers, tired out by the long march, were 
unable to defend themselves, and were killed while 
trying to retreat. 

4. He is unwilling that you should give help to his 
son. 

5. Bibulus stationed the ships of the fleet along 1 the 
whole 2 shore, so that Caesar was unable for a long 
time to obtain more troops. 

6. He refused to flee, saying that it was better to be 
killed. 

1 per. 2 totus, -a, -um. 



1 88 LESSON LXVllL 

7. This is a good plan for carrying on the war, but 
that is a better (one). 

8. He wishes her to follow him to Rome, but she is 
unwilling to leave her son. 

9. The messenger said that the cohorts had occupied 
the top of the mountain for two days. 

10. The people went to see the army as it was set- 
ting out. 

11. They will not have time to lead (of leading) the 
cohorts to the hill. 

12. This is a very suitable spot for placing a camp. 

13. It was reported to Caesar that this chief had per- 
suaded many of the Gauls to make 1 war (378, N. 1). 

14. Is the soldier able to use this javelin ? 

15. When fifty-five had been killed, the rest gave 
their chief as a hostage. 



LESSON LXVIII. 

398. EXAMPLES. 

Legionem tibi praesidio dat, He gives the legion to you as 
a guard {/or a defence). 

Pedites auxilio mittit, He sends foot-soldiers as a rein- 
forcement. 

Notice that praesidio and auxilio denote the end or pur- 
pose which legionem and pedites serve. 

Notice in the first sentence that the some 

, , . ,. . , Dative of End or 

sentence may contain a dative of service and Service, 
an indirect object. 

399. Rule. — The end or purpose which an object serves 
may be denoted by the dative. 

400. Rule. — Many verbs compounded with 

ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, Da * iv e wi *h c m- 

, t /. -,-i ' , , pounds. 

sub, and super are followed by the dative. 

1 gero. 



LESSON LXVlll. 189 

a. These verbs are intransitive, that is, they do not take 
a direct object. The dative which follows them is an in- 
direct object (23). 

b. All of the compounds of sum govern the dative, ex- 
cepting possum (486) and ab-sum. 

c. Prae-ficio takes both a dative and an accusative (cp. 
e.g. 401, n, 17). 

d. Prae-mitto does not come under this rule. 

401. 

1. Magnas copias praesidio navibus reliquit. 

2. Brittani perturbati hunc toti bello prae-fecerant. 

3. Caesar eos praesidio utrisque castris reliquit. 

4. Id si facient maguo cum periculo nostris erit. 

5. Una res erat magno usui nostris. 

6. His prae-erat Viridovix. 

7. Cum nox oppugnandi finem fecisset, Remus, qui op- 
pido prae-fuerat, nuntium ad Caesarem misit, sese diutius sus- 
tinere non posse. Nocte Caesar, iisdem ducibus iisus, qui 
nuntii a Remo venerant, sagittarios auxilio misit. 

8. Ad flumen partem suarum copiarum traducere conati 
sunt, eo consilio, ut aut castellum, cui prae-erat TituriUs, ex- 
pugnarent aut agros Remorum occuparent, qui magno usui 
nobis ad bellum gerendum erant. 

9. Magno usui ei erit si loca, flumina, silvas cognoscet. 

10. Hoc periculo cognito Caesar equitatum auxilio misit. 

11. Omnem equitatum prae-misit. His Cottam legatum 
prae-fecit. 

12. Brutus classi prae-erat. 

13. Illi, e-ductis iis cohortibus quae, praesidio castris relic- 
tae, non defessae labore erant, celeriter ad eum locum per- 
venernnt. 

14. Ut naves longae parvum spatium ab onerariis navibus 
conlocarentur imperavit, quae res magnu iisui nostris fuit. 

15. Id cum cognitum est, Crassus, qui equitatui prae-en:t, 
tertiam aciem nostris laborantibus misit. 



190 



LESSON LXIX. 




16. Omnia de-erant quae ad impetum faciendum era 
usui. 

17. Caesar in hiberna in Sequanos exercitum duxit : hiber 
nis Labienum prae-fecit. 

402. 

1. Caesar placed other legates over the fifth legion. 

2. The cohort was a protection to the baggage. 

3. They sent the footmen as an aid to the cohorts. 

4. The weapons were of great use to me. 

5. The legate who commands these legions has per- 
suaded Caesar to place you over the cavalry. 

6. Of what use are these hostages ? 

7. The German cavalry were a great help to Caesar. 

8. He sent forward the cavalry, but hastened him- 
self to the nearest hill to defend 1 the baggage there. 

9. These javelins will be a great help to us in at- 
tacking the town. 

10. He is unable to persuade me to hurry 1 to the 
city. 



LESSON LXIX. 



403. 

r The enemy attacking, 
Hoste oppugnante, J When the enemy attacked ', 
fugerunt, Became the enemy at- \ - '^' 

tacked, j 



The signal having been 

given, 
When the signal had been 
\ given, 

Because the signal had 
been given, 
^ {Having given the signal) , 

1 Not infinitive. 



Dato signo, proe- 
lium commlsit, 



, he began 
1 the battle. 



Antonio legato, 



LESSON LXIX. 19 1 

Multis obsidibus ad Caesarem a Gallis missis, pacem 
fecit, When many hostages had been sent [many hostages having 
been sent) by the Gauls to Caesar, he made peace. 

Antony being legate, 
1/ Antony be legate, [ we will 

vincemus, ~\ Since Antony will be \ conquer. 

I legate, J 

a. In these sentences notice that oppugnante, dato and 
missis are participles in the ablative case, agreeing with the 
nouns hoste, slgno and obsidibus respectively. 

b. Notice that this union of noun and participle in the 
ablative makes a complete clause, which can be translated 
in various ways in English. 

c. Notice that either noun or participle may have modify= 
ing words dependent upon them, as multis, ad 

~ , _ >, ,,_ . , , . , Ablative Absolute. 

Caesarem and a Gallis m the third sentence. 

d. There is no participle in the last sentence. This is be- 
cause the verb sum has no present participle. 

e. This construction of the participle with a noun is gram- 
matically independent of the rest of the sentence, like a 
parenthesis in English. Hence it is called the Ablative 
Absolute. 

f. The noun or pronoun in the ablative in this construction 
cannot refer to the subject or object of the main verb of the 
sentence. 

g. The ablative absolute is a common construction with 
the perfect passive participle. Can you see any reason why? 
(Cp. 35 7, *0 

404. 

1. Navibus compluribus factis, classem sequi conatl sunt. 

2. Ibi Ceutrones, locis superioribus occupatis, ex itinere 
exercitum prohibere conantur. 

3. Compluribus proeliis gessis in fines Vocontiorum per- 
venit. 

4. Hoc proelio facto trans flumen exercitum traducit. 



1 92 LESSON LXIX. 

5. Quibus rebus cognitis per fines Sequanorum equitatum 
traducere conatus est, obsidesque eis dedit. 

6. Ea re permissa ex finibus suis in silvas fu-gere cona- 
bantur. 

7. Eo concilio di-misso principes cum Caesare loqui volu- 

erunt. 

8. Obsidibus datis in eorum fines tamen equitatum ducere 
conabantur. 

9. Re frumentaria parata magnis itineribus ad Ariovistum 
contendit. 

10. Occupato oppido ibi legionarios conlocat. 

11. Caesar loquendl finem facit seque ad suos recipit. 

12. Proelium non committebat, ne superatis hostibus dici 
posset eos ab se in conloquio circum-ventos esse. 

405. WORD-LIST, 

finis, finis, m., limit, end. Plural, borders, hence, country, 

land. 
conor, conari, conatus, to attempt, try. 
loquor, loqul, locutus, to speak, say. 

400. (Where possible use the Ablative Absolute in these 
sentences. ) 

1. When the line had been drawn up, he began the 
battle. 

2. \Vhen this hill had been seized, he tried to cap- 
ture the next. 

3. After the camp had been placed, he sent his cav- 
alry to the fields. 

4. When this thing had been done, he prepared to 
make an attack. 

5. Since four messengers had been sent, he did not 
send more. 

6. He attacked the enemy while they were preparing 
to flee. 

7 . When hostages had been given he set out for Italy. 
8 Having learned this, he hastened to Rome. 



LESSON LXX. 193 

9. When we have waged this war all Gaul will have 
been overcome. 

10. With Caesar as leader what can we fear ? 

1 1 . The hostages who have been given by the Gauls 
are the children of chiefs. 

12. Having followed the enemy, he began battle. 

LESSON LXX. 

407. Review carefully 274-277. 

408. The tenses of the Indicative which denote present 
or future time (the Present, Future, and Future Perfect) 
are called primary tenses. 

The tenses of the Indicative which denote past time (the 
Imperfect, Perfect and Pluperfect) are Primary and Sec- 
called secondary tenses. ondary Tenses. 

409. The rule given in 277 can be restated thus : 

A primary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
present subjunctive. 

A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
imperfect subjunctive. _ . . _, 

r rerfeciand Pluper- 

410. EXAMPLES. feci Subjunctive. 

Timeo ut nuntium miserit, lam afraid that he did not send 
the messenger. 

Timebam ut nuntium misisset, I was afraid that he had 
not sent the messenger. 

a. Notice that the subjunctives in these sentences represent 
their action as completed at the time denoted by the main 
verbs. 

b. Notice that the primary tense timeo is followed by the 
Perfect Subjunctive, and the secondary tense timebam by the 
pluperfect subjunctive. 

c. The perfect and pluperfect tenses of the subjunctive 
have the same meaning. They denote com= Full Rule for s 8 - 

... . . quence of Tenses. 

pleted action, see 4 n. 



194 LESSON LXX. 

411. Rule. — A primary tense in the main clause is fol- 
lowed by the present or perfect subjunctive. 

A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. 

412. EXAMPLES. 

Dicit cum venerit te edere, He says that you were eating 
when he came. 

Dixit cum venisset te edere, He said that you were eating 
when he came. 

Dicit cum veniat te laetum futurum esse, He says that 
you will be glad wheti he comes. 

Dixit cum veniret te laetum futurum esse, He said that 
you would be glad whe?i he came. 

a. The cum clauses in these sentences are in the indirect 
statement, since they are apart of what is quoted, but are in 
subordinate clauses, since they are introduced by the subordi- 
nate particle cum, and hence their verbs cannot be put in the 
infinitive (341). 

b. Notice that their verbs (venerit, venisset, veniat, 
veniret) are in the subjunctive, and follow the rule for se- 
quence of tenses (411). 

413. Rule. — The main verb of an indirect statement 
is put in the infinitive, with subject accusa= Fu |, R u | e f or in 
tive, and depends upon the verb or expression direct statements, 
of saying, thinking or perceiving. 

The Subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have 
their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for 
the sequence of tenses. 

414. The Appeal of Divitiacus. 

Divitiacus Haeduus Caesari ita locutus est; Civitatem 
Haeduorum armis contendisse cum Germanis quos civitas 
Sequanorum auxilio trans Rhenum flumen traduxisset. Supe- 
ratos, qui sua virtute et populi Romani amicitia plurimu.m 






LESSON LXX. 195 

ante in Gallia potuissent, coactos esse Sequanis obsides dare, 
ut sua civitas a populo Romano auxilium non peteret. Unurn 
se esse ex omni civitate Haeduorum qui adduci non potuisset, 
ut liberos suos obsides daret. Ob earn rem se ex civitate 
fugisse et Romam venisse ut auxilium peteret, quod solus non 
obsidibus teneretur. 

Sed peius victoribus Sequanis quern Haeduis ac-cidisse, 
quod Ariovistus, rex Germanorum, tertiam partem agri eorum, 
qui esset optimus totius Galliae, occupavisset et nunc alteram 
partem tertiam occupare vellet, quod Germanorum milia 
hominum quattuor et viginti ad eum venissent, quibus locum 
pararet. Futurum esse paucis annis ut omnes ex Galliae finibus 
pellerentur atque omnes Germani Rhenum trans-irent. Cae- 
sarem solum Galliam omnem ab Ariovisto posse defendere. 

415. 

1 . Caesar said that he gave the opportunity of be- 
ginning battle to Ariovistus when the line of battle had 
been drawn up, but that the latter restrained his men 
from battle, because he did not think the time a suit- 
able one. 

2. He learned that the council of the Gauls had been 
held * for many years at this place. 

3. When his soldiers were pressed for want of water, 
he persuaded them to send him as an envoy to Caesar. 

4. They defended this region with the greatest cour- 
age, so that the enemy were not able even 2 to seize the 
grain in the fields. 

5. Turn 414 from Sed peius to the end into a direct 
statement. 

1 habeo. 2 etiam. 






196 LESSON LXXI. 

LESSON LXXI. 

THE IRREGULAR VERB EO, GO. 

Principal Parts, eo, ire, Ivi (ii), (iturus). 

416. Learn the conjugation of eo (488). 

417. EXAMPLES. 

Ex castris profectus est, He set out from the camp. 

Populus f rumento caruit, The people were in want of grain. 

EquI aqua privati sunt ut mllites biberent, The horses 
were deprived of water in order that the soldiers might drink. 

Notice that in the last two sentences the idea of separation 
or privation (expressed in the first by ex) is expressed by the 
ablatives frumento and aqua without a preposition. 

418. Rule. — Separation is expressed by 

the ablative, often without a preposition. D f Se paration. 

419. 

1 . Frumentum ut quisque domo ex-portaret imperaverunt. 

2. Dixit Haeduis se redditiirum obsides non esse. 

3. Erant itinera duo, quibus . itineribus domo ex ire pos- 
sent. 

4 Octavius, cum iis quas habebat navibus, Salonas per- 
venit. Gives cum non perterrere posset, oppidum oppiig- 
nare conatus est. Compluribus interfectis Octavius Dyrr- 
hachium sese ad Pompeium recepit. 

5. ]\fultos dies terra prohibitum, tandem cum classe ex-iit. . 

6. Tigurini, cum domo ex-issent, pat rum nostrorum me- 
moria Pisunem legatum interfecerant. 

7. Ille Oricum proficiscitur. Turn subito Apolloniam it. 
Staberius Apollonia, qui huic oppido prae-erat, fugit. 

8. Equitibus per lilus conlocatis, Antonius aqua classem 
prohibebat. 



LESSON IX XI. 197 

9. Duae fuerunt Ariovisti uxores, una quam domo secum 
duxerat, altera quae Sueba natiGne erat. 

10. Proelio abs-tinebat. 

11. Ariovistus milibus passuum duubus ultra Caesarem cas- 
tra fecit, eocunsiliu, ut friimento eum prohiberet. Caesar, ne 
diutius friimento' prohiberetur, ultra ilium alia castra posuit. 

12. Quod, omne friimento a-misso, in sua terra nihil est, 
Allobrogibus imperat ut iis frumenti copiam faciant. 

13. Calenus, legionibus in naves im-positis, naves solvit. 

14. Hi, cum essent ex terra Epiri visi, Coponius, qui classi 
prae-erat, naves suas Dyrrhachio e-duxit. 

420. WORD-LIST. 

domus, domus, (domi), f. , house, home (472). 

421. 

1. He told me that he was going - home. 1 

2. He wished you to go with us. 

3. When he left home he first went to see you. 

4. We are going to the river to bring water (back) 
home. 1 

5. He will attempt to keep the Romans, out of his 
country. 

6. He said that he would not begin battle, since 
the army of the other legate had retreated. 

7. They said that they were unable to persuade 
the Allobroges to keep 2 their men from battle. 

8. Marcus says that he surpasses all other men in 
bravery. 

9. Kept 2 from (securing) grain for a long time, 
he at length went away. 

10. He is collecting many things suitable for waging 
war. 

1360, *r. 2 4I9, 5- 



I9 8 LESSON LXXU. 



LESSON LXXil. 

422. Read again 278, 279, 308, 309. 
When the subject of a verb in a subordinate clause denot- 
ing purpose (or result) is different from the subject of 

the main verb of the sentence, qui (and not ut) introduces 
the subordinate clause. 

Legatus Galbam mittit, qui loci naturam cognoscat, 

The legate sends Galba, who is to find out the nature of the place ; 
or, The legate sends Galba to find out the nature 

„.f 4h„ >,7„^„ Subjunctive in 

0/ the place. Relative Clauses. 

Marcus hominem misit qui cognosceret, 

Marcus sent a man who should find out. 

Marcus hominem misit ut cognosceret, Marcus sent a 
man in order that he (himself Marcus) might find out. 

The last two sentences illustrate the distinction between qui 
and ut. 



423. When a clause introduced by a relative pronoun de- 
notes cause, its verb is put in the subjunctive. 

Fortissimus erat Marcus, qui tres Gallos cepisset, Mar- 
cus was very brave, who captured three Gauls [for he captured 
three Gauls). 

424. Sometimes relative clauses other than those just 
described have the verb in the subjunctive. 

a. This is usually the case when the antecedent is indefinite 
(as, aliquis, anyone) or general, (as, omnia, all things). In 
such a case it is evidently the purpose of the relative clause 
to define 01 characterize the antecedent. 

Hominem video qui sit caecus, I see a man who is blind. 
Hoc nuntiavit cuidam qui esset meus amicus, He told 
this to one who is my friend. 

b. From this fact all such clauses are called clauses of 
characteristic. 



LESSON LXXll 199 

425. Rule. — Relative clauses of purpose, result, 
cause, and characteristic take the subjunctive. 

426. EXAMPLES. 

Cum obsides dedissent, pugnare noluerunt, Since they 
had given hostages, they refused to fight. 

Cum pauci sint, tamen pugnabunt, Although they are 
few, still they will fight. 

427. Rule. — Cum, when it means since Cu ™ Causal or 

" • 1 Concessive. 

or although, takes the subjunctive. 

428. 

1. Equitatum omnem prae-mittit, qui videant quas in par- 
tes hostes iter faciant. 

2. Hominem qui naturam montis cognosceret misit. 

3. Equitatum qui sustineret hostium impetum miserat. 

4. Quo aqua portari posset nihil erat relictum. 

5. Legatus erat magna virtute, qui interfici quam exercitii 
a-misso salutem petere mallet. 

6. Haec cum ita sint fuga salutem petet. 

7. Nullus miles erat qui equitatum regis Iubae nun time- 
ret. 

8. Non is sum qui proeli periculo perterrerar. 

9. Turn Ariovistus partem suarum copiarum, quae castra 
minora oppiignaret, misit. 

10. Duas legiones in interiorem Galliam qui duceret lega- 
tum misit. 

11. Quis est qui hoc facere audeat? 

12. Soli centum erant qui portas defendere possent. 

13. Hunc legatum Caesar idoneum iiidicaverat quern mit- 
teret. 

14. Haec arma cui dabo, qui neminem alium praeter te 
videam ? 

15. Ibi partem suorum militum traducere conatl sunt qui 
cum hoste pugnarent. 



200 LESSON LXXIII. 

1 6. Primos qui fliimen trans-ierant nostro equitatu cir- 
cumventos interfecerunt. 

17. Caesar, acie instructs, equitatum mittit qui hostium 
impetum sustineat. 

18. Multi erant qui hiberna oppugnare vellent. 

429. 

1. He will send a horseman to inform the legate. 

2. What soldier was there who did not wish to at- 
tack the enemy ? 

3. A hill that is high can be easily defended. 

4. A camp which is placed upon the top of a hill 
cannot be easily captured. 

5. Although the Gauls had fled to the forests, he 
hastened to depart from their country. 

6. He wishes to see some one who will tell him 
about l this matter. 

7. What high hill is there in this region, which we 
can easily defend ? 

8. He thinks that this mountain is much higher than 
that. 

9. Although the Gauls have given many hostages to 
the Germans, they fear that the latter will send another 
army to attack them. 

10. He says that he will not fight with a man who 
is smaller than he (is). 

LESSON LXXIII. 

THE IRREGULAR VERBS FERO AND FIO. 

Principal Parts: 1 **.*»». tUU > latUS - 
( 110, fieri, factus sum. 

430. Learn the conjugation of fero and flO (489, 490). 

a. F16 is used as the passive of facio (except in some com- 
pounds). 

b. The i is long except when followed by -er and in fit. 

J de 



LESSON LXXlll. 20 1 

431. 

1. Learn to unite 

A genitive with the nearest noun or pronoun. 

A preposition with its noun. The noun follows the pre- 
position. 

Adjectives with words in the same cases. 

The infinitive, if not following a verb of saying, think- 
ing, etc., with the nearest following indicative or subjunc- 
tive (155); if following a verb of saying, thinking, etc., with 
this verb, translating it as the main verb of the quotation, 
(i.e. the verb introduced in English by " that." Cp. 413). 

2. As regards nouns and adjectives, think of the commoner 
forms and constructions first. Learn to think 

of Hints for Reading. 

A nominative as a subject. 

The endings -m, -6s, -as as denoting the object. 

The ending -a as denoting, first, the object in the ac- 
cusative neuter plural ; then, the nominative neuter plural ; 
and lastly, the nominative singular feminine. 

The ending -a as denoting the ablative feminine. 

An ablative, if alone, as denoting cause or means. 

An adjective standing alone (or a pronoun standing 
alone) in the nominative or accusative as referring, if mas- 
culine, to people ; if neuter, to things. 

The endings -is, and -ibus as first, the ablative, and then, 
the dative. 

432. Curio in Africa. — IV. 

Postero die Curio vallum circum Uticam ducere paravit. 
Multitudine in oppido perterrita de deditione omnes iam 
loquebantur, et cum Varo gerebant, ne hoc bello omnium 
fortunas perturbari vellet. Haec cum loquebantur nuntii 
prae-missi ab Iuba rege venerunt, qui locuti sunt ilium 
celeriter venire cum magnis cop i is. Nuntiabantur haec eadem 
Curioni, sed quod iam Caesaris res secundae 1 in Africa nun- 
1 Caesar's successes against Afranius. 



202 



LESSON LXXIII. 



tiatae erant, nihil contra se regem facturum esse existimabat. 
Sed cum certis niintiis Curio cognoscit minus quinque et 
viginti milibus passuum longe ab Utica Iubae regis copiasab- 
esse, relictis castris sese in Castra Cornelia rursus recipit. Ad 
hunc locum frumentum portare castraque conlocare constituit, 
atque in Siciliam mittit, ut duae legiones reliquusque equita- 
tus ad se mittatur. Castra haec erant ad bellum ducendum 
aptissima natura loci et aquae salisque copia et quod ad litus 
erat. Itaque Curio reliquas copias exspectare et bellum du- 
cere constituit. 

433. 

1. While Caesar was waging war in Spain, Curio 
was fighting in Africa. 

2. This was announced to him while he was speaking 
to his friends in the council. 

3. Since the cavalry had become terrified, the le- 
gionary soldiers were unable to hold the hill. 

4. When this battle had been fought, he set out for 
the winter camp. 

5. He is afraid to do this. 

6. He wished them to go home (360, c). 

7. When he goes 1 to Gaul he will wage war upon 
all who refuse to give him hostages. 

8. He wishes to place the winter camp in this re- 
gion, but fears that there is no suitable place. 



434. WORD-LIST FOR REVIEW, 

praeda, praedae centurio, -onis 



impetus, -us 



alius, -a, -ud 
certus, -a, -um 

facilis, facile 
quod 



civitas, -atis 
facultas, -atis 
finis, finis 
opus, operis 



1 Future Perfect. 



acies, aciei 
dies, diei 
res, rei 



LESSON LXXIIL 203 

ab-sum, ab-esse, a-fui. 
possum, posse, potui. 

existimo, -are, -avi, -atus. 
perturbo, -are, -avi, -atus. 

persuadeo, persuadere, persuasi, persuasus. 
sustineo, sustinere, sustinui, sustentus. 
timeo, timere, timui, . 

cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus. 

cognosco, cognoscere, cognovi, cognitus. 

instruo, instruere, instruxi, Instructus. 

pono, ponere, posui, positus. 

relinquo, relinquere, reliqui, relictus. 

facio, facere, feci, factus. 

fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitus. 

interficio, interficere, interfecl, interfectus. 

recipio, recipere, recepi, receptus. 

venio, venire, veni, ventus. 
eo, ire, ivi (ii), (iturus). 

conor, conari, conatus. 
loquor, loqui, locutus. 
proficiscor, proficisci, profectus. 
sequor, sequi, secutus. 
utor, uti, usus. 
volo, velle, volui. 
nolo, nolle, nolui. 




IV 
AFRICA 



25 50 75 

English Miles 






204 




205 



206 LESSON LXXIV. 

LESSON LXXIV. 

READING LESSONS. 
435. Curio in Africa. — V. 

His rebus constitutes ex quibusdam qui ex oppido fugerai 
audit Iubam regem rursus ad eius terram bello contendere 
coactum esse, atque Saburram, eius ducem, cum parvis copiis 
missum prope Uticam esse. Itaque rem proelio committere 
constituit. 

Equitatum omnem prima nocte ad castra hostium mitten 
constituit, ad flumen Bagradam, quibus castris prae-erat Su- 
burra, de quo ante erat anditum, sed rex Iuba omnibus copiis 
sequebatur et sex Tnilibus passuum ab-erat. Equites missi 
nocte ad hostes nihil timentes impetum faciunt, multos inter- 
ficiunt; complures perterriti fugiunt. Quo facto adCurionem 
equites rursus veniunt captivosque ad eum re-ducunt. 

Curio cum omnibus copiis ex-ierat, cohortibus quinque 
castris praesidio relictis. Profectus milia passuum sex ad 
equites venit, et rem gestam cognovit. Captivos vidit, 
et ex iis quaesivit, " Quis castris ad Bagradam flumen prae- 
est?" responderunt, "Saburra." Reliqua studio itineris 
con-ficiendi ex captivis quaerere praeter-misit, sed, militibus 
qui proxima signa sequebantur loquens, " Videtisne," dixit, 
" captivorum orationem convenire cum oratione eorum qui 
ex hoste ad nos fugerunt ? ab-esse regem, parvas esse copias 
missas, paucis equitibus pares esse non potuerunt. Ad prae- 
dam, ad gloriam properate ! " 

Equites praeterea captos homines equosque producebant ; 
itaque Curionis militibus studia non de-erant. Equitatui ut 
sese sequeretur imperavit ipse que magis properavit, ut ad 
hostes ex fuga perterritos venire posset. Sed equites, itinere 
totius noctis con-fecti, sequi non poterant, atque alii alio loco 
stabant. Iuba rex, certior factus a Saburra de superiore proe- 



LESSON LXXIV. 207 

liu duo milia eorum equitum quos praesidio circum se habe- 
bat et partem peditum ad Saburram misit ; ipse cum reliquis 
copiis elephantisque sexaginta secutus est. Existimans prae- 
missis equitibus ipsum ventiirum esse Curionem, Saburra co- 
pias equitum peditumque instrtixit, copiis suis imperavit ut 
advent u Curionis viso paulatim se reciperent ; sese dixit cum 
opus esset signum proeli daturum esse. Curio, cum hostes 
quod a Saburra imperatum erat id facere atque se recipere 
vidit, existimans eos qui superiore nocte equitibus perterriti 
fugissent rursus fugerc, ut sequeretur copias ex locis superio- 
ribus in campum duxit. Quibus ex locis cum longius esset 
]>rofectus, dedit suis signum Saburra et, circum-iens aciem 
imperavit ut equites in aciem Curionis mitterentur. 

Cum equites Saburrae in aciem Curionis impetum ita fece- 
runt Curio nun de-erat virtute, neque defessis militibus neque 
equitibus, paucis et labore con-fectis, studium ad pugnandum 
^ irtusque de-erat. Equites erant numero ducenti ; reliqui in 
itinere steterant. Hi quamcumque in partem impetum facie- 
baiit, hostes ex eo loco fugere cogebant, sed equis defessis 
non longius fugientes sequi poterant. Equitatus hostium ab 
utroque cornu aciem nostram circum -ibant. Cum nostri co- 
hortes ex acie pro-cucurissent, hostes celeriter impetum nos- 
trorum ex-fugiebant, rursusque ad aciem redire conatos 
novo impetu circum-ibant, ut magna cum difficultate ad 
suam aciem rursus venire nostri possent. Novae copiae mis- 
sis a rege auxiliis perveniebant. Nostri defessi erant et 
vulneratis nullus tutus locus erat, quod tota acies equitatu 
hostium tenebatur. 

Curio perterritis omnibus imam rem reliquam esse existi- 
mans, suis militibus imperavit ut proximos collis caperent. 
Sed hos quoque prae-occupaverat missus a Saburra equitatus. 
Turn vero, nulla spe salutis relicta, ad summam desperatio- 
nem nostri pervenerunt. Complures, fugientes, ab equitatu 
interfecti sunt; alii salutem fuga non petebant sed in ipso 
loco ubi stabant defessi atque sine spe procumbebant. 






2o8 LESSON LXXIV. 

Ad Curionem Domitius, dux equitum, cum paucis equiti- 
bus veniens, eum salutem fuga petere et ad castra contendere 
voluit ; hanc unam spera ei relinqui atque se ab eo non ex- 
iturum dixit. Sed Curio numquara se, a-misso exercitu quern 
a Caesare sibi com-missum accepisset, in eius conspectum rur- 
sus venire dixit, atque ita pugnans interfectus est. 

Equites ex proelio pauci se receperunt ; sed ii qui ad no- 
vissimum agmen equorum re-ficiendorum causa steterant, fuga 
totius exercitus visa, salutem fuga petiverunt atque sese cele- 
riter in castra receperunt. Milites ad unum omn.es interfecti 
sunt. 

Qui in castris praesidio a Curione relicti erant, horum 
pauci navibus in Sicilian! fugere potuerunt ; reliqui Varo, 
qui ad Uticam erat, se in deditionem dederunt. Quorum 
conrplures Iuba rex Varo nolente interfecit ; paucos captivos 
in terram suam misit. 

finis. 

436. (See that the sentences in your Latin translation of 
this exercise are as long as the English sentences, which follow 
the Latin idiom.) 

The Romans set out with ten cohorts to march 
through (397, N. I.) the forest to the winter camp. 
When they had gone a short distance x the Gallic cav- 
alry began 2 to harass the rear rank. While the rear 
line of march was being thus harassed by the Gallic 
horsemen, the rest of the Gauls suddenly attacked the 
three foremost cohorts from two directions, in order 
that they might throw them into great confusion 
(greatly disturb them). The foremost soldiers, (though) 
in confusion, none the less 3 did not flee, but, hastily 
following the legate with the cohort which was in the 
rear rank of the three, they seized the nearest hill as 
quickly as possible. When the line of battle had been 
1 spatium. 2 coeperunt. 3 tamen. 



LESSON LXXIV. 209 

formed in this place they defended themselves with 
great bravery for a long time, supposing that the other 
seven cohorts would come to give them help. 

But the other legate, who was over these cohorts, 
being informed by a few soldiers who had fled at the 
first attack that the greater part of the soldiers of the 
first three cohorts had been killed, and that the rest 
were following in flight, 1 fearing lest his own soldiers 
would be disturbed, commanded (419, 1) them to with- 
draw to a suitable place, where, 2 during the rest of the 
day, he was -(engaged in) fortifying 3 a camp. 

Meantime 4 the soldiers of the three cohorts, lacking 
everything of use for fortifying a camp, since their bag- 
gage had been captured at the first attack, wearied by 
the previous march, and so 5 few in number that no 
chance was given of sending fresh soldiers to stand 6 in 
the line in the place of those who were wounded or 
killed, were compelled to defend themselves with their 
swords and shields. 7 When at length 8 (only) a small 
part of the day was left the centurions, since many 
soldiers were wounded or dead, (and) the rest were 
terrified, not knowing where the remaining cohorts 
were and supposing that they, pressed by the Gauls, 
were unable to send help, fearing also 9 lest they all be 
killed during the night, persuaded the legate to ask for 
the chief of the Gauls and confer with (talk with) him 
as to 10 surrender. 11 

When opportunity was given in this way, the three 
cohorts, when the legate and six centurions had been 
given as hostages, surrendered to the Gauls. 

^uga. 2 ubi. 'munio, munlre. K interim. 5 tarn. 6 sto, stare. 
7 scutum. 8 tandem. 9 quoque. 10 de. " deditio. 



2io LESSON LXXK 



LESSON LXXV. 

437. EXAMPLES, 

Direct Questions. Indirect Questions. 

Ubi est ? Cognoscam ubi sit, 

Where is heP j I will find out where he is. 

Ubi eras ? Quaerit ubi sis, 

Where were you P He asks where you were. 

Quaesivit ubi esses, 

He asked where '"direct 

Questions. 

you were. 
Ubi venistis ? Scit ubi veneritis, 

Where did you go P He knows where you went. 

Scivit ubi venissetis, 

He knew where you went. 

a. Compare these two sets of sentences, and determine 
from them what constitutes an indirect question in Latin. 

b. Is it the same as an indirect question in English gram- 
mar? 

c. Notice that indirect questions follow verbs denoting 
mental action, but that they do not follow the rule for in- 
direct statements (413). 

d. Notice that they conform to the rule for sequence of 
tenses (411). 

438. Rule. — An indirect question takes the sub- 
junctive. 

439. EXAMPLE. 

Quam maxima oppida cepit, He took as Quamwith 

many towns as possible. Superlative. 

This sentence illustrates a use of quam with the superlative. 



LESSON LXXV. 211 

440. 

1. Ab his quaerit quae civitates in armis essent et quid in 
hello possent. 

2. Equitibus imperat ut quam maximum frumentum agris 
hostium ex-portent. 

3. Dumnorix apud Sequanos plurimum poterat. 

4. Eius rei quae esset causa ex ipsis quaesivit. 

5. Quam plurimas civitates occupare volebat. 

6. Caesar quam maximis potest itineribus in Galliam ulte- 
riorem contendit. Quam maximum potest militum numerum 
coegit. 

7. Con-vocato concilio et ad id concilium ad-hibitis centu- 
rionibus Caesar ex iis quaesivit cur quaererentur aut quam in 
partem aut quo consilio ducerentur: quid timerentur? cur 
sese de-esse virtute existimarent ? 

8. Ariovistus a Caesare quaerit quid sibi velit ; cur in suas 
possessionem veniat. 

9. Ad Ariovistum legatos Caesar misit ; quos cum in suis 
castris Ariovistus vidisset, con-clamavit quid ad se venirent. 
Sed conantes dicere prohibuit. 

10. Cum ex captivis quaereret Caesar quam ob rem Ario- 
vistus 11011 pugnaret, dixerunt eas mulieres quae nuntiarent 
utrum proelium ex usu esset nec-ne, ita dicere, non Germa- 
nos superaturos esse si ante novam lunam proelio contendis- 
sent. 

11. Cum ille homo quis sit mihi nuntiare nolit, ei non per- 
mittam ut in domum eat. 

441. 

1. We asked what you wanted. 

2. He takes as much grain as possible. 

3. He asked whether the soldiers wished to fight. 

4. They ask who the most powerful man in this state 
may be. 

5. He is informed that they are collecting as many 
soldiers as possible. 



2 12 LESSON LXXVL 

6. When Ariovistus saw the envoys of Caesar, he 
asked why they had come to his camp. 

7. He hurried into Italy by the longest marches 
possible. 

8. He orders (419, 1) his soldiers to carry away as 
many arms as possible from the camps of the enemy. 

9. When this help had been given by the cavalry, 
the enemy were so pressed by our soldiers that some 
of them retreated, and some surrendered. 

10. He says that they will come. 

LESSON LXXVI. 

442. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 

Conditional sentences contain two clauses : a condition 
(introduced by Si, if, or one of its compounds) and a 
conclusion. 

443. There are three classes of conditional sentences: 

I. Nothing Implied. 

SI venit, viderunt, If he came, they saw him. 
Si veniet, videbunt, If he comes, they will see him. 
Si id fecerit, laetus ero, If he does (shall have done) this, 
I will be glad. 

a. There is nothing in the first two sentences by which 
one can infer whether the person spoken of came or not. 

b. This class makes use of the indicative in both clauses. 

c. Why is the Latin future perfect more exact than the 
English future in the last sentence ? 

Rule. — Simple conditional sentences take the indica- 
tive in both condition and conclusion. 

11. Less Vivid Future. 

This represents the act as scarcely probable. 

Si vemat, laetus sim, If he should come, I would be glad. 






LESSON LXXVl. 213 

a. Notice that the present subjunctive is used in both 
clauses. 

b. Notice the tenses "should" and "would", used in 
English in this form of conditional sentence. 

Rule. — Less vivid future conditions take the present 
subjunctive in both condition and conclusion. 

III. Contrary Implied. 

In this class one is able to infer whether the condition has 
been fulfilled. 

For example, we say in English : 

If he had come to town, I would have seen him. 

Has he or has he not come to town? 

If he were in the building, I would know it. 

Is he in the building ? 

SI impetum faceret, hostis nos non premeret, If he 
ivere making an attack, the enemy would not be harassing us. 

Si impetum fecisset, hostis nos non premisset, If he had 
made an attack, the enemy would not have harassed us. 

a. Notice that the subjunctive imperfect is used in both 
clauses to denote present time, and the subjunctive plu- 
perfect in both clauses to denote past time. 

Rule. — Conditions contrary to fact take the imper- 
fect subjunctive when referring to present time, and the 
pluperfect subjunctive when referring to past time. 

444. 

1. Si obsides dedissent, bellum iis non in-tulisset. 

2. Si quid Romanis accidat, sum mam in spem imperi obti- 
nendi Dumnorix veniat. 

3. Nisi quod in Caesare sit auxilium, omnes Galli domo 
ex-eant. 

4. Si quid voluissent, venissent. 

5. Id si fiat, mag no cum periculo ei sit. 

6. Militibus pgrterritis Caesar dixit ; "Si Ariovistus bel- 
lum intuleiit, quid timeatis? proxima nocte ad hostcm pro- 



LESSON LXXVL 



ficiscam. Si nemo praeterea sequatur, tamen ego cum sola 
decirna legione ibo, de qua non dubito. " 

7. Legatis qui a Caesare missi quaerebant ut locum con- 
loquio diceret Ariovistus dixit; "Si quid mini a Caesare 
operis esset, ego ad eum venirem ; si quid ille vult, cur i lie ad 
me non venit?" Caesar respondit; "Si ea quae postulo 
feceris, amicus tibi ero ; si non fades, ego auxilium Haeduis 
contra te dabo." 

Ariovistus respondit ; " Si ipse populo Romano imperarem 
quas res gerant, turn vero bona causa ita mihi imperares. Si 
Haedui ea quae postulo facient, bellum non in-feram ; sed si 
id non fecerint, bellum acriter in-feram. Si auxilium Caesar 
iis det contra Germanos, quibuscum nemo sine magno peri- 
culo contendit, quid possit? " 

8. Cum ea ita sint, tamen vobiscum bellum inferam. 

9. Cum magna virtute hie miles signum in hostes in-tulerit, 
fiet centurio. 

10. Cum hunc regem non tuleris, ilium ferte. 

44 5. 

1. If I should ask you for anything, you would give 
it to me. 

2. If he were in the city, I would be there too (436, 
N. 12). 

3. If he had a sword, he would not be able to wound 
anyone with it. 

4. If Ariovistus had not conquered the Haedui, he 
would not have been attacked by Caesar. If Caesar 
had not waged war upon him, many more Germans 
would have crossed the river Rhine. 

5. If you wish to speak with me, come to my house. 

6. If you had wished to see me, you would have 
come to me. 

7. If you should do this, I would be compelled to be 
your enemy. 

8. If I were your enemy, I would not be giving you 
aid. 



LESSON LXXVll. 2 15 

9. If the hostages had been given, there would have 
been no war. 

10. Would we be afraid of them, if they were very 
brave men ? 



LESSON LXXVll. 

446. EXAMPLES. 

Positive. Negative. 

Mittam, let me send. Ne mittam, let me not send, 

Mittas, ) Ne mittas, ) 

Miseris, V send. Ne miseris, V do not send, 

Mitte, ) Noli mittere, ) 

Mittat, ) , . j . j Ne mittat, 7 . , . , , 

■»/r- -1 r let nun send. , T _ _ .' v let htm not send. 
Miserit, j Ne miserit, j 

a. Diagram the usage in the plural in the commands and 
same way. Appeals. 

b. Observe that both imperative and subjunctive forms 
are used. 

c. Observe that the negative is ne. 

d. The imperative of nolo (noli, nolite) with the infin- 
itive is frequently used. 

447. Rule. — Commands are put in the imperative or 
subjunctive; appeals in the subjunctive. The negative 

is ne. 

448. EXAMPLES. 

Cum vis, veni, When you wish, come. 

Dicit cum veils venias, He says that you may come when 
you wish. 

Dixit cum velles venires, He said that you 

COUld Come when you Wished. Indirect Discourse; 

- T _ t , 1 • , 7 • Commands end 

Ne moneat, Let htm not advise. Appeals. 

Dicit ne moneat, He says that he may not advise. 
Dixit ne moneret, He said that he should not advise. 



216 LESSON LXXVIL 

a. Notice that after a verb denoting mental action the im- 
perative veni in the first sentence is changed to the sub- 
junctive, and the subjunctive moneat in the fourth remains 
a subjunctive. 

b. Observe that the rule for Sequence of Tenses (411) is 
followed. 

449. Rule. — In Indirect Discourse the subjunctive of 
Appeals and Commands remains a Subjunctive. 

The Imperative is in Indirect Discourse changed to the 
Subjunctive. 

450. The three forms of Indirect Discourse have now 
all been studied : 

Indirect Statements (413) take the Infini= 
tive with Subject Accusative and the Sub= _, T . _ 

J The Three Forms 

junctive in Subordinate Clauses, of indirect Dis- 

Indirect Questions (438) take the Sub= course - 

junctive. 

Indirect Commands (449) take the Subjunctive. 

The Subjunctives throughout conform to the rule for 

the Sequence of Tenses (411). 

451. I. 

Ariovisto Caesar nuntium misit : " Haec sunt, quae a te 
postulo : primum, ne hominum multitudinem trans Rhenum 
Admen traducas, deinde, obsides red-ire per-mittas, atque ne 
Haeduis bellum inferas." 

Ariovistus respondit ; "Cum Haedui superati sint, obsides 
red-ire non per-mittam. Cum vis, veni ; cognosces quid 
Germani virtute possint." 

Caesar cum exercitu venit et in conloquio Ariovisto dixit; 
" Ne Haeduis bellum in-fer ; obsides red-ire per-mitte ; plii- 
res Cxermanos trans Rhenum ne tra-ducito." Ariovistus re- 
spondit ; " Quid mihi vis? cur in meas possessionem venisti ? 
Si te interfecero, multis principibus populi Romani gratum 
erit." 



LESSON LXXVll. 217 

Hoc conloquio habito Ariovistus per legatos dixit ; i( Con- 
loquendi finem ne feceris, sed aut aliquem conloquio diem 
c unstitueris aut ex tins aliquem ad me raiseris." 

Duos legatos Caesar misit, quos cum Ariovistus vidisset, 
conclamilvit, " Cur ad me veniunt ? " atque eos hostium in 
numero habuit. 

II. 

Caesar nuntiavit haec esse quae postulavit ; ne multitudi- 
nem in Galliam Ariovistus traduceret, obsides red-ire per- 
mitteret, ne Haeduis bellum in-ferret. 

Ariovistus respondit se obsides non red-ire permitturum 
esse ; cum Caesar vellet, veniret. 

Caesar in conloquio postulavit ne bellum Haeduis Ariovis- 
tus in-ferret ; obsides red-ire per-mitteret, plures Germanos 
trans Rhenum ne traduceret. 

Ariovistus quaesivit quid Caesar vellet, et dixit si eum in- 
terfecisset id multis Romanis gratum futurum esse. 

452. 

1 . The Germans ask why the Romans are demand- 
ing that they shall not take hostages from those states 
of Gaul which they have conquered. They ask why 
the Romans have come into that part of Gaul which 
they, and not the former, have conquered. Do the 
Romans wish to wage war with them ? (they ask). If 
they do, they say, let them come: war is always 1 
pleasing to the Germans. 

2. They wish me to ask you what you want. 

3. You may come if you wish, but do not talk with 
me. 

4. Come to me some other day, since I am unable 
to give you anything to-day. 2 

5. I demand that you do not come to the camp if 
the legate be unwilling. 

1 semper. 2 hodie. 



218 LESSON LXXVlll. 

LESSON LXXV1II. 

453. The First (or Active) Periphrastic * Conjugation 

is formed by combining the future active First Periphrastic 
participle with the tenses of the verb sum. Conjugation. 

Te moniturus erat, He was about to [going to, intending 
to) advise you. 

Te missurus erit, He will be about to send you. 

a. What form of this conjugation has already been used 
freely ? 

454. The Second (or Passive) Periphrastic 1 Conju- 
gation is of frequent occurrence. It is second Periphrastic 
somewhat puzzling, because it scarcely ad- Conjugation, 
mits of a literal translation into English. It is used frequently 
by Caesar and other Latin writers. 

It is formed by combining the Gerundive with the tenses 
of the verb sum. 

The Second Periphrastic Conjugation is Passive and 
denotes a necessity or duty. 

Mittendus sum, / am to be (must be, ought to be, deserve to 
be) sent. 

Mittendus eram, / was to be {should have been, ought to 
have been, deserve to have been) sent. 

Mittendus ero, / shall have to be sent. 

455. Rule. — The gerundive is used with the verb 
sum to form the passive (or second) periphrastic con= 
jugation, denoting obligation or duty. 

456. Another peculiarity of this Conjugation is that it 
uses a dative to denote the doer or agent, 

. , ,. . . iii Dative of Agent. 

where the ordinary conjugations use the abla- 
tive of agent. 

1 The adjective " periphrastic " and noun " periphrasis " are derived 
from the Greek. The corresponding Latin derivative is Ci circumlocu- 
tion (circum, loquor). " Periphrasis " means " a roundabout method of 
expression." 



LESSON LXXVlll. 219 

Tibi mittendus sum, / must be sent by you. 
Caesar 1 omnia agenda sunt, Everything had to be done by 
Caesar. 

Rule. — The agent with the gerundive is expressed by 
the dative. 

457. The Impersonal construction is frequent with this 
conjugation. 

Impersonal means having no personal subject. The 
clause is sometimes considered the subject. 

Ad urbem exercitui veniendum est, The army must come 
to the city {the necessity of coming to the city is to the army). 

Mihi pugnandum est, I must fight (the necessity of fighting 
is to me). 

458. 

1. Tibi exercitus ducendus est. 

2. Ad montem proximum legionibus veniendum est. 

3. His cognitis Labienus existimavit sibi contenden- 
dum est. 

4. Acriter Galli pugnaverunt. 

5. Acriter a Gallis pugnatum est. 

6. Acriter Gallis pugnandum est. 

7. Cum a hostibus premebamur, tamen nobis castra po- 
nenda erant. 

8. Galbae cum reliquis copiis proficiscendum est. 

9. Duabus legionibus atque impedimentis totius exercitus 
relictis ad Boios veniendum est. 

10. Galba cum peditibus ad castra mittendus fuit. 

11. Frumenti inopia oppidum in deditionem Caesari dan- 
dum est. 

12. Illud mihi non dicendum est. 

13. In idoneo loco legato castra ponenda sunt. 

14. EI illius gladius capiendus erat. 

15. In Gallos Romanis impetus faciendus est. 



220 LESSON LXXVlll. 

1 6. Caesar existimavit hostium castra sibi oppugnanda 
esse. 

1 7. Praesidio in castris relicto omnes copias ad aquam 
ducendae fuerunt. 

18. Omnia bene mini gerenda sunt. 

19. Caesari omnia uno tempore erant facienda ; ab opere 
re-vocandi milites, acies instruenda, signum tuba dandum. 

20. His rebus cognitis Caesar existimavit consilium sibi 
capiendum esse ex loci natura. Erant circum castra Pompei 
per-multl colles. Hoc primum praesidiis tenendos esse con- 
stituit. Pompeius quoque constituit sibi quam plurimos 
col lis quam maximo circuitu occupandos esse, lit multa ea 
causa proelia fierent. 

21. Cum complures barbari populo Romano bellum in- 
ferant, tamen superabuntur. 

22. Labienus, cum hunc locum occupavisset, magnum 
hostibus terrorem in-tulit. 

45l>. 

1. You must hurry. 

2. The Germans must be kept out of Gaul by the 
Romans. 

3. He said that the river had to be crossed. 1 

4. He asked what you were going to do. 

5. We must go to the city. He asks why 2 we 
must go. 

6. The legate thought that he ought to send a 
legion to hold the mountain, since the Gauls were 
about to attack with large forces. 

7. The town must be defended by the soldiers, 
although one of the two legates is wounded. 

8. The signal of battle must be given. 

9. If you must make the attack, fight very bravely. 
10. He says that we must attack all of the winter 

camps of the Romans upon the same day. 
1 trans-eo. * cur. 



READING LESSONS. 221 

READING LESSONS. 

460. The Dying Standard Bearer. 

In proelio cum graviter aquilifer vulneratus esset, videns 
equites nostros " Hanc aquilam ego" dixit, " et vivus mul- 
tos per annus magna diligentia defend! et nunc moriens 
eadem fide ad Caesarem mitto. Nolite committere quod 
ante in exercitu Caesaris non accidit incolumemque ad eum 
deferte." 

Ita aquila servatur, omnibus primae cohortis centurioni- 
bus interfectis praeter principem priorem. 

461. Dying for his Men. 

Marcus Petronius octavae legionis centurio, cum portas 
oppidi Gallorum excidere conatus esset, a multitudine Gal- 
lorum superatus ac iam vulneratus militibus suis qui ilium 
secuti erant " Quoniam " dixit " me vobiscum servare non 
],ossum, vestrae certe vitae providebo, quos spe gloriae ad- 
ductus in periculum duxi. Vos data facilitate vobis provi- 
dete." 

Haec locutus in hostes contendit duobusque interfectis 
reliquos a porta paulum summovit. Conantibus auxilium 
dare suis " Frustra " dixit " meae vitae subvenire cona- 
mini, qui iam gravius vulneratus sum. Ab-ite dum est fa- 
cultas, vosque ad legionem recipite. " Ita pugnans suis 
saluti fuit et post paulum interfectus est. 

462. The three selections which follow relate inci- 
dents which occurred during Caesar's campaign in 
Africa. The partisans of the Senate collected in this 
province after the battle of Pharsalia (245 \ where 
Varus and king Juba, who had defeated Curio (361), 
were still unsubdued. Since Pompey was dead (255) 
Scipio was declared by them to be the only real '• im- 
perator ", or general-in-chief of the Roman govern- 
ment. 



222 READING LESSONS. 

463. Is Caesar an Imperator? 

Plancus Caesaris legatus petit ab eo ut sibi daretur facultas 
cum Considio agendi, si posset perduci ad sanitatem. Itaque, 
data facultate, litteras captivo dat perferendas in oppidum ad 
Considium. Ad quern cum captivus pervenisset, litterasque 
Considio dabat ; prius quam acciperet ille " A quo ", dixit, 
"Mas?" Turn captivus, " Ab imperatore Caesare " Turn 
Considius, "Unusest", dixit, " Scipio imperator hoc tem- 
pore populi Romani." Deinde in conspectu suo imperavit 
ut captivus statim interficeretur, litterasque dedit homini 
certo qui eas ad Scipionem perferret. 

464. Labienus Meets his Match. 

Labienus, during Caesar's wars in Gaul, had been 
long commander of Caesar's most trusted legion, the 
tenth. He here appears fighting against his former 
soldiers (cp. 185). 

Labienus in equo capite nudo in prima acie pugnabat, et 
nonnumquam legionarios Caesaris appellabat : "Quid tu", 
dixit, "miles tiro, tam feroculus es?" Turn miles, "Non 
sum ", dixit, <( tiro, Labiene, sed de legione decima vetera- 
nus." Turn Labienus, " Non agnosco ", dixit, " signa de- 
cumanorum." Turn miles, "lam me, quis sim, cognos- 
cas", et statim cassidem de capite de-iecit, ut cognosci ab 
eo posset, atque- statim telum in Labienum mittere contendit. 
Equo vulnerato, dixit, "Labiene, decumanum militem, qui 
te petit, cognosce esse." 

465. Faithful Until Death. 

Ex classe quam a Sicilia ad Caesarem miserat Allienus, 
navis una, in qua fuerat Cominius et Ticida, eques Romauus, 
tempestate Thapsum delata, excepta est et ad Scipionem 
deducta. Item altera navis ex eadem classe tempestate ad 
Aeginurum delata a classe Vari et Octavi est capta, in qua 
milites vcterani cum tino ccnturione et non-null! tirones fue- 



READING LESSONS. 223 

runt ; quos Varus, servatos, misit ad Scipionem. Qui post- 
quam ad eura pervenerunt, " Non vestra", dixit, "sponte 
vos, scio, sed illius vestri imperatoris imperio coactos esse 
cum nobis optimis pugnare. Quos quoniam fortuna in nos- 
tram detulit potestatem, si rem publicam cum optimo quoque 
defendetis, vobis vitam et praemia dabimus." 

Postquam ita dixerat Scipio, cum existimavisset pro suo 
beneficio ab iis gratias sibi actum iri, potestatem iis dicendi 
fecit. Ex eis centurio legionis quartae decimae " Pro tuo ", 
dixit, " summo beneficio, Scipio, tibi gratias ago (non nam 
imperatorem te appello) quod mihi vitam captivo polliceris ; 
et forsitan isto uterer beneficio, si non ei summum scelus ad- 
iungeretur. Egone contra Caesarem, imperatorem meum, 
eiusque exercitum, pro cuius victoria amplius sex et triginta 
annis pugnavi, armatus consistam ? Non ego istud facturus 
sum. Contra cuius copias contendis, nunc cognosce. Co- 
hortem imam, quae est tuarum firmissima, constitue contra 
me ; ego autem ex his militibus quos nunc in tua tenes po- 
testate, non amplius decern suramam ; turn ex virtute nostra 
cognosces quid a tuis copiis contra ilium agi possit. " 

Postquam haec centurio est locutus, Scipio, incensus, an- 
nuit centurionibus quid fieri vellet, atque ante pedes centu- 
rionem interfecit. Ut veterani a tironibus secernerentur im- 
peravit. tl Abducite ", dixit, * ' istos scelere affectos ! " Ita 
extra vallum deducti sunt et interfecti. 

466. An Incident at the Battle of Pharsalia. 

Erat Crastinus in exercitu Caesaris, qui superiore anno 
apud eum primum pilum in legione decima diixerat, vir magna 
virtute. Hie, signo dato, " Sequimini me", dixit, " mani- 
pulares mei qui fuistis, et vestro imperatore, quam constituis- 
tis, operam date. Unum hoc proelium super-est, quo con- 
fecto et ille snam dignitatem et nos libertatem recuperabi- 
mus." Simul videns Caesarem, "Faciam", dixit, " hodie, 
imperator, ut aut vivo aut mortuo gratias agas. ". . . 



224 READING LESSONS. 

In eu proeliu interfectus est etiam fortissime pugnans Cras- 
tinus, cuius mentionem supra fecimus. Neque id fuitfalsum, 
quod ille in pugnam proficlscens dlxerat. Ita enim Caesar 
existimabat, eo proelio excellentissimam viitutem Crastini 
fuisse. 

407. Pugna Pharsalica. 

The battle of Pharsalia has already been briefly de- 
scribed (245). After Caesar had succeeded in bringing 
nis whole army over from Italy as already described 
(170) he attempted to shut Pompey in at Dyrrhachium 
by surrounding his army with entrenchments. In this 
attempt he was disastrously defeated by Pompey. 1 He 
retreated rapidly into Thessaly, pursued by Pompey, 
who was joined by Scipio with reinforcements. It 
seemed to followers of the latter that success was now 
certain, and they could not understand why he was re- 
luctant to risk another battle with Caesar's veterans. 

Pompeius paucis post diebus in Thessaliam pervenit, atque 
apud totum exercitum suis agit gratias, receptisque omnibus 
Scipionis legionibus spes victoria augetur. Inter se de prae- 
miis principes eius exercitus contendebant ; alii domos bona- 
que eorum qui in castris erant Caesaris petebant. 

Re frumentaria parata confirmatisque mllitibus et satis 
longe spatio temporis a superioribus proeliis intermisso temp- 
tandum esse Caesar existimavit quid Pompeius studi pugnandi 
haberet. Itaque ex castris exercitum eduxit aciemque in- 
struxit, sed primo suis locis pauloque a castris Pompei longius. 

Pompeius, qui castra in colle habebat, ad lnfimas partes 
montis aciem instmebat, semper exspectans si iniquis locis 
Caesar se subiceret. Caesar nulla rati one ad pugnam elici 
posse Pompeium existimans hanc sibi commodissimam belli ra- 
tionem iiidicavit, ut castra ex eo loco moveret semperque es- 
set in itineribus, haec exspectans, ut movendis castris pluri- 
bnsque adeundis locis commodiore re frumentaria uteretur et 

1 An incident of this battle is related in 460. 



READING LESSONS. 225 

in itinere ut aliquam occasionem pugnandi reperiret. His 
constitutis rebus signu iam datu visum est paulo longius a 
vallo aciem Pompei lisse, ut nun iniquo loco posse pugnari 
videretur. Turn Caesar apud suos, cum iam esset agmen in 
portis, " DirTerenduni est," dixit, "iter nobis, et de proelio 
cogitandum est, quod semper voluimus. Simus ad pugnan- 
dum parati ; non facile occasionem postea reperiemus. " 

Pompeius quoque constituerat pugnare. Etiam in concilio 
superioribus diebus dixerat, (t Scio me paene incredibilem rem 
polliceri, sed rationem consili mei accipite. Persua i equiti- 
bus nostris, idque mihi factiiros esse confirmaverunt, ut, cum 
propius agmina issent dextrum Caesaris cornii ab latere aperto 
oppugnarent et acie circumventa prius perturbatum eius exer- 
citum pellerent quam a nobis telum in hostem iaceretur. " 
Labienus quoque, " Noli ", dixit, existimare, hunc esse exer- 
citum qui Galliam Germaniamque superavit. Omnibus inter- 
fui proeliis. Perexigua pars illius exercitus superest ; magna 
pars interiit. " Haec cum dixisset iuravit se nisi victorem 
in castra non rursus iturum esse. Pompeius idem iuravit, 
nee vero ex reliquis fuit quisquam qui iurare dubitavit. Haec 
cum facta sunt in concilio magna spes iis fuit, quod Pompeio 
rmperatore nihil frustra confirmari videbatur. 

Caesar, cum ad Pompei castra prope venisset, aciem eius 
instructam ita vidit. Erant in sinistro cornii legiones duae 
quarum iina prima, altera tertia, appellabatur. In eo loco 
ipse erat Pompeius. Mediam aciem Scipio cum legionibus 
Syriacis tenebat. Cilicensis legio cum cobortibus- Hispanis 
in dextro cornu erant conlocatae. Has firmissimasse habere 
Pompeius existimabat. Reliquae inter aciem mediam corn ua- 
que erant conlocatae. Numero cohortes erant centum et de- 
cern. Haec erant milia quadraginta quinque. Reliquas co- 
hortes septem in castris castellisque praesidio posuerat. In 
dextro cornii eius erat rivus quidam, qua causa omnem equi- 
tatuni cum sagittariis funditoribusque sinistro cornii posuerat. 

Caesar decimam legionem in dextro cornii, nonam in sini- 
stro, conlocaverat, et huicsic adiungit octavam ut paene imam 



226 READING LESSONS. 

ex duabus efficeret, atque imperavit ut altera alter! praesidio 
esset. Cohortes in acie octaginta constitutes habebat, quae 
summa erat milium duo et viginti. Cohortes duas castris 
praesidio reliquerat. Sinistro cornu Antonium, dextro Sul- 
lam, mediae aciei Domitium praeposuit. Ipse contra Pom- 
peium constitit. Acie Pompei visa, timens ne a multitudine 
equitum dextrum cornu circumveniretur, celeriter ex cohorti- 
bus tertiae aciei quartam instituit equitatuique opposuit et quid 
fieri vellet nimtiavit monuitque eius diei victoriam in earum 
cohortium virtute constare. Tertiae aciei totique exercitui 
imperavit ne concurreret nisi ipse imperaret ; se, cum id fieri 
vellet, signum daturum esse. 

His constitutis signum dedit. Inter duas acies tantum erat 
relictum spati ut satis esset ad cursum utriusque exercitus. 
Sed Pompeius suis praedixerat ut Caesaris impetum exciperent 
neve se loco moverent, ut duplicate cursu Caesaris milites 
essent defessi. Sed nostri milites date") signo cum procucur- 
rissent atque vidissent non concurri a militibus Pompei, usu 
periti sua sponte ad medium paene spatium constiterunt, par- 
voque intermisso temporis spatio rursus cucurrerunt et statim 
tela miserunt. Neque vero milites Pompei huicrei defuerunt. 
Et tela missa exceperunt et impetum legionum tulerunt et 
tells missis ad gladios redierunt. 

Eodem tempore equites ab sinistro Pcmpei cornu procucur- 
rerunt. Quorum impetum noster equitatus non tulit, equi- 
tesque Pompei, hoc acriores, aciem nostram a latere aperto 
circumibant. Quod cum Caesar cognovisset quartae aciei 
quam instituerat sex cohortium dedit signum. Illi celeriter 
procucurrerunt et in Pompei equites tarn acriter impetum 
fecerunt ut eorum nemo constaret, atque non solum loco pel- 
lerentur sed fuga montes altissimos peterent. Quibus pulsis 
omnes sagittarii funditoresque sine praesidio interfecti sunt. 
Eodem impetu cohortes sinistrum cornu pugnantibus etiam 
turn in acie Pompei circumierunt. 

Eodem tempore tertiae aciei, quae se ad id tempus loco 
tenuerat, Caesar imperavit ut procurreret, Ita ex duabus 






READING LESSONS. 227 

partibus eodem tempore acies Pompei oppugnabatur. Mili- 
tes eius ea causa impetum sustinere non potuerunt, sed omnes 
fugerunt atque ad castra contenderunt. 

Caesar, nullum spatium perterritis dandum esse existimans, 
suis militibus imperavit ut castra oppugnarent. Castra a 
cohortibus quae praesidio erant relictae acriter defendebantur ; 
mul to etiam acrius a Thracibus barbarisque auxiliis. Neque 
vero diutius qui in vallo constiterant multitudinem telorum 
sustinere potuerunt, sed multis vulneratis locum reliquerunt 
et omnes ducibus usi centurionibus tribunisque militum in 
altissimos montes qui ad castra pertinebant fugerunt. Prox- 
imo, die in deditionem Caesari se dederunt. 

In hoc proelio non amplius ducentos milites, sed centurio- 
nes circiter triginta, Caesar amisit. Ex Pompei exercitu cir- 
citer milia quindecim interfecta esse videbantur, sed in dedi- 
tionem venerunt milia viginti quattuor ; multi praeterea fuge- 
runt ; signaque ex proelio ad Caesarem sunt relata centum et 
octoginta et aquilae novem. 

FINIS. 



TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

NOUNS. 



468. 



First Declension. — A Stems. 







SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 










FEMININE. 










N. 


silva 


N. 


silvae 








G. 


silvae 


G. 


sil varum 






D. 


silvae 


D. 


silvis 








Ac 


. siham 


Ac 


. silvas 








Ab 


. silva 


Ab 


. silvis 








V. 


(silva) 


V. 


(silvae) 




469. 


Second Declension. — Stems. 










SINGULAR. 








M. 




N. 


M. 


M. 


N. 


N. 


murus 




oppidum 


vir 


ager 


consilium 


G. 


murl 




oppidi 


viri 


agrl 


consill 


D. 


murO 




oppido 


virO 


agrO 


consilio 


Ac. 


murum 


oppidum 


virum 


agrum 


consilium 


Ab 


murO 




oppido 


virO 


agrO 


consilio 


V. 


(mure) 




(oppidum) 


(vir) 


(ager) 


(consilium) 



PLURAL. 

X. murl oppida viri agrl consilia 

G. murdrum oppidorum virorum agrorum consiliorum 

D. muris oppidis viris agris consiliis 

Ac. muros oppida viros agros consilia 

Ab. muris oppidis viris agris consiliis 

V. (murl) (oppida) (viri) (agrl) (consilia) 

228 



NOUNS, 



229 



470. 



Third Declension. 
Mute Stems. 







SINGULAR. 






M. 


M. 


N. 


N. 


princeps 


rex 


caput 


G. 


principis 


regis 


capitis 


D. 


principl 


regl 


capiti 


Ac. 


principem 


regem 


caput 


Ab. 


principe 


rege 


capite 


V. 


(princeps) 


(rex) 

PLURAL. 


(caput) 


N. 


principes 


reges 


capita 


G. 


prin cipum 


regum 


capitum 


D. 


principibus 


regibus 


capitibus 


Ac. 


principes 


reges 


capita 


Ab. 


principibus 


regibus 


capitibus 


V. 


(principes) 


(reges) 

Liquid Stems. 
SINGULAR. 


(capita) 




M. 


M. & F. 


N. 


N. 


consul 


homo 


litus 


G. 


consulis 


hominis 


litoris 


D. 


consul! 


hominl 


litorl 


Ac. 


consulem 


hominem 


litus 


Ab. 


consule 


homine 


litore 


V. 


(consul) 


(homo) 

PLURAL. 


(litus) 


N. 


consules 


homines 


litora 


G. 


consulum 


hominum 


litorum 


D. 


consulibus 


hominibus 


litoribus 


Ac. 


consules 


homines 


litora 


Ab. 


consulibus 


hominibus 


litoribus 


V. 


(consules) 


(homines) 


(litora) 



230 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 







Stems 


in i. 








SINGULAR. 






M. & F. 


F. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


hostis 


nubes 


urbs 


animal 


G. 


hostis 


nubis 


urbis 


animalis 


D. 


host! 


nubl 


urbl 


animall 


Ac. 


hostem 


nubem 


urbem 


animal 


Ab. 


hoste 


nube 


urbe 


. animall 


V. 


(hostis) 


(nubes) 


(urbs) 


(animal) 






PLURAL. 




N. 


hostes 


nubes 


urbes 


animalia 


G. 


hostium 


nubium 


urbium 


animalium 


D. 


hostibus 


nubibus 


urbibus 


animalibus 


Ac. 


hostis, -es 


nubis, -es 


urbis, -es 


animalia 


Ab. 


hostibus 


nubibus 


urbibus 


animalibus 


V. 


(hostes) 


(nubes) 


(urbes) 


(animalia) 


471. Fourth Declension. — U Stems. 






SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




M. 


N. 


M. 


N. 


N. 


cursUS 


cornu 


N. cursus 


cornua 


G. 


cursus 


cornus 


G. cursuum 


cornuum 


D. 


cursUl, -U 


cornu 


D. cursibus 


cornibus 


Ac. 


cursum 


cornu 


Ac. cursus 


cornua 


Ab. 


cursii 


cornu 


Ab. cursibus 


cornibus 


V. 


(cursus) 


(cornu) 


V. (cursus) 


(cornua) 


472. 


Domus, F. 






SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 




N. domus 


N. domus 






G. domus, domi 


G. domuum, 


domorum 




D. domui 


, domo 


D. domibus 






Ac. domum 


Ac. domus, domos 




Ab. domu, 


domo 


Ab. domibus 






V. (domus) 


V. (domus) 








ADJECTIVES. 



231 



473. 



Fifth Declension. — E Stems. 



SINGULAR. PLURAL. 

MASC. & FEM. 



N. dies 

G. die! 

D. die! 

Ac. diem 

Ab. die 

V. (dies) 



N. dies 

G. dierum 

D. diebus 

Ac. dies 

Ab. diebus 

V. (dies) 



ADJECTIVES. 



474. 



First and Second Declensions. 







SINGULAR. 






MASCULINE. 


FEMININE. 


NEUTER. 


N. 


bonus 


bona 


bonum 


G. 


bonl 


bonae 


bonl 


D. 


bono 


bonae 


bono 


Ac. 


bonum 


bonam 


bonum 


Ab. 


bono 


bona 


bono 


V. 


(bonus) 


(bona) 


(bonum) 




- 


PLURAL. 


• 


N. 


bonl 


bonae 


bona 


G. 


bonorum 


bonarum 


bonorum 


D. 


bonis 


bonis 


bonis 


Ac. 


bonds 


bonas 


bona 


Ab. 


bonis 


bonis 


bonis 


V. 


(bonl) 


(bonae) 


(bona) 



232 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 









SINGULAR. 










MASCULINE 




FEMININE. 




NEUTER. 






N. liber 




libera 




liberum 






G. liberl 




liberae 




liberl 






D. libero 




liberae 




libero 






Ac. liberum 


liberam 




liberum 






Ab. libero 




libera 




liberO 






V. (liber) 




(libera) 




(liberum) 








PLURAL. 










N. liberl 




liberae 




libera 






G. liberorum 


liberarum 


liberorum 




D. liberls 




liberls 




liberls 






Ac. liberos 




liberas 




libera 






Ab. liberls 




liberls 




liberls 






V. (liberl) 




(liberae) 




(libera) 




475. 


1. Third Declension. 








SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 






MASC. FEM. 


NEUT. 


MASC 


FEM. 


NEUT. 


N. 


acer acris 


acre 


N. acres 


acres 


acria 


G. 


acris acris 


acris 


G~ acrium 


acrium 


acrium 


D. 


acrl acrl 


acrl 


D. acribus 


acribus 


acribus 


Ac. 


acrem acrem acre 


Ac. acris, -es 


acris, -es 


acria 


Ab. 


acrl acrl 


acrl 


Ab. acribus 


acribus 


acribus 


V. 


(acer) (acris) (acre 


) V. (acres) 


(acres) 


(acria) 




SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 






M. & F. 


N. 




M. & 


F. 


N. 


N. 


facilis 


facile 


N. 


faciles facilia 


G. 


facilis 


facilis 


G. 


facilium facilium 


D. 


facili 


facili 


D. 


facilibus facilibus 


Ac. 


facilem 


facile 


Ac. 


facilis, -es facilia 


Ab. 


facili 


facili 


Ab. 


facilibus facilibus 


V. 


(facilis) 


(facile) 


V. 


(faci 


les) (f; 


icilia) 



ADJECTIVFS. 



2 33 



SINGULAR. 



M. & F. 

N. audax 
G. audacis 
D. audacl 



N. 

audax 
audacis 
audacl 
audax 



Ac. audacem 

Ab. audacl, -e audacl, -e 

V. (audax) (audax) 



PLURAL. 

M. & F. N. 

N. audaces audacia 

G. audacium audacium 

D. audacibus audacibus 

Ac. audacis, -es audacia 

Ab. audacibus audacibus 

V. (audaces) (audacia) 



2. Declension of Comparatives. 





SINGULAR. 




PLURAL 


'• 




M. & F. 


N. 




M. & F. 


N. 


N. 


altior 


altius 


N. 


altiores 


altiora 


G. 


altioris 


altioris 


G. 


altiorum 


altiorum 


D. 


altiorl 


altiorl 


D. 


altioribus 


altioribus 


Ac. 


altiorem 


altius 


Ac. 


altiores, -Is 


altiora 


Ab. 


altiore, -i 


altiore, -i 


Ab. 


altioribus 


altioribus 


V. 


(altior) 


(altior) 


V. 


(altiores) 


(altiora) 



3. Declension of Present Participle, 
singular. plural. 





M. & F. 


N. 




M. & F. 


N. 


N. 


amans 


amans 


N. 


amantes 


amantia 


G. 


amantis 


amantis 


G. 


amantium 


amantium 


D. 


amantl 


amantl 


D. 


amantibus 


amantibus 


Ac. 


amantem 


amantem 


Ac. 


amantes 


amantia 


Ab. 


amante, -i 


amante, -1 


Ab. 


amantibus 


amantibus 


V. 


(amans) 


(amans) 


V. 


(amantes) 


(amantia) 



■ 34 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



PRONOUNS. 



476. 



Demonstrative. 







SINGULAR. 






PLURAL. 






M. 


F. 


.N., 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


hie 


haec 


hoc 




N. hi 


hae 


haec 


G. 


huius 


huius 


huius 




G. horum harum 


horum 


D. 


huic 


huic 


huic 




D. his 


his 


his 


Ac. 


hunc 


hanc 


hoc 




Ac. hos 


has 


haec 


Ab. 


hoc 


hac 


hoc 




Ab. his 


his 


his 






SINGULAR. 




PLURAL. 






M. 


F. 


N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


ille 


ilia 


illud 


N. 


illl 


illae 


ilia 


G. 


illius 


illius 


illius 


G. 


illorum 


illarum 


illorum 


D. 


ill! 


nil 


ill! 


D. 


mis 


illis 


illis 


Ac. 


ilium 


illam 


illud 


Ac 


illos 


alias 


ilia 


Ab. 


illo 


ilia 


illo 


Ab 


illis 


illis 


illis 




M. 


F. 


N. 




M. 


F. 


N. 


N. 


is 


ea 


id 


N. 


ei, ii 


eae 


ea 


G. 


eius 


eius 


eius 


G. 


eorum 


earum 


eorum 


D. 


ei 


ei 


ei 


D. 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 


Ac. 


eum 


earn 


id 


Ac 


eos 


eas 


ea 


Ab. 


eq 


ea 


eo 


Ab 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 


eis, iis 



M. F. N. 

N. iste ista istud 

G. istius istius istius 

D. isti isti isti 

Ac. istum istam istud 

Ab. isto ista isto 



M. F. N. 

N. isti istae ista 

G. istorum istarum istorum 

D. istis istis istis 

Ac. istos istas ista 

Ab. istis istis istis 



PRONOUNS. 



2 35 



M. 



F. 



N. 



M. 



N. 



N. idem eadem idem \ .., eaedem e'adem 

/ udem 

G. eiusdem eiusdem eiusdem eorundem earundem eornndem 

, -j ( eisdem eisdem eisdem 

dem eidem < .. , 



D. eidem eic^ 

I nsdem 

Ac. eundem eandem idem eosdem 

a - j - j - 3 ( eisdem 

Ab. eodem eadem eodem •< .. , 

( nsdem 

M. F. N. M. 

N. ipse ipsa ipsum N. ipsi 



iisdem 
easdem 
eisdem 
iisdem 

F. 

ipsae 



iisdem 
eadem 
eisdem 
iisdem 

N. 

ipsa 



G. ipsius ipsius ipsius G. ipsorum ipsarum ipsorum 



D. ipsi ipsi ipsi D. ipsis 

Ac. ipsum ipsam ipsum Ac. ipsos 

Ab. ipso ipsa ipso Ab. ipsis 

477. Relative, 
singular. 

M. F. N. 

N. qui quae quod 

G. cuius cuius cuius 

D. cui cui cui 

Ac. quern quam quod 

Ab. quo qua quo 

SINGULAR. 

M. F. N. 

N. quis quae quid 

G. cuius cuius cuius 

D. cui cui cui 

Ac. quern quam quid 

Ab. quo qua quo 

478. i 



M. 

N. qui 

G 

D 

Ac. quos 

Ab. quibus 

i. Personal. 

SINGULAR. 

N. ego 
G. mei 
D. mihi 
Ac. me 
Ab. me 



ipsis ipsis 

ipsas ipsa 

ipsis ipsis 

PLURAL. 

F. N. 

quae quae 

quarum quorum 

quibus quibus 

quas quae 

quibus quibus 

PLURAL. 

F. N. 

quae quae 

quorum quarum quorum 

quibus quibus quibus 

quas quae 

quibus quibus 



M. 

N. qui 
G. quorum 
D. quibus 
Ac. quos 
Ab. quibus 



tu 

tui 

tibi 

te 

te 



236 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 





PLURAL. 


(SINGULAR AND 








PLURAL ALIKE.) 




N. nos 


vos 






G. nostrum, 


-tri vestrum, -tri 


sui 




D. nobis 


vobis 


sibi 




Ac. nos 


vos 


se, sese 




Ab. nobis 


vobis 

2. Indefinite, 
singular. 


se, sese 


N. 


aliquis 


aliqua 


aliquid, aliquod 


G. 


alicuius 


alicuius 


alicuius 


D. 


alicui 


alicui 


alicui 


Ac. 


aliquem 


aliquam 


aliquid, aliquod 


Ab. 


aliquo 


aliqua 

PLURAL. 


aliquo 


N. 


aliqui 


aliquae 


aliqua 


G. 


aliquorura 


aliquarum 


aliquorum 


D. 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 


Ac. 


aliquos 


aliquas 


aliqua 


Ab. 


aliquibus 


aliquibus 

SINGULAR. 


aliquibus 


N. 


quidam 


quaedam 


quiddam, quoddam 


G. 


cuiusdam 


cuiusdam 


cuiusdam 


D. 


cuidam 


cuidam 


cuidam 


Ac. 


quendam 


quandam 


quiddam, quoddam 


Ab. 


quodam 


quadam 

PLURAL. 


quodam 


N. 


quidam 


quaedam 


quaedam 


G. 


quorundam 


quarundam 


quorundam 


D. 


quibusdam 


quibusdam. 


quibusdam 


Ac. 


quosdam 


quasdam 


quaedam 


Ab. 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 


quibusdam 







NUMERALS. 


23/ 


479 


NUMERALS. 






MASC. FEM. NEUT. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


N. 


unus una unum 




N. milia 


G. 


unius unius unius 


mille, 


G. milium 


D. 


unl unl unl 


indeclinable. D. milibus 


Ac. 


unum unam unum 




Ac. milia 


Ab. 


uno una uno 




Ab. milibus 




MASC. FEM. 


NEUT. 


M. AND F. NEUT. 


N. 


duo duae 


duo 


tres tria 


G. 


duorum duarum 


duorum 


trium trium 


D. 


dudbus duabus 


duobus 


tribus tribus 


Ac. 


duos, duo duas 


duo 


tres tria 


Ab. 


duobus duabus 


duobuS 


tribus tribus 






Cardinals. 




Ordinals. 




i. 


unus, -a, -um 


I St. 


primus, -a, -um 




2. 


duo, duae, duo 


2d. 


secundus {or alter) 




3- 


tres, tria 


3d- 


tertius, -a, -um 




4- 


quattuor 


4th. 


quartus, etc. 




5- 


quinque 


5 th. 


quintus 




6. 


sex 


6th. 


sextus 




7- 


septem 


7th. 


Septimus 




8. 


octo 


8th. 


octavus 




9- 


novem 


9th. 


nonus 




IO. 


decern 


10th. 


decimus 




ii. 


undecim 


nth. 


undecimus 




12. 


duodecim 


12th. 


duodecimus 




J3. 


tredecim 


13th. 


tertius decimus 




14. 


quattuordecim 


14th. 


quartus decimus 




J 5- 


quindecim 


15th. 


quintus decimus 




16. 


sedecim, or sexdecim * 16th. 


sextus decimus 




i7- 


septendecim 


17th. 


septimus decimus 




18. 


duodeviginti 


18th. 


duodevicesimus 




19. 


undeviginti 


19 th. 


undevicesimus 



238 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



20. 
21. 
22. 

28. 
29. 

3°- 
40. 

60. 

70. 

80. 

90. 
100. 
101. 

102. 

200. 
300. 
400. 
500. 
600. 
700. 



viginti 

viginti unus, or 
unus et viginti 
viginti duo or 

duo et viginti 
duodetriginta 
undetriginta 
triginta 
quadraginta 
quinquaginta 
sexaginta 
septuaginta 
octoginta 
nonaginta 
centum 
centum unus or 

centum et unus 
centum duo or 

centum et duo 
ducenti, -ae, -a 
trecenti, -ae, -a 
quadringenti, -ae, a 
quingenti, -ae, -a 
sescenti, -ae, -a 
septingenti, -ae, -a 



20th. vicesimus 

rvicesimus primus, or 
' lunus et vicesimus 
2 2 d. vicesimus secundus, or 

alter et vicesimus 
28th. duodetricesimus 
29th. undetricesimus 
30th. tricesimus 
40th. quadragesimus 
50th. quinquagesimus 
60th. sexagesimus 
70th. septuagesimus 
80th. octogesimus 
90th. nonagesimus 
1 ooth. centesimus 
200th. ducentesimus 
1000th. millesimus 



800, octingenti, -ae, -a 
900. nongenti, -ae, -a 
1,000. mille 
2,000. duo milia 
10,000. decern milia 
100,000. centum milia 



REGULAR VERBS. 



2 39 



480. 



REGULAR VERBS. 

First Conjugation. 



Principal Parts : Amo, amare, amavi, amatus. 

Stem : ama-. 





INDICATIVE. 




Active Voice. 


Passive Voice. 


PRESENT TENSE. 




PRESENT TENSE. 


I love, am loving, do love. 




I am loved. 


SINGULAR. 




SINGULAR. 


amo, / love. 


amor, 


I am loved. 


amas, Thou lovest. 


amaris, 


Thou art loved. 


amat, He loves. 


amatur, 


He is loved. 



PLURAL. 

amamus, We love. 
amatis, You love. 
amant, They love. 



PLURAL. 

amamur, We are loved. 

amamini, You are loved. 

amantur, They are loved. 



IMPERFECT TENSE. 

/ loved, was loving, etc. / was loved, etc. 

amabam amabamus amabar amabamur 

amabas amabatis amabaris or -re amabamini 

amabat amabant amabatur amabantur 

FUTURE TENSE. 

I shall love, etc. I shall be loved, etc. 

amabo amabimus amabor amabimur 

amabis amabitis amaberis or -re amabimini 

amabit amabunt amabitur amabuntur 

PERFECT TENSE. 

/ have loved, I loved, etc. / have been {was) loved, etc. 

sum ( sumus 

estis 



amavi amavimus 
amavisti amavistis 
amavit amaverunt or -re 



amatus, 
a, -um 



es 
est 



amatl. 



-ae, -a 



sunt 



240 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 

I had loved, etc. I had been loved, etc. 

amaveram amaveramus c eram amatl, ( eramus 

amatus, _ ' \ 

amaveras amaveratis . 1 eras -ae, -a ■< eratis 

-a, -um » 



amaverat amaverant 



erat 



erant 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 

I shall have loved, etc. -I shall have been loved, etc. 

amavero amaverimus / ero -. t erimus 

. . amatus, \ . amatl, \ . . 

amaveris amaventis J ens J eritis 

= . . -a, -um ) -ae, -a ) 

amavent amavennt f ent ( erunt 



amem 

ames 
amet 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

amemus amer 

ametis ameris or -re 

ament ametur 



amemur 

amemini 

amentur 



amarem 
a mares 
amaret 



am ar emus 

amaretis 

amarent 



IMPERFECT. 

amarer 

amareris or -re 
amaretur 



amaremur 

amaremini 

amarentur 



amaverim amaverimus 
amaveris amaveritis 
amaverit amaverint 



PERFECT. 



amatus. 



-a, -um 




PLUPERFECT. 



amavissem amavissemus 

amavisses amavissetis 
amavisset amavissent 



amatus, 
-a, -um 



essem 

esses 

esset 



amatl, 



-ae, -a 



essemus 

essetis 

essent 



REGULAR yERBS. 



241 



Active Voice. 



ama, love thou. 
amate, love ye. 



Passive Voice. 



IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 



amare, be thou loved. 
amamini, be ye loved. 



FUTURE. 



amato, thou shall love. 
amato, he shall love. 
amatote, you shall love. 
amanto, they shall love. 



amator, thou shall be loved. 
amator, he shall be loved. 

amantor, they shall be loved. 



INFINITIVE. 

Pres. amare, to love. amari, to be loved. 

Perf. amavisse, to have loved, amatum (-am, -um)esse, to 

have been loved. 
Fut. amaturum (-am, -um) amatum in, to be about to be 

esse, to be about to loved. 

love. 

PARTICIPLE. 

Pres. amans, -antis, loving. Perf. amatus, -a, -um, having 
Fut. amaturus, -a, -um, been loved, 

about to love. 



GERUND. 

G. am and, of loving. 

D. amando, for loving. 

Ac. amandum, loving. 

Ab. amando, by loving. 

supine. 
Ac. amatum, to love. 
Ab. amatu, to love. 



gerundive. 
amandus, -a, -um. 



242 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

Conjugation by Endings. 

indicative mood. 
Active Voice. Passive Voice. 

PRESENT TENSE. 

am-5 am-a-mus am-o-r am-a-mur 

<<-a-s " "-tis "-a-ris " "-mini 

" a-t " a-nt " "-tur " a-ntur 

IMPERFECT TENSE. 

am-a-ba-m am-a-ba-mus am-a-ba-r am-a-ba-mur 

" " ba-s " " "-tis " " ba-risorre " " "-mini 
" " ba-t " " ba-nt " " "-tur " " ba-ntur 



am-a-b-0 

"I "-bi-s 
n « tt _-j- 



FUTURE TENSE. 

am-a-bi-mus am-a-bo-r am-a-bi-mur 

« << ^_ t j s « "_be-risorre " " "-mini 

" " bu-nt " "bi-tur " "-bu-ntur 



PERFECT TENSE. 



amav-l 
" -istl 
" -it 



amav-imus 
' ' -istis 



-*.«« ( sum . _ rsumus 

amatus, \ amati, \ ^. 

< es < estis 

-a, -um ) CD _ae, -a 
" -erunt 1 (est 



(.sunt 



PLUPERFECT TENSE. 



amav-era-m amav-era-mus 



eram 



" eras 
' ' era-t 



(( 



" -tis 
era-nt 



amatus, ) _ amati, 

i eras 
a, -um I -ae, -a . 

r erat f erant 



eramus 
eratis 



FUTURE PERFECT TENSE. 



amav-er-0 
" -eri-s 
<< << -t 



amav-en-mus 



" -tis 
" -nt 



amatus, 



-a, -um 
1 Or amav-ere. 



ero 
eris 



amati, 



erimus 
eritis 



ae, -a . 
ent l erunt 



REGULAR VERBS. 



243 



481. Second Conjugation. — E Verbs. 

moneo advise. 
Principal Parts : moneo, monere, monui, monitus. 

INDICATIVE. 



Active. 




Passive. 


. 




PRESENT. 








I advise, etc. 


I am 


advised, 


etc. 


moneo 


monemus 


moneor 




monemur 


mones 


monetis 


moneris 




monemini 


mo net 


monent 


monetur 

IMPERFECT. 




monentur 



I was advising, etc. 

monebam monebamus 
monebas monebatis 
monebat monebant 

I shall advise , etc. 
monebo monebimus 
monebis monebitis 
monebit monebunt 



/ was advised, etc. 

monebar monebamur 

monebaris or -re monebamini 
monebatur monebantur 

FUTURE. 

/ shall be advised, etc. 
monebor monebimur 

moneberis or -re monebimini 
monebitur monebuntur 



PERFECT. 

/ have advised, I advised, etc. / have been (was) advised, etc. 

monui monuimus .. c sum ._ r sumus 

. . monitus, \ moniti, \ 

monuistl monuistis ^ es X estis 

monuit monuerunt lest I sunt 

or ere 



I had advised, etc. 



PLUPERFECT. 

/ had been advised, etc. 



monueram monueramus r eram . _ c eramus 

-.. monitus. \ - moniti, \ 
monueras monueratis ' X eras X eratis 

monuerat monuerant ~ a ' " um (. erat ' (. erant 



244 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall have advised, etc. I shall have been advised, etc. 

monuero monuerimus .. rero r erimus 

monitus, \ . monitl, \ .^. 

monuens monueritis 1 ens > 1 entis 

-a, -um ] _ae, -a 1 

monuent monuerint (.ent ' (.erunt 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

moneamus monear 
moneatis monearis or -re 
moneant moneatur 



moneam 

moneas 
moneat 

monerem 

moneres 

moneret 



moneremus 
moneretis 
m oner ent 



IMPEFECT. 

monerer 
monereris or -re 
moneretur 



PERFECT. 



monuenm monuerimus 



moneamur 
moneamini 
moneantur 

moneremur 

moneremini 

monerentur 



simus 



monitus, \ monitl, \ 

monuens monueritis _ _ -I sis __ . ■{ sitis 



monuerit monuerint 



-a, -um 



I 



sit 



-ae, -a 



(sint 



PLUPERFECT. 



monuissem monuissemus mom- r essem . _ c essemus 

. _ . _.. \ _ monitl, \ 

monuisses monuissetis tus, J esses 7 J essetis 

monuisset monuissent -a, -um (_ esset (_ essent 



mone, advise thou. 
monete, advise ye. 



IMPERATIVE. 



PRESENT. 



monere, be thou advised. 
monemini, be ye advised. 



FUTURE. 

moneto, thou shall advise. monetor, thou shall be adv r d. 

moneto, he shall advise. monetor, he shall be advised. 

monetote, you shall advise. 

monento, they shall advise. monentor, they shall be adv'd. 



REGULAR KERBS. 245 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres. monere, to advise. moneri, to be advised. 

Perf. monuisse, to haveadvd. monitum (-am ; -um) esse, 

Fut. moniturum (am, -um) to have been advised. 

esse, to be about to monitum in, to be about to be 

advise. advised. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. monens, -entis, advising. 

Fut. moniturus, -a, -um, Ger. monendus, -a, -um. 
aboui to advise. 

Perf. monitus, -a, -um, ad- 
vised, having been advised. 

GERUND. SUPINE. 

G. monendi, of advising. 
D. monende, for advising. 

Ac. monendum, advising. Ac. monitum, to advise. 

Ab monende, by advising. Ab. monitu, to advise, to be 

advised. 

482. Third Conjugation. — E- verbs. 

rego, rule. 
Principal Parts : rego, regere, rexi, rectus. 

indicative. 
Active. Passive. 

PRESENT. 

I rule, etc. I am ruled, etc. 

rego regimus regor regimur 

regis regitis regeris or -re regimini 

regit regunt regitur reguntur 

IMPERFECT. 

I was ruling, etc. I was ruled, etc. 

regebam, etc. regebar, etc. 

(See the same tense of moneo.) 



246 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

FUTURE. 

I shall rule, etc. I shall be ruled, etc. 

regam regemus regar regemur 

reges regetis regeris, or -re regemini 

reget regent regetur regentur 

PERFECT. 

/ have ruled, etc. / have been ruled. 

rexi rectus (-a, -um) sum 

rexistl, etc. rectus es, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo. ) 

PLUPERFECT. 

/ had ruled, etc. / had been ruled, etc. 

rexeram, etc. rectus (-a, -um) eram, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

rexero, etc. rectus (-a, -um) ero, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo or moneo.) 

SUBJUNCTIVE, 
PRESENT. 

regar regamur 

regaris or -re regamini 
regatur regantur 

IMPERFECT. 

regerem regerer 

regeres, etc. regereris or -re, etc. 

(The first e of the ending is short ; except for this the 
endings are like those of the same tense in moneo.) 

PERFECT. 

rexerim rectus (-a, -um) sim 

rexeris, etc. rectus sis, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo and moneo). 

PLUPERFECT. 

rexissem, etc. rectus (-a, -um) essem, etc. 

(Compare the same tenses of amo and moneo). 



regam 


regamus 


regas 


regatis 


regat 


regant 



REGULAR l/ERBS. 247 

IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 

rege, rule thou. regere, be thou ruled. 

regite, rule ye. regimini, be ye ruled. 

FUTURE. 

regito, thou shall rule. regitor, thou shall be ruled. 

regito, he shall rule. regitor, he shall be ruled. 
regitote, ye shall rule. 

regunto, they shall rule. reguntor, they shall be ruled. 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres. regere, to rule. regi, to be ruled. 

Perf. rexisse, to have ruled, rectum, (-am, -um) esse, to 

have been ruled. 
Fut. recturum (-am, -um) rectum Iri, to be about to be 

esse, to be about to ruled. 

rule. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. regens, -entis, ruling. Pres. 

Fut. recturus, a, -um, about Ger. regendus, -a, -um. 
to rule. 

Perf. rectus, -a, -um, ruled, 
having been ruled. 

GERUND. SUPINE. 

G. regendl, of ruling. 

D. regendo, for ruling. 

Ac. regendum, ruling. Ac. rectum, to rule. 

Ab. regendo, by ruling. Ab. rectu, to rule, to be ruled. 

Third Conjugation. Verbs in -io. 

483. Verbs of the third conjugation in io retain the i 
of the stem before a, 0, U, and e, and in the gerund and 
present participle. Hence some of the forms of the pres- 
ent stem are similar to the forms of the fourth conjugation. 



248 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 

484. (See 483.) 

Principal parts: Capio, capere, cepi, captum. 

INDICATIVE. 

Active Voice. Passive Voice. 

PRESENT. 

I lake, am taking, do lake, etc. I am taken, etc. 

capio capimus capior capimur 

capis capitis caperis capimini 

capit capiunt capitur capiuntur 

IMPERFECT. 

I took, was taking, did take, etc. I was taken, etc. 

capiebam, etc. capiebar, etc. 

FUTURE. 

I shall take, etc. I shall be taken, etc. 

capiam capiemus capiar capiemur 

capies capietis capieris or -re capiemini 

capiet capient capietur capientur 

PERFECT. 

I have taken, took, etc. I have been (was*) taken, etc. 

cepi cepisti, etc. captus (-a, -um) sum es, etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

/ had taken, etc. / had been taken, etc. 

ceperam, etc. captus (-a, -um) eram, etc. 

FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall have taken, etc. I shall been have taken, etc. 

cepero, etc. captus (-a, -um) ero, etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

capiam capiamus capiar capiamur 

capias capiatis capiaris or -re capiamini 

capiat capiant capiatur capiantur 



REGULAR l/ERBS. 249 

IMPERFECT. 

caperem, caperes, etc. caperer, -ereris or -re, etc. 

PERFECT. 

ceperim, ceperis, etc. captus (-a, -um) sim, sis, etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

tcepissem, cepisses, etc. captus (-a, -um) essem, esses, 

etc. 



IMPERATIVE. 



Pres. cape, take thou, capere, be ihou taken. 

capite, take ye. capimini, be ye taken. 

Fut. capito, thou shatt take, capitor, ihou shalt be taken, 
etc. etc. 



INFINITIVE. 



Pres. capere, to take. capi, to be taken. 

Perf. cepisse, to have taken, cap turn (-am, um) esse, to 

Fut. capturum (-am, -um) have been taken. 

esse, to be about to captum Iri, to be about to be 

take, taken. 

participles. 

Pres. capiens, -ientis, taking. Ger. capiendus. 
Fut. capturus, about to take. Perf. captus, having been 

taken. 

GERUUD. SUPINE. 

G. capiendi, of taking, etc. Ac. captum, to take. 

Ab. captu, to take, to be taken. 



250 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



485. Fourth Conjugation. 

Principal Parts : Audio, audire, audivi, auditus. 



INDICATIVE. 



Active Voice. 

I hear, etc. 
audio audimus 

audis auditis 

audit audiunt 



Passive Voice. 



PRESENT. 



I am heard, etc. 
audior audlmur 

audiris or -re audimini 
auditur audiuntur 



IMPERFECT. 

/ was hearing, etc. / was heard, etc. 

audiebam, etc. audiebar, etc. 

(See the same tenses of capio.) 

FUTURE. 

I will hear, etc. I will be heard, etc. 

audiam, audies, etc. r.udiar, audieris or re, etc. 

(See the same tenses of capio.) 



/ have heard, I heard. 
audivi, audivisti, etc. 



/ had heard, etc. 
audiveram, etc. 



TERFECT. 

/ have been (was} heard. 

auditus (-a, -um) sum, es, 

etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

/ had been heard, etc. 
auditus (-a, -um) eram, 
etc. 



FUTURE PERFECT. 

I shall have heard, etc. I shall have been heard, etc. 

audivero, etc. auditus (-a, -um) ero etc. 



REGULAR VERBS. 251 

SUBJUNCTIVE. 
PRESENT. 

audiam, audias, etc. audiar, audiaris or -re, etc. 

(See the same tenses of capio.) 

IMPERFECT. 

audlrem audiremus audirer audiremur 

audires audiretis audireris or -re audiremini 

audiret audirent audiretur audirentur 

PERFECT. 

audiverim, audiveris, etc. auditus (-a, um) sim, sis, 

etc. 

PLUPERFECT. 

audivissem, etc. auditus (-a, um) essem, 

etc. 

IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 

audi, hear thou. audire, be thou heard. 

audlte, hear ye. audimini, be ye heard. 

FUTURE. 

audlto, thou shalt hear. auditor, thou shalt be heard. 

audlto, he shall hear. auditor, he shall be heard. 



audltote, ye shall hear. 

audiunto, they shall hear. audiuntor, they shall be heard. 

INFINITIVE. 

Pres. audire, to hear. audiri, to be heard. 

Perf. audivisse, to have auditum (-am, -um) esse, 

heard. to have been heard. 

Fut. auditurum (-am, -um) auditum Iri, to be about to 

esse, to be about to hear. be heard. 

PARTICIPLES. 

Pres. audiens, -entis, hear- Perf. auditus, - -a, -um, 

ing. heard, having been heard. 

Fut. auditurus, -a, -um, 
about to hear. 



252 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



GERUND. 

G. audiendl, of hearing. 

D. audiendo, for hearing. 

Ac. audiendum, hearing. 

Ab. audiendo, by hearing. 

SUPINE. 

Ac. audi turn, to hear. 
Ab. auditu, io hear. 



GERUNDIVE. 

audiendus, -a, -um. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 
486. i. Sum (stems es, fu), be. 

Principal Parts: sum, esse, fui, futurus. 

INDICATIVE. 



PRESENT. 



SINGULAR. 

sum, I am. 

es, thou art. 

est, he {she, if) is. 

eram, I was, 
eras, thou wast. 
erat, he was. 

ero, / shall be. 
eris, thou wilt be. 
erit, he will be. 



IMPERFECT. 



FUTURE. 



PLURAL. 

sumus, we are. 
estis, you are. 
sunt, they are. 



eramus, we were. 
eratis, you were. 
erant, they were. 

erimus, we shall be. 
eritis, you will be. 
erunt, they ivill be. 



PERFECT. 



fill, / have been, was, 
fuistl, thou hast been, wast. 
fuit, he has been, was. 



fuimus, we have been, were. 
fuistis, you have been, were. 
fuerunt, or fuere, they have 
been, were. 




IRREGULAR VERBS. 



253 



PLUPERFEC l. 

ueram, I had been. fueramus, we had bee?i. 

iueras, thou hadst been. fueratis, you had been. 

luerat, he had been. fuerant, they had been. 

FUTURE r-ERFECT. 

fuero, I shall have been. fuerimus, we shall have been. 

fueris, thou zvili have been. fueritis, you will have been. 

fuerit, he ivill have been. fuerint, they will have been. 

IMPERATIVE. 
PRESENT. 

es, be thou. este, be ye. 

FUTURE. 

esto, thou shall be. estote, ye shall be. 

esto, he shall be. sunto, they shall be. 

INFINITIVE. 

Present, esse, to be. 

Perfect, fuisse, to have been. 

„ ) futurum, (-am, -um) esse, to be about to be. 

Future. \ K 7 J 

) fore. 

PARTICIPLE. 

Future.' futurus, -a, -um, being- about to be. 





2. possum, 


posse, potui, 


■ — — , be able, 


can. 




INDICATIVE. 


SUBJUNCTIVE. 




SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


SINGULAR. 


PLURAL. 


Pres. 


possum 


possumus 


possim 


possimus 




potes 


potestis 


possis 


possitis 




potest 


possunt 


possit 


possint 


Imp. 


poteram 


poteramus 


possem 


possem us 


Fut. 


potero 


poterimus 






Perf. 


potui 


potuimus 


potuerim 


potuerimus 


Plup. 


potueram 


potueramus 


potuissem 


potuiasemus 


F. P. 


potuero 


potuerimus 







INFINITIVE. 

Pres. posse Perf. potuisse 



254 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



487. 








volo, velle, volui, , be willing 


■, will, wish. 


nolo, nolle, nolui 


'., , be unwilling, will not. 


maid, malle, malui, , be more 


willing, prefer 




INDICATIVE. 






Pres. volo 


nolo 




malo 


vis 


non vis 




mavis 


vult 


non vult 




mavult 


volumus 


nolumus 




malumus 


vultis 


non vultis 




mavultis 


volunt 


nolunt 




malunt 


Imp. volebam 


nolebam 




malebam 


Fut. volam, voles, etc 


nolam, noles, 


etc. 


malam, males 


Perf. volui 


nolui 




malui 


Plup. volueram 


nolueram 




malueram 


F. P. voluero 


noluero 
subjunctive. 




maluero 


Pres. velim 


nolim 




malim 


velis 


nolis 




malis 


velit 


nolit 




malit 


velimus 


nolimus 




malimus 


velitis 


nolitis 




malitis 


velint 


nolint 




malint 


Imp. vellem 


nollem 




mallem 


Perf. voluerim 


noluerim 




maluerim 


Plup. voluissem 


noluissem 

IMPERATIVE. 




maluissem 


Pres. 


noli 
nolite 






Fut. 


nolito, etc. 

INFINITIVE. 






Pres. velle 


nolle 




malle 


Perf. voluisse 


noluisse 

PARTICIPLE. 




maluisse 


Pres. volens 


nolens 







IRREGULAR YERBS. 



2 55 



488. Ed, go. 

Principal Parts: Eo, ire, il '(or Ivi) (iturus), 



INDICATIVE. 

Pres. eo imus 
is itis 
it eunt 
Imperf. ibam 
Fut. ibo 
Perf. ii (ivi) 
Plup. ieram (iveram) 
Fut. Perf. iero 

imperative. 
Pres. i ite 
Fut. ito itote 
ito eunto 

participles. 
Pres. iens. Gen. euntis 
Fut. iturus, -a, -urn 



SUPINE. 

Ac. itum 
Ab. itu 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. 



earn, etc. 



Imperf. irem 

Perf. ierim 
Plup. issem 





INFINITIVE. 






Pres 


. ire 






Perf 


. isse 






Fut. 


iturum (-am, ■ 

GERUND. 


•um) 


esse 


G. 


eundi 






D. 


eundo 






Ac. 


eundum 






Ab. 


eundo 







489* Fero, bear, carry. 

Principal Parts : Fero, ferre, tali, latum. 





Active. 




Passive. 








INDICATIVE. 




Pres. 




fero 


ferimus 


feror ferimur 






fers 


fertis 


ferris or -re ferimini 






fert 


ferunt 


fertur feruntur 


Imperf. 




ferebam 




ferebar 


Fut. 




feram 




ferar 


Perf. 




tuli 




latus (-a, -um) sum 


Plup. 




tuleram 




latus (-a, -um) eram 


Fut. Perf. 


tulero 




latus (-a, -um) ei'O 



1 The contracted form is the commonest. 



256 TABLES OF DECLENSION AND CONJUGATION. 



SUBJUNCTIVE. 



Pres. 
Imperf. 
Perf. 
Plup. 

Pres. 
Fut. 



feram 
ferrem 
tulerim 
tulissem 

fer 
ferto 
fer to 



ferar 

ferrer 

latus (-a, -um) sim 

latus (-a, -um) essem 



IMPERATIVE. 

ferte 

fertote 

ferunto 

INFINITIVE. 



fer re 
fertor 
ferto r 



ferimini 



feruntor 



Pres. 


ferre ferri 


Perf. 


tulisse latum (-am, -um) esse 


Fut. 


laturum (-am, -um) esse latum Iri 




PARTICIPLES. 


Pres. 


ferens Perf. latus 


Fut. 


laturus (-a, -um) 


GERUND. GERUNDIVE. 


G. 


ferendi ferendus 


D. 


ferendo 


Ac. 


ferendum 


Ab. 


ferendo 


SUPINE 




Ac. 


latum 


Ab. 


latu 


490. 


F16, be made, become. 




INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. 


Pres. 


flo fimus Pres. flam 




fis fitis 




fit fiunt 


Imperf. 


fiebam Imperf. fierem 


Fut. 


fiam 


Perf, 


factus sum Perf. factus sim 


Flup„ 


factus eram Pluperf. factus essem 



Fut. Perf. factus ero 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 257 

IMPERATIVE. INFINITIVE. 

Pres. fi fite Pres. fieri 

Perf. factum (-am, -urn) 

esse 
Fut. factum iri 

PARTICIPLES. 

Gerundive, faciendus, -a, -um 
Perfect. factus, -a, -um. 



VOCABULARY. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension ure/eminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the Jlrst declension marked "/." are like those cf 
amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 



a, ab, prep. w. abl., 80, by, 

from. 
ab-duco, lead away. 
ab-e6, go away. 
ab-ripit (ab-ripio), took (or 

tore) off. 
ab-s-tineo (tinere, -tinui, 

-tentus), hold back, abstain. 
ab-sum (ab-esse, a fui), 

302, be away, be distant. 
ac, conj., and. (Before con- 
sonants only.) 
ac-cido (-cidere, -cidi, — ), 

happen. 
ac-cipio (-cipere, -cepi, -cep- 

tus), receive. 
acer, acris, acre, adj., keen, 

eager (i-stem). 
acies, el, f., 302, line of 

battle. 
acriter, adv., keenly, eagerly. 



ad, prep. w. ace., 145, to 

(denoting place to which), 

at. With numerak, about. 
ad-duco, lead to. 
ad-hibeo (-hibere, -hibui, 

-hibitus), furnish, employ 

[ad-habeo] . 
ad-iungo (-iungere, -iunxi, 

-iunctus), unite. 
ad-sum (ad-esse, af-fui), be 

present. 
adulescens, -ntis, m. (and 

f.), young man, youth 

(i-stem). 
ad-ventus, -US, m., arrival 

[ad-venio] . 
aedifico, I., build. 
aeger, -gra, -grum, adj., 

sick, feeble. 
aegre, adv., with difficulty, 

hardly. 

259 



260 



VOCABULARY. 



af f ero (af-ferre, at-tuli, 
al-latum), bring to [ad- 
f ero] . 

af-ficio (-ficere, -feci, rec- 
tus), affect, some one (in 
some manner) [ad-f acio] . 

ager, agri, m., 59, field. 
Plural, the country, as dis- 
tinguished from the town. 

agmen, -inis, n., 158, army 
on the march, a marching 
column. 

agnosco, agnoscere, agnovi, 
agnotus, recognize. (Cp. 
cognosco.) 

ago, agere, egi, actus, con- 
duct, perform, do. 

aliquis, -qua, quid, indef. 
pron., some one, any one. 

alius, -a, -ud (gen., -lus), 
adj., 319, another, other; 
alius . . . alius, one . . . 
another. 

alter, -era, -erum (gen., 
-ius), adj., the other (of 
two) ; alter . . . alter, the 
one . . . the other. 

altus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 
high, deep. 



amat, loves. 

amicitia, -ae, friendship. 

amicus, -1, 47, friend. 

a-mitto, lose. 

amo, amare, amavi, ama- 

tus, 

I., 80, to like or love. 
amplius, adv. , more widely. 
animus, -1, mind, conscious- 
ness. 
annuo (nuere, -nui, -nu- 

tus), to nod. 
annus, -1, m., 145, year. 
ante, prep. w. ace, before. 
ante-signanus, -I, a soldier 

whose position was in front 

of the standard. 
apertus, -a, -um, adj., open, 

exposed. 
ap-pello, I., call to, address. 
apud, prep. w. ace., near to, 

in the presence of. 
aqua, -ae, 289, water. 
aquila, -ae, an eagle. The 

principal standard of a 

legion. 
aquilifer, -eri, m. [aquila, 

fero], a?t eagle-bearer or 

standard-bearer. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the Jirst declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second ^^ declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second dec»ens : on in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duc6, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 






VOCABULARY. 



261 



arma, -drum (in plural 
only), 65, weapons {of all 
kinds, both for attack and 
defence) . 

armaturae. See levis. 

ascensus, -us, m., ascent. 

atque, 91, and. 

audeo, audere, ausi, ausus, 
dare. 

audid, audire, audivl, audl- 
tUS, hear. 

augeo, augere, auxi, auc- 
tus, increase. 

aut, conj., or; aut . . . aut, 
either . . . or. 

auxilium, -I, 116, aid or 
help. Plural usually aux- 
iliaries or light -armed 
troops. 

avus, -1, grandfather. 

a-verto (-vertere, -verti, 
-versus), turn away. 

ballista, -ae, a machine for 

throwing stones, used in 

war. 
balteus, -1, belt. 
barbarus, -a, -um, adj., 86, 

uncivilized. 
bellum, -1, 71, war. 
bene, adv. [bonus], 247, 

well. 
beneficium, -1 [bene-facio] , 

kindness. 
bonus, -a, -um, adj., 91, 240, 

good. 



brevis, -e, adj., brief 
(i-stem). 

campus, -I, a level place, a 

plain. 
capio, capere, cepi, captus, 

289, lake. 
captlVUS, -1, 47, prisoner. 
captus est, was captured. 
caput, -itis, n., head. 
cassis, -idis, f., helmet. 
casus, -us, m., accident, mis- 
fortune. 
castellum, -l, a fortified 

place, fort. 
castra, -drum (in plural 

only), in, camp. 
causa, -ae, cause. 
celeriter, adv., 247, quickly. 
celerius, adv., comp. of 

celeriter. 
centum, num. adj., indeclin- 
able, htmdred. 
centurio, -onis, m., 319, 

cenlurio?i. 
certe, adv., assuredly, iurely. 
certus, -a, -um, adj., 348, 

certain, trustworthy. 
cibus, -If food. 
citerior, -ius, adj., hither, 

nearer. 
circuitUS, -US, m., a circuit. 
circum, adv. and prep. w. 

ace., around, about. 

circum-eo, ) , 

1 .- V surround. 
circum-venio, j 



262 



VOCABULARY. 



Civis, -is, m. (and f.), citi- 
zen (i-stem \ 

ci vitas, -atis, f., 377, a state 
or nation. 

clam, adv., secretly. 

classis, -is, f., 171, fleet (i- 
stem). 

cogito, I., think. 

cognosco, cognoscere, cog- 
novi, cognotus, 348, learn 
about, recognize, examine. 

cogo, cogere, coegi, coactus 
[co-ago] ,317, collect, com- 
pel. 

cohors, -rtis, f., 247, cohort 
(i-stem). 

COllis, -is, m., 158, hill 
(i-stem) ; summus collis, 
1 5 8 , top of 'the h ill. 

colonia, -ae, colo?iy. 

com-, in compounds 
cum. 

coma, -ae, hair. 

com-mitto, 271, bruu 
g ether ; proelium com- 
mittere, to engage in 
battle. 

commodus, -a, -urn, adj., 
conve?iie?it, proper. 



for 



s to- 



com-plures, -a (it- plural 
only), very many 

con-cido (cidere, -cidi, — ), 
fall. 

concilium, -1, 59, council. 

con-clamo, I., exclaim. 

con-curro (-currere, -curri, 
-cursus), run together 
(froi?i opposite directions). 

con-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- 
tus), to complete, exhaust. 

con-firmo, I., encourage, con- 
firm. 

con-loco, I., 96, to place, sta- 
tion. 

con-loquium, -i, a conference 
(cum-loquor). 

conor, conari, conatus, 
405, dep., attempt, try. 

consilium, -1, 59, advice, 
pla7i, skill, prudence. 

con-sisto (sistere, -stiti, 

-Stitum), stand, stop. 
con-spectus, -us, m., a sight, 

view. 
constituit, determined. 
con-stituo (-stituere, -stitui, 

-Stitutus), establish, station, 

determine. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 



VOCABULARY. 



263 



con-sto (-stare, -steti, -sta- 
tus, Cp. do), sland firm, 
stop (intrans.). 

con-tendo (tendere, -tendl, 
-ten turn), 256, strive, has- 
ten; sometimes, to fight. 

continenter, adv. , co?itin- 
uously. 

con-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, 
-tentus), 233, to hotd to- 
gether; passive also, is 
bounded. 

contra, adv. and prep. w. 
ace., opposite to, against. 

con-venio, come together, 
agree. 

C0n-V0C0, I., call together. 

copia, -ae, 41, abundance. 

cornu, -us, n. , horn, wing of 
an army. 

credo, credere, credidi, cre- 
ditus, believe. 

cum, conj., when, since 
(causal), although. 

cum, prep. w. abl., 80, to- 
gether with, with (denoting 
accompaniment). 

cur? adv., wherefore? 

Cursus, -US, m., a running. 

dare se in deditionem, to 

surrender himself [her- 
self), themselves. 

dat, gives. 

de, prep. w. abl., from, about, 
concerning, of. 



decumanus, -a, -um, adj., 
of or belonging to the tenth 
[legion) . 

deditio, -ionis, f., surren- 
der. 

de-fendo (-fendere, -fendi, 
-fensusj, 256, defend. 

de-fero, bear away. 

defessus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 
tired, weary. 

de-f Igo ( -figere, -fixi, -fix- 
us) , fix, fas left. 

de-icio ( -icere, -ieci, -iec- 
tus), throw down. 

de-inde, adv., then, secondly. 

de-mitto, to lower. 

de-pdno, lay aside, set down. 

desperatio, -onis, f., despera- 
tion. 

de-sum, fail, lack, be away. 

dexter, -era, -erum, adj., 
right [hand). 

dicit, says. 

dico, dicere, dixi, dictus, 
264, say. 

dies, -el, m. and f., 289, day; 
ulto die, late in the day. 

dif-fero (dif-ferre, dis-tuli, 
di-latus), to change. 

difficilis, -e, adj., difficult. 

difficultas, -atis, f., difficulty. 

dignitas, -atis, f., dignity. 

diligenter, adv., diligently. 

diligentia, -ae, diligence. 

di-mitto, send away. 

diu, adv. , for a long time. 



.264 



VOCABULARY. 



diutius, adv. Comp. of 

diu. 
dixit, said. 
do, dare, dedi, datus, 104, 

give. 
domus, -1 or -us (see 472), 

f. , 420, house, home. 
donum, -1, gift. 
dubito, I., hesitate. 
ducd, ducere, duxi, ductus, 

264, lead. 
dum, conj., while. 
duplico, I., to double. 
dux, ducis, m. and f. (duco), 

a leader. 

e, ex, prep. w. abl., 191, 

from, out from, out of. 
edo, edere, edi, esus, eat. 
e-duco, lead away. 
ef-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- 

tus), accomplish, execute, 

make. 
ego, mei (dat., mihi; ace, 

abl., me), pers. pron. I. 
elephantus, -1, elephant. 
e-licio (-licere, -licui or 

-lexi, -licitus), entice, lure 
forth. 



ed, ire, IvI (ii), (iturus), j 
488, to go. 

eques, -itis, m., 133, horse- 
man. 

equitatus, -us, m., 264, cav- 
alry. 

equus, -1, 47, horse; ex equo, 
on horseback. 

erat, was. 

est, is. 

et, 41, and; et . . . et, both . . . 
and. 

etiam, adv. and conj., even. 

e-VOCO, I., call forth. 

ex. See e. 

excellens, gen. -ntis, adj., 
excellent. 

ex-cido (-cidere, -cidi, -ci- 
sus), cut down. 

ex-cipio (-cipere, -cepi, -cep- 
tus), receive, draw out, cap- 
ture. 

ex-eo, go away. 

exercitus, -us, m. , 2 1 5 , army. 

ex-fugio, flee away. 

ex-istimo, I., 396, thi?ik, 
suppose. 

ex-ivit (plural, -Iverunt), 
went away. 



The g en itives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "7.' 1 are like those of 
amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to. those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 




VOCABULARY. 



265 






ex-specto, I., await, expect. 
extremus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 
extreme, outermost. 

facilis, -e, adj., 348, easy 
(i-stem). 

facile, adv., 247, easily. 

facio, facere, feci, factus, 
294, do, make. 

f actio, -onis, f., {political) 
party. 

facultas, -atis, f., 396, fac- 
ulty. 

falsus, -a, -um, ad)., false. 

fero, ferre, tuli, latus, to 
bear (489). 

feroculus, -a, -um, adj., 
ferocious ; [ferox, {fierce) 
-ulus, a diminutive here 
expressing contempt.] 

fertilis, -e, ad]., fertile. 

fides, -el, f. , trust, trustworth- 
iness. 

fldus, a, -um, adj. , faithful. 

filia, -ae, daughter. 

filius, -1 (Vocative sing. 
fill), 96, son. 

finis, -is, m., 405, limit, end ; 
plural, boundaries, hence, 
country, land (i-stem). 

fio, fieri, factus, passive of 
facio (490) become, be 
made. 

firmus, -a, -um, ad)., firm. 

flo, I., blow. 

flumen, -inis, n., 145, river. 



forsitan, adv., perhaps. 
fortis, -e, adj., brave (i-stem). 
fortiter, adv., bravely. 
fortuna, -ae, 140, fortune, 

chance. 
fortunatus, -a, -um, adj., 

fortunate. 
frater, fratris, m., brother. 
frumentaria, adj., f. See res. 
frumentum, -1, n., 65. grain, 

provisions. 
frustra, adv., vain 
f uga, -ae, flight. 
f uge, flee ! 
fugio, fugere, fugi, fugitus, 

363, flee. 
funditor, -oris, m., sling er. 

A light-armed soldier who 

threw stones with a sling. 

gero, gerere, gessi, gestus, 

215, to do, wage. 

gladius, -i, 71, sword. 

gloria, -ae, glory. 

gratia, -ae, favor ; gratias 
agere, to thank. 

gratus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 
pleasing, acceptable (refers 
to things and animals). 

gravis, -e, adj., heavy, bur- 
dened, severe (i-stem). 

graviter, adv., heavily, se- 
verely. 

habet, has. 

habeo, habere, habul, habi- 
tus, 184, have. 



266 



VOCABULARY. 



habuit (plural habuerunt), 
have had, had. 

hie, haec, hoc, demons, 
pron., this ; also, as pers. 
pron., he, she, it (476). 

hiems, -emis, f., winter. 

hiberna, -orum, n. (in 
plural only), 65, winter- 
quarters. (The full form, 
castra hiberna, is seldom 
used.) 

hodie, for hoc die, to-day. 

homo, -inis, m. (andf.), 145, 
man. 

hora, -ae, hour. 

hostis, -is, m. (andf.), 165, 
enemy (i-stem). 

ibl, adv., 65, in that place. 
Idem, eadem, idem, demon. 

pron., same. 
idoneus, -a, -um, adj., 96, 

suitable. (Referring to 

places or people.) 
ignis, -is, Yd., fire (i-stem). 
ille, ilia, illud, demon. 

pron., that ; also as pres. 

pron., he, she, it (476). 
impedimentum, -1, 116. 



imperator, -oris, m., a title 
of honor given to a general 
by acclamation of the sol- 
diers after his first victory. 
General- in-chief. 

imperium, -1, dominion, rule, 
supreme command. 

impero, I., command. (Fol- 
lowed by ut. ) 

impetus, -us, m., 294, attack. 

im-pono, place upon, impose. 

in, prep, with ace. andabl., 
47; with ace, into, against; 
with abl., in, on. 

in-, equivalent sometimes to 
English prefix un-. 

in-cendit, burned. 

in-cendo (cendere, -cendi, 
-census), to burn, be angry. 

in-columis, -e, unharmed. 

in-crebuit, increased. 

in-credibilis, -e, adj. (credo), 
incredible (i-stem). 

inferior, -ius, adj., 240, 
lower. 

In-fero (in-ferre, in-tuli, il- 
latus), carry or bring to 
or into ; bellum inferre, to 
wage war. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of 

amb. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, al)-ed), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 



VOCABULARY. 



267 



infimus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 
lowest. 

Infra, adv. and pre]), w. ace, 
below. 

in-iquus, -a, -um, adj., un- 
equal. 
in-opia, -ae, 140, lack. 
in-struo (struere, -struxl, 

-structus), 302, construct. 

Of troops, to draw up. 
inter, adv. and prep. w. ace, 

among, between. 
inter-eo, perish. 
interfectus est, was killed. 
inter-ficio (-ficere, -feci, 

-fectus), 319, kill. 
interim, adv., meanwhile. 
inter -Ivit (plural -iverunt), 

perished. 
inter-mitto, omit, discontinue . 
inter-pono, place between, 

interpose. 
inter-sum, be between. 
intra, adv. and prep. w. ace, 

within, inside. 
ipse, -a, -um, demon, adj. 

and pron., self. 
is, ea, id, demon, pron., this. 

Also as pers. pron., he, she, 

it (476). 
iste, ista, istud, demon. 

pron., that {of yours). 
ita, adv., 104, thus. 
ita-que, conj., and so, and 

thus. 
item, adv. , in the same manner. 



iter, itineris, n., 184, a 

march, journey, road. 
iterum, adv., again. 

iacio, iacere, ieel, iactus, 

throw. 
iudico, 1., judge, examine. 
iuro, I., lake an oath. 

labor, -oris, m., labor. 
laboio, I., 86, to work. 
laetus, -a, -um, adj., joyful. 
lapis, -idis, n., stone. 
latus, -a, -um, adj., wide. 
laudat, praises. 
laudo, I., to praise. 
legatus, -i, 47, legate, lieuten- 
ant, envoy. 
legio, -onis, f., 158, legion. 
legionarius, -a, -um, adj., 

289, belonging to a legion, 

legionary. 
levis, -e, adj., light (in 

weight), (i-stem). 
levis armaturae, light-armed 

soldiers. 
liber, -era, -erum, adj., 59, 

free. 
llberi, -orum, m. (in plu. 

only), 59, children. 
Hbertas, -atis, f., liberty. 
littera, -ae, letter. 
litus, -oris, n., 171, coast. 
locus, -1 (plural loci and 

loca), 96, place, position, 

spot. 



268 



VOCABULARY. 



longus, -a, -urn, adj., 54, 

long. 
longe, adv., 247, far, widely. 
loquor, loqui, locutus, 405, 

speak, say. 
luna, -ae, moon. 

magis, adv., more. 
magister, -ri, m., master, 

captain. 
magnus, -a, -um, adj., 54, 

240, large, great. 
maior, -ius, adj., 240, larger, 

greater. 
malus, -a, -um, adj., bad. 
manipularis, -e, adj., of the 

same (i-stem) military com- 
pany, comrade. 
maximus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 

largest, greatest. 
me. See ego. 
mecum. For cum me. 
mei. See ego. 
melior, -ius, adj., 240, better. 
memoria, -ae, memory. 
mensa, -ae, table. 
mentio, -onis, f., mention. 
meus, -a, -um, poss. adj. 

and pron., my, mine. 



mihi. See ego. 

miles, -itis, m., 133, soldier. 

mllle (plural milia, -ium), 
num. adj., indeclinable in 
sing., thousand. 

minimus, -a, -um, adj., 
superlative of parvus, 
smallest, least. 

minor, -us, adj. Compara- 
tive of parvus, smaller, 
less. 

mitto, mittere, misi, mis- 
sus, 215, send. 

moneo, monere, monui, mo- 
nitus, advise. 

mons, montis, m., 233, 
mountain (i-stem). 

morior, mori, mortuus, 
dep., die. 

moved, movere, movi, mo- 
tus, move. 

mulier, -eris, f., woman; 
mulieres, nom. and ace. 
plural, women. 

multitudo, -inis, f., multi- 
tude. 

multus, -a, -um, adj., 540, 
240, 247, much; plural 
many. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of 



amo. 



If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 



VOCABULARY. 



269 



murus, -I, 91, wall. 

nam, adv., /or. 
natio, -onis, f. , nation. 
natura, -ae, nature {of a 

I /ling) ; natu (abl. of 

natus), by birth, in age. 
nauta, -ae, m., sailor. 
navis, -is, f., 177, ship 

(i-stem); navem solvit 

(plural solverunt), set sail; 

navis longa, ship of war ; 

navis oneraria, transport, 

merchant vessel. 
-ne, interrog. adv. Sign of 

a question (41). 
ne, conj., in order that . . . 

not. With verbs of fearing, 

lest. (With subj.) With 

imperative, not. 
nec, conj., and not ; nee . . . 

nec, neither . . . nor. 
nemo (dat. nemini), m. and 

f., no one, nobody. 
ne-que, conj., and not; 

neque . . . neque, neither 

. . . nor. 
neuter, -tra, -trum, adj., 

neither (of two). 
neve, adv., and not, nor. 
niger, -gra, -grum, adj., 

black. 
nihil, n. (indeclinable), noth- 
ing. 
ni-si, conj., if not, unless, 

except. 



noceo, nocere, nocui [noci- 

turus], injure. 
nolo, nolle, nolul [non- 

volo], 381, be unwilling. 
non, adv., not. 
non-nullus, -a, -um, adj., 

some, several. 
non-numquam, adv., some- 
times. 
nos, nostrum (nobis). Plural 

of ego, we. 
noster, -tra, -trum, poss. 

adj. and pron., 256, our. 
novus, -a, -um, adj., 116, 

new, strange ; novissimum 

agmen, rear rank. 
nox, -noctis, f., 165, night 

(i-stem). 
nudus, -a, -um, adj., bare. 
nullus, -a, -um, adj. (ne- 

ullus), none, no one. 
numerus, -1, 47, number. 
numquam, adv., never. 
nunc, adv., now. 
nuntio, I., 80, report, tell. 
nuntius, -1, 65, messenger. 

ob, prep. w. ace, on account 
of. 

obses, -idis, m. and f., 165, 
hostage, 

ob-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, -ten- 
tus), 233, possess. 

occasio, -onis, f., opportunity. 

OCCUpO, I., &6, siege, lake pos- 
session of 



270 



VOCABULARY. 



of-fero (of-ferre, ob-tuli, ob- 
latus), bring forward, offer. 

©lim, adv., once formerly. 

omnis, -e, adj., 171, all, 
every (i-stem). 

onerarius, -a, -um, adv. 
{something) that bears a 
burden. See navis. 

opera, -ae, f., exertion, work. 

opino, -onis, f. , opinion, be- 
lief. 

oppidum, -1, 54, town. 

op-pugno, I., 86, to ailacn. 

optimus, -a, -um, adj., 
superlative of bonus, 240, 
best. 

Opus, -eris, n., 302, work. 
Also, need. 

oratio, -onis, f., speech. 

paene, adv., ahnost. 
par, paris, adj., equal. 
pars, partis, f., 140, part, 

etc., hence region, place, 

direction (i-stem). 
paro, I, 171, prepare. 
parvus, -a, -um, adj., 215, 

little, small. 
passus, -us, m., apace; mille 



a little. 



passus, a Roman mile (five 
thousand feet). 

pater, -tris, m., father. 

pauci, -ae, -a, adj., 71, few. 

paulatim, adv., little by little, 
by degrees. 

paulim, adv., 

paulo, adv., 

pecunia, -ae, money. 

pedes, -itis, m., 133, foot- 
soldier. 

peior, -ius, adj., comparative 
of malus, worse. 

pello, pellere, pepuli [cp. 
do] , pulsus, drive out. 

per, prep. w. ace, through, 
during, by ?nea?is of. 

per-duc6, conduct to, draw oul 
or lengthen. 

per-exiguus, -a, -um, very 
small. 

per-fero, convey, endure, com- 
plete. 

periculum, -I, danger. 

per-mitto, permit, give {some- 
thing') up to {some one). 

per-suadeo (-suadere,-suasi, 
-suasus) (followed by ut 
orne), 377, persuade. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "7.' 1 are like those of 
amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
due 6, eo 1. 



VOCABULARY. 



271 



per-terreo (-terrere, -terrui, 
-territus), terrify. 

per-tineo (-tinere, -tinui, 
-tentus), 233, ex/end. 

per-turbo, I., 319, disturb 
greatly, throw into con- 
fusion. 

per-venio, arrive. 

pes, -pedis, m., 140,/ooA 

pessimus, -a, -um, adj., 
superlative of malus, worst. 

petlvit (plural petlverunt), 
sought. 

peto, petere, petivi, petitus, 

seek, beg, demand, (fol- 
lowed by ut or ne), 256. 

pllum, -1, a dart or javelin. 

polliceor, polliceri, polli- 
citus, dep. , to promise. 

pono, ponere, posui, positus, 
to place, put, 294. 

populus, -1, 71, people. 

porta, -ae, gale ; portat, car- 
ries. 

portO, I., 80, carry. 

possessio, -onis, f. , posses- 
sion. 

possum, posse, potul (potis- 
sum), 317, be able, can. 

post, adv. and prep. w". ace., 
behind, after, afterward. 

post-ea, adv., afterward. 

posterus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 
next. 

postquam, conj., after. 

postulo, I., demand. 



potestas, -atis, f., power. 

prae, adv. and prep. w. abl. , 
before. 

praeda, -ae, 317, plunder, 
booty, loot. 

prae-dico, say or tell before 
hand, predict, advise, warn, 
command. 

prae-duco, lead in front of 
show. 

prae-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fee 
tus), set over, place in com- 
mand. 

praemium, -I, reward. 

prae mitto, send before. 

prae occupo, seize before. 

prae -sum, be over, rule. 

praeter, adv. and prep w. 
ace., except, contrary to. 

praeter-ea, adv., besides. 

praeter-mitto, omit, neg- 
lect. 

premo, premere, press!, 
pressus, 289, to press,, 
harass. 

primus, -a, -um, adj., 240, 
first. 

primo, adv., \ 

prlmum^dv.J-^*'-^ 

princeps, -ipis, m., 133, a 
leader, chief. 

prior, -ius, adj., 240, former, 
previous ; prius, adv., ear- 
lier, first. 

pro, prep. \v. abl., before, in 
front of. 



272 



VOCABULARY. 



procul, adv., far distant, from 
afar. 

pro-cumbo (-cumbere, -cu- 
bui, -cubitus), fall or lie 
down. 

pro-curro (currere, -cucurri 
[cp. do], -cursus), run 
forward. 

pro duco, lead forth. 

proelium, -1, n., 145, bat- 
tle. 

proficiscor, proficisci, pro- 
fectus, 372, set out, go. 

pro-hibeo (-hibere, -hibui, 
-hibitus), 191, to keep 
(some one) away (often 
with ex.). 

pro-iecit, threw. 

prope, adv. and prep. w. 
ace., near. 

properat, hastens. 

propero, I., 165, hasten, 
hurry. 

propior, -ius, adj., nearer. 

propter, prep. w. ace., be- 
cause of. 

provincia, -ae, province. 

pro-video, foresee, provide 
for. 



proximus, -a, -um, adj., 
next, nearest (last). 

publicus, -a, -um, ad]., pub- 
lic. (See res.) 

puella, -ae, girl. 

puer, -1, m., boy. 

pugna, -ae, 86, a fight. 

pugnat, fights (3d person). 

pugno, I , 80, to fight. 

pulcher, -chra, -chrum, adj., 
beautiful. 

pulvis, -eris, m., dust. 

puto, I., suppose, think. 

quaero, quaerere, quaesivi, 

quaesitus, ask, inquire ; 

also seek (followed by ut). 
quam, adv., 226, than. With 

superlative as . . . as possible. 
-que, conj., 91, and. 
qui, quae, quod, rel. pron.. 

who, which, what. 
quid? what? 
quidam, quaedam, quid- 

(quod)dam, indef. pron., 

a certain (one), a. 
quis, quae, quid (quod), in- 

terrog. pron. and adj., 

who? which P what? 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -utn are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "/." are like those of 

amo. 

Tf the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 

duco, eo). 



VOCABULARY. 



273 



quisquam, quaequam, quid- 
(quod) quam, indef. pron., 
any, any one. 

quisque, quaeque, quid- 
(quod)que, indef. pron., 
each one, each, every. 

quod, conj., 396, because. 

quoniam, adv., 1$%, because. 

quoque, conj., also. 

ratio, -onis, f. , plan, nature 

{of something}, affair, 

opinion. 
re-, in compounds as a prefix, 

again. 
recepit. See se. 
re-cipio (cipere, -cepi, -cep- 

tus), 319, take back, re- 
ceive. 
rectus, -a, -um, adj., straight, 

direct. 
re-cupero, I., recover. 
re-d-eo, go back. 
re-duco, lead back. 
re-ficio (-ficere, -feci, -fec- 

tus), refit, refresh. 
regina, -ae, queen. 
regio, onis, f., 171, region. 
re-linquo (-linquere, -llqui, 

-lictus), 317, leave behind. 
reliquus, -a, -um, adj. (cp. 

relinquo), 165, remaining, 

the rest of. 
re-perio (perire, -peri, 

-pert us), find out. 
res, rei, f., 271, thing, stale 



of affairs ; res frumen- 

taria, provisions ; res 

publica, government (at 

Rome). 
re-spondeo (-spondere, 

-spondi, -sponsus), to 

reply. 
re-VOCO, I., callback, recall. 
rex, regis, m., king. 
rivus, -1, stream. 
rosa, -ae, rose. 
rursus, adv., again, back 

again. 

sacramentum, -1, the oath of 
allegiance to the general-in- 
chief taken by a Roman 
soldier when he enlisted. 

saepe, adv., often. 

saepius, adv., more or too 
frequently. 

Sagittarius, -1, archer. 

sal, salis, m., salt. 

salus, -utis, f., safety. 

sanitas, -atis, f., soundness 
(of mind or body). 

satis, adv., enough. 

scelus, -eris, n., crime. 

scio, scire, scivi, scitus, 
know, perceive. 

scutum, -1, shield. 

se (or sese), ace. of reflex- 
ive pron. of third pers., 
himself, herself, itself ^ 
themselves (478); se rece- 
pit (plural receperunt), 



274 



VOCABULARY. 



retreated. (Cp. English "to 

betake one 1 s self. ' ' ) 
secerno, secernere, secrevi, 

secretus, to separate. 
secum, for cum se. 
secundus, -a, -um, adj., 

favorable, second. 
sed, conj., 65, but. 
semper, adv., always. 
senatus, -us, m., senate. 
septimus, -a, -um, adj., the 

seventh. 
sequor, sequi, secutus, dep., 

372, follow. 
servatus est, was saved. 
servo, I., save. 
sese. See se. 
si, conj., if. 
Slgnum, -1, 104, standard or 

ensign, signal. 

silva, -ae, 41, wood, forest. 
sine, prep. w. abl., without. 
sinister, -tra, -trum, adj., 

left (hand). 
solus, -a, -um, adj., alone, 

single. 
solvo, solvere 

tus, to loose. 



sol vi, solu- 
See navis. 



soror, -oris, f., sister. 



spatium, -1, space. 

spero, I., look for, hope. 

spes, spei, f., hope. 

sponte (abl.), always with 
mea, tua, sua, etc., of 
{one ' s) free will, volunta- 
rily. 

statim, adv., immediately. 

Statio, -onis, f., a guard, sen- 
try; in statione, on guard. 

sto, stare, steti, status (cp. 
do), to stand. 

studium, -i, 86, study, zeal. 

stultissimus, -a, -um, adj. 
(superlative of stultus), 
most stupid, idiotic. 

stultus, -a, -um, adj., stupid. 

sub, prep. w. ace. and abl., 
under. 

sub-icio (-icere, -ieci, -iec- 
tus), place ufider, expose 
[sub-iacio] . 

subito, adv., 247, suddenly. 

suf-fero (suf-ferre, sus-tuli, 
sub-latus), offer, sustain, 
endure [sub-fero] . 

sum-moveo (-movere, -mo- 
VI, -motus), remove, drive 
back [sub-moveo]. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -tts are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the first declension marked "Z.' 1 are like those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-duco, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are derived (as 
duco, eo). 






VOCABULARY. 



275 



sus-tineo (tiners, -tinui, 

-tentus), 372, hold out 

against. 
sub-venio, come to one's 

assistance. 
summa, -ae, amount, total. 
summus, -a, -um, adj., 145, 

highest, top of. 
sunt, are. 
superior, -ius, adj., 240, 

higher. 
SUpero, I., 104, surpass, con- 
quer. 
super-sum, remain over, be 

left over, survive. 
supra, adv. and prep. w. 

ace, above. 
suus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and 

pron., 191, his, her, hers, 

its, their, theirs. 

tabernaculum, -i, tent. 
tarn, adv., to such a degree, 

so. 
tamen, adv., nevertheless. 
tandem, adv., finally. 
tantus, -a, -um, adj., so 

great, so much. 
tantum, adv., only. 
tar do, I., retard. 
tecum, for cum te. 
telum, -1, 65, especially a 

javelin. 
tempestas, -atis, f. , storm, 

weather. 
tempto, I., 133, try. 



tempus, -oris, n., 191, lime. 

teneo, tenere, tenui, tentus, 
191, hold, keep. 

terra, -ae, 41, land, country. 

tertius, -a, -um, adj., the 
third. 

timeo, timere, timui, 335, 
to fear. 

tiro, -6nis, m., recruit, inex- 
perienced soldier (some- 
times used in conlempt). 

totus, -a, -um, adj., whole, 
all, entire. 

tra-duco, lead across. 

trans, prep. w. ace, across. 

trans-eo, go across. 

trans-figo (-figere, -fixi, 
-fixus), pierce through. 

trans-porto, I., carry across. 

tribunus, -i, 71, tribune. 

tu, tui (tibi, te), pers. 
pron., thou, you. 

tuba, -ae, trumpet. 

turn, adv., then (of time). 

tutus, -a, -um, adj., safe. 

tuus, -a, -um, poss. adj. 
and pron., thy, thine, your, 
yours. 

ubi, adv., where. 

ullus, -a, -um, adj., any 

(one). 
ulterior, -ius, adj., further. 
ultra, adv. , beyond, further. 
ultro, adv., moreover, of one's 

own accord, 



276 



VOCABULARY. 



umerus, -1, shoulder. 

unus, -a, -um, num. adj., 

one, alone; ad unum, to 

the last one (479). 
urbs, urbis, f., 184, city 

(i-stem). 
USUS, USUS, m., use, value. 
ut, conj., with subj., in order 

that, so that. 
uter, utra, utrum, interrog. 

pron. , which (of two) ? 
uterque, utraque, utrum- 

que, indef. pron., each (of 

two), both. 
utor, uti, usus, dep., 372, 

to use, employ. 
utrum, adv., whether ; 

Utrum. . . an, whether. . . or. 
uxor, -oris, f., wife. 



vagina, -ae, scabbard. 
vallis, -is, f., valley (i-stem). 
vallum, -1, the rampart or 

wall of a cainp. 
venio, venire, veni, ventus, 

355, come. 
venit (plural veniunt), 

comes. 



venit (plural venerunt), 

came. 
vero, adv., 1 
verum, adv., \ tru,y ' 
verto, vertere, verti, versus, 

turn, turn arowid or about. 
verum, -1, neuter of adj. 

used as noun, the truth. 
vester, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. 

and pron., your, yours (of 

more than one person). 
veteranus, -a, -um, adj., 

veteran. 
via, viae, 41, way, road, 

street. 
victor, -oris, m., victor. 
victoria, -ae, victory. 
vide, seel 
video, videre, vidi, visus, 

to see. 
vidit (plural viderunt), saw. 
vir, viri, m., 59, man ; some- 
times, hero. 
virtus, virtutis, f., 140, 

manliness, bravery. 
vita, vitae, life. 
vito, I., avoid. 
vivo, vivere, vixi, victus, 

live. 



The genitives of nouns are given, to indicate the declension. 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

The principal parts of verbs of the. first declension marked "/." are like those of 

amo. 

If the principal parts of a compound verb are not given (as ab-ducd, ab-eo), it is 
because they are similar to those of the verb from which they are deri-ed (as 

duco, eoV 



VOCABULAk Y. 



277 



vivus, -a, -um, adj., alive. 
vix, adv., scarcely. 
volo, velle, volul, 381, wish, 
be willing. 



vulnerat, wounds. 
vulnero, I. , 80, id wound. 
vulnus, -eris, il, wound. 




PROPER NAMES. 



Nouns of the /irst declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

Nouns of the th ird declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. 






Aduatuca, -ae, a camp estab- 
lished by Caesar among the 
Eburones. 

Aedui, -6rum, a large tribe in 
Gaul which during the con- 
quest of Gaul by Caesar was 
for the most of the time in 
alliance with the Romans. 

Aeginurus, -l, an island near 
the Roman province of 
Africa. 

Afranius, -i, one of Pompe/s 
lieutenants, who fought 
against Caesar in Spain. 

Africa, -ae, a Roman province 
{modern Tunis and eastern 
Morocco'). 

Africus, -I, the west-south- 
west wind. 

Alexandria, -ae, the metrop- 
olis of Egypt. 



Allienus, -I. 

Allobroges, -um, a Gallic 
tribe living in the valley of 
the Rhodanus or Rhone, 
and subject to the Roman 
power. 

Alpes, -ium, the Alps. 

Ambiani, -orum, a tribe in 
Gaul. 

Antonius, -l, a lieutenant of 
Caesar's ; who later delivered 
the funeral oration over 
Caesar's body (see Shakes- 
peare, li fulius Caesar") ; 
rose as a triumvir to su- 
preme power over the eastern 
half of the Roman domin- 
ion, and was finally defeated 
with Cleopatra by Octavius, 
the first Roman emperor, at 
Actium. 

279 



280 



PROPER NAMES. 



Anquillaria, -ae, a town in 
Epirus. 

Apollonia, -ae, a town in 
Epirus. 

ApSUS, -1, a river in Epirus. 

Aquitanus, -a, -um, an in- 
habitant of Aquitania. 

Aquitania, -ae, the south- 
western portion of Gaul. 

Arar, Araris, a tributary of 
the river Rhodanus {Rhone). 

Ariovistus, -l, a German 
chief who invaded Gaul, 
but was defeated by Caesar. 

Aristius, -i. 

ArniiS, -l, the river Arno, in 
Italy. 

Arverni, -drum, a Gallic tribe. 

Asia, -ae, a Roman province 
in western Asia Minor. 

Atrebates, -um, a tribe in 
Gaul. 

Aulus, -I, 

Auster, -tri, the south wind. 

Baculus, -I. 

Bagrada, -ae, a river in the 
Roman province of Africa. 

Belgae, -arum, the inhab- 
itants of northeastern Gaul. 

Bellovaci, orum, a tribe of 
the Belgae. 



Bibracte, -is, the capital of 
the Aedui. 

Bibulus, -I. 

Boil, -orum, a tribe which 
took part with the Helvetii 
in the invasion of central 
Gaul. 

Brittania, -ae, Britain, at 
the time of Caesar covered 
with dense forests and inhab- 
ited by tribes of the same race 
as the Gauls. 

Caeroesi, -orum, a tribe of 

Gaul. 
Caesar, -aris. (i) Caiusfu- 

lius Caesar. (2) Lucius 
Caesar, commander of a 
fleet stationed off the coast of 
Africa to oppose Curio's in- 
vasion of thai province. 

Caius, -1. 

Calenus, -1, a lieutenant of 
Caesar. 

Candavia, -ae, a district in 
eastern Epirus. 

Cannae, -arum, the scene of 
the great defeat of the Ro- 
mans by Hannibal. 

Carnutes, -um, a tribe in 
Gaul. 

Carthago, -inis, Carthage, a 



Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

Nouns of the third declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. 



PROPER NAMES. 



281 



great commercial city and 

bitter rival 0/ Rome. 
Casticus, -I. 
Castra Cornelia, a place upon 

the coast near Ulica, in the 

Roman province of Africa. 
Ceutrones, -um, a tribe in 

Gaul. 
Christus, -l, Christ. 
Cicero, -onis, a lieutenant of 

Caesar, and brother of the 
famous orator. 
Cilicia, -ae, a country in 

southern Asia Minor. 
Claudius, -1. 
Cleopatra, -ae, a famous 

queen of Egypt. 
Clupea "-ae, a town in the Ro- 

vian province of Africa. 
Cnaeus, -1. 
Cominius, -1. 
Commius, -1. 
Considius, 1. 
Coponius, -1. 
Cornelia, -ae. 
Crassus, -1. 
Crastinus, 1. 

Creta, -ae, the island of Crete. 
Curio, -onis, a lieutenant of 

Caesar, in command of an 

army ivhich invaded the 

Roman province of Africa. 

Daci, -orum, the inhabitants 
of Dacia, east of the river 
Danube. 



Divitiacus, -1, a chief of the 

Aedui. 
Domitius, -1. 
Dumnorix, -rigis, a chief of 

the Aedui ; the brother of 

Divitiacus. 
Dyrrhachium, -1, a town in 

Epirus. 

Eburones, -um, a tribe of the 
Belgae. 

Epirus, -1, a district border- 
ing the Adriatic Sea, north 
of Greece. 

Fabius, -I. 

Galba, -ae, m. 

Gallia, -ae, the country of 
Gaul. 

Galli, -orum, the Gauls. 

Garumna, -ae, a river in 
Gaul, now the Garonne. 

Genava, -ae, a town on the 
borders of Helvetia, now 
Geneva. 

Germania, -ae, Germany : at 
the time of Caesar covered 
with forests and inhabited by 
many semi-savage tribes. 

German!, -orum, the inhabit- 
ants af Germany. 

Graecia, -ae, the country of 
Greece. 

Graeci, -orum, the Greeks. 



2^2 



PROPER NAMES. 






Hadrumentum, -I, a town in 
Africa. 

Hamilcar, -aris, a Cartha- 
ginian general : the father 
of Hannibal. 

Hannibal, -alis, the invader 
of Italy, during Rome 's 
second war with Carthage. 

Hasdrubal, -alis, the brother 
of Hannibal : commander 
in Spain during the second 
war of Carthage with 
Rome. 

Helvetia, -ae, a district of 
Gaul ; the modern Swit- 
zerland. 

Helvetil, -orum, the inhabit- 
ants of Helvetia. 

Hercynia silva, a great for- 
est along the upper Danube, 

Herminius, -I. 

Hispania, -ae, Spain : a 
province of the Roman do- 
minion. 

Hispanus, -1, Spaniard. 

Her da, -ae, a town in Spain, 
now Lerida. 

Italia, -ae, Italy. 

Iuba, -ae, m., King of the 
tribes living north of the 
Sahara desert and south and 



west of the Ro?nan province 
of Africa. 

Ladienus, -l, one of Caesar's 

most trusted lieutenants in 
the conquest of Gaul ; but 
during the civil war one of 
his bitterest enemies. 

Latini, -orum, the inhabitants 
of Latium, the district to 
the south of Rome. 

Libo, -onis. 

Licinius, -I. 

Lingones, -um, a Gallic tribe. 

Lucius, -I. 

Macedonia, -ae, a Roman 

province. 
Manilius, -I. 
Marcus, -I. 
Menapii, -orum, a Gallic 

tribe. 
Morini, -orum, a Gallic tribe. 

Nymphaeum, -i, a place in 
JEpirus. 

Oceanus, -I, the Atlantic 

Ocean. 
Oricum, -l, a town in Epirus. 

Padus, -1, the river Po, in 
north Italy. 



Nouns of the first declension are feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine. 

Nouns of the second declension in -um are neuter. 

Nouns of the third declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. 




PROPER NAMES. 



283 



Palaeste, -es, f. . a harbor of 
Epirus. 

Petronius, -1. 

Petrosidius, 1. 

Pharsalia, -ae, a place in 
Thessaiy, where Caesar de- 
feated Pompey. 

Pharsalicus, -a, -urn, adj., 
of Pharsalia. 

Piso, -onis. 

Plancus, -1. 

Pompeius, -l, the famous gen- 
eral, a contemporary, and 
finally the opponent of 
Caesar. 

Provincia, -ae, the Province : 
referring to the Roman 
province in Southern Gaul, 
of which Caesar was gov- 
ernor at the beginning of 
his conquest of the Gauls. 

Ptolomaeus, -I, Ptolomy, the 
title of the kings of Egypt. 

Publius, -1. 

Pullo, -onis. 

Quintilius, -1. 

Rebilus, -1. 

Regulus, -I. 

Remi, -drum, a tribe in Gaul. 

Remus, -I. 

Rhenus, -l, the river Rhine. 

Roma, -ae, the city Rome. 

Roman!, -orum, the Romans. 

Rufus, -1. 



Saburra, -ae, -m, a lieutenant 
of King fuba, a?i opponent 
of Curio 

Salonae, -arum, a town upon 
the Adriatic Sea. 

Sclpi6,-6nis, a Roman general 
who fought with Hasdrubal 
in Spain, and finally de- 
feated Hannibal at Zama. 

Sequani, -Drum, a Gallic tribe. 

Sextius, -1. 

Sextus, -1. 

Sicilia, -ae, the island of Sicily. 

Staberius, -1. 

Suebl, -orum, a tribe of Ger- 
mans. 

Sugambri, -orum, a tribe of 
Germans. 

Sulla, -ae, m., a famous Ro- 
man general, of the genera- 
tion before Caesar. 

Syria, -ae, a Roman province. 

Syriacus, -a, -um, adj. Syrian. 

Thapsus, -i, a town in the 
Roman province of Africa. 

Thessalia, -ae, Thessaiy. 

Thracia, -ae, the country of 
2~hrace. 

Thrax, Thracis, an inhabi- 
tant of Thrace. 

Tiber, -is, the river Tiber. 

Ticida, -ae. 

Ticinus, -1. 

Tigurini, -orum, a sub-tribe 
or canton of the Helvetii. 



284 



PROPER NAMES. 



Titurius, -I. 

Titus, -I. 

Treveri, -Drum, a tribe of the 

Belgae. 
Tulingi, -Drum, a tribe which 

joined with the Helveiii in 

the invasion of central Gaul. 
Tusculum, -i, a town in La- 

tium. 

Usipites, -urn, a tribe of Ger- 
mans. 

Utica, ae, a large city in the 
Roman province of Africa. 



Varus, -1, a lieutenant of 
Pompey, opposed to Curio 
in the Roman province of 
Africa. 

Valerius, -1. 

Velocassi, orum, a tribe of 
Gaul. 

Volcae Tectosages, a tribe of 
Gauls living in Germany. 

Vorenus, -1. 

Zama, -ae, a place near Car- 
thage, where Hannibal was 
defeated by Scipio. 



Nouns of \\\&Jirst declension 2x0. feminine, unless otherwise stated. 

Nouns of the second declension in -us are masculine 

Nouns of the second declension in -urn are neuter. 

Nouns of the th ird declension are masculine, unless otherwise stated. 






RULES OF SYNTAX 

ARRANGED SYSTEMATICALLY FOR READY REFERENCE. 

A. denotes Allen and Greenough's Latin Grammar; B., Ben- 
nett's 1 ; G., Gildersleeve's; H., Harkness'.* 

28. Appositives agree in case with the nouns which they 
limit. A. 183, 184. B. 169. 2. G. 321. H. 393. 

30. A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case. 

A. 183, 185. B. 168. G. 325. H. 393. 

109. A relative pronoun agrees with its antecedent in 
gender and number, but its case depends upon the construc- 
tion of the clause in which it stands. A. 198. B. 250. 
G. 614. H. 396. 

NOMINATIVE. 

21. The nominative is the case of the subject. A. 173. 

B. 166. G. 203. H. 387. 

ACCUSATIVE. 

22. The direct object of a verb is put in the accusative. 
A. 237. B. 173. G. 328. H. 404. 

261. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed 
by the accusative. A. 256, 257. B. 181. G. 335, 336. 
H. 417. 

340. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 
A. 173. 2. B. 330, 331. G. 420. H. 414, 415. 

1 School edition. 2 Revised edition. 

285 



286 RULES OF SYNTAX. 

360. With names of towns, the place to which is expressed 
by the accusative without a preposition. A. 258, b. B. 182. 
G. 337. H. 418. 

DATIVE. 

23. The indirect object of a verb is put in the dative. 
A. 255. B. 187. G. 345, 348. H. 424. 

35. The dative is used with sum to denote the possessor, 
the thing possessed being the subject. A. 231. B. 190. 
G. 349.. H. 430. 

375. Most verbs meaning to favor, please, believe, trust, 
help, and their opposites; also, to persuade, command, 
obey, serve, resist, and the like, are followed by the dative. 
A. 227. B. 187. II. a. G. 346. H. 426. 

399. The end or purpose which an object serves may be 
denoted by the dative. A. 233. B. 191. G. 356. H. 433. 

400. Many verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, 
inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super are followed by 
the dative. A. 228. B. 187. III. G. 347. H. 429. 

456. The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the 
dative. A. 232. B. 189. G. 355. H. 431. 

GENITIVE. 

149. A person or thing may be described by the ablative 
or the genitive of a noun, if an adjective be used with the 
noun. A. 215. B. 203. G. 365. H. 440. 3. 

ABLATIVE. 

69. The means or instrument of an action is expressed by 
the ablative. A. 248. c. I. B. 218. G. 401. H. 476. 

78. The agent with a passive verb is expressed by the 
ablative with a or ab. A. 246. B. 216. C. 401. H. 467. 

89. The manner of an action is expressed by the ablative 
with cum, unless an adjective is used with the ablative, when 
cum may be omitted. A. 248. B. 220. G. 399. H. 473. 3. 



RULES OF SYNTAX. 287 

137. Cause may be expressed by the ablative. A. 245. 
B. 219. G. 408. H. 475. 

149. A person or thing may be described by the ablative 
or the genitive of a noun, if an adjective be used with the 
noun. A. 251. B. 224. G. 400. H. 473. 2. 

174. Time when, or within which, is expressed by the 
ablative. A. 256. B. 230, 231. G. 393. H. 486. 

194. The ablative of specification is used to point out in 
what respect a statement is true. A. 253. B. 226. G. 397. 
H. 480. 

222. The ablative is used with comparatives in the sense 
of " than " when quam is omitted. A. 247. B. 217. G. 398. 
H. 471. 

370. Utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their com- 
pounds, govern the ablative. A. 249. B. 218. 1. G. 407. 

H. 477- I- 

418. Separation is expressed by the ablative, often without 
a preposition. A. 243. B. 214. G. 390. H. 461, 464. 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE. 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN INDEPENDENT SENTENCES. 

447. Commands are put in the imperative or subjunctive; 
appeals in the subjunctive. The negative is ne. A. 266, 
269. B. 275, 281. G. 260, 263, 266—270. H. 559, 560. 

438. An indirect question takes the subjunctive. A. 334. 
B. 300, 315. 1. G. 467. H. 649. II. 650. 

SEQUENCE OF TENSES IN SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 

411. A primary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
present or perfect subjunctive. 

A secondary tense in the main clause is followed by the 
imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. A. 285, 286, B. 267. 
G. 509-5!!. H. 543-545- 



288 RULES OF SYNTAX. \ 

THE SUBJUNCTIVE IN SUBORDINATE CLAUSES. 

279. Purpose is expressed by Ut and ne with the sub- 
junctive. A. 317, 331. B. 282, 295, 296. G. 545-548. 
H. 568. 

309. The result of an action is expressed by the subjunc- 
tive with ut and ut non. A. 319, 332. B. 284, 297. 

G- 55 I -553- H - 57°> 57*- 

425. Relative clauses of purpose, result, cause, and charac- 
teristic take the subjunctive. A. 317. 2, 319. 2, 320. 
B. 282. 2, 284. 2, 283. G. 630, 631, 633. H. 590, 

591. 1, 2, 592. 

353. The subjunctive with Ut or ne is used after verbs of 
fearing; ut meaning " that not," and ne "that" or "lest." 

A. 331 f. B. 296. 2. G. 550. H. 567. 

384. (Cum, temporal.) Cum, meaning "when," is fol- 
lowed by the subjunctive if the tense is the imperfect or 
pluperfect, otherwise by the indicative. A. 325. B. 288, 
289. G. 580, 585. H. 600. 

427. (Cum, causal or concessive.) Cum, when it means 
"since" or "although," takes the subjunctive. A. 326. 

B. 286. 2, 309. 3. G. 586, 587. H. 598. 

449. In indirect discourse, the subjunctive of appeals and 
commands remains a subjunctive. 

The imperative is, in indirect discourse, changed to the 
subjunctive. A. 339. B. 316, 654, 652. H. 642. 

413. The subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have 
their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for the 
sequence of tenses. A. 336. 2. B. B. 314, 318. G. 508, 
509. H. 643, 644. 

443. II. Less vivid future conditions take the present sub- 
junctive in both condition and conclusion. A. 307. 2. 

B - 3°3- G - 59 6 - H - 576. 

443. III. Conditions contrary to fact take the imperfect 
subjunctive when referring to present -time, ani. the pluper- 



RULES OF SYNTAX. 289 

feet subjunctive when referring to past time. A. 308. 
B. 304. G. 597. H. 579. 

THE INFINITIVE. 

340. The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 

A. 173. 2. B. 330, 331. G. 420. H. 414, 415. 

346. The tenses of the infinitive in indirect statements 
denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted 
by the verb of saying. A. 336. A. B. 317. G. 530, 531. 
H. 617-620. 

INDIRECT STATEMENTS. 

341. Statements after verbs and other expressions of say- 
ing, thinking, knowing, and perceiving are calle 1 Indirect 
Statements. A. 335, 336. B. 313, 314. G. 648. H. 641, 
649. 

413. The main verb of an indirect statement is put in the 
infinitive with subject accusative, and depends upon the verb 
or expression of saying, thinking, or perceiving. A. 336. 2. 

B. 314. G. 650. H. 642. 

346. The tenses of the infinitive in indirect statements 
denote past, present, or future, relatively to the time denoted 
by the verb of saying. A. 336. A. B. 317. G. 530, 531. 
H. 617—620. 

413. The subordinate clauses of an indirect statement have 
their verbs in the subjunctive, and conform to the rule for 
the sequence of tenses. A. 336. B. B. 318. G. 508, 509. 
H. 643, 644. 

CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 

443. I. Simple conditional sentences take the indicative in 
both condition and conclusion. A. 306, 307. I. B. 302. 

G - 595- H - 574- 

443. II. Less vivid future conditions take the present sub- 



290 RULES OF SYNTAX. 

junctive in both condition and conclusion. A. 307. 2. 
B. 30.3. G. 596. H. 576. 

443. III. Conditions contrary to fact take the imperfect 
subjunctive when referring to present time, and the pluper- 
fect subjunctive when referring to past time. A. 308. B. 304. 
G- 597- H. 579. 

THE GERUNDIVE. 

455. The gerundive is used with the verb sum to form the 
passive (or second) periphrastic conjugation, denoting obli- 
gation or duty. A. 113. d. I. 129. B. 115, 337. 7. G. 251. 
H. 621. 

456. The agent with the gerundive is expressed by the 
dative. A. 232. B. 189. G. 215. 2, 355. H. 431. 






INDEX. 



References are to paragraphs. 



a, stem-vowel, 19, d. 

-a, 142, a; 431, 2. 

-a, 431, 2. 

a, ab., 78. 

ab-sum, 400, b. 

Ablative, 431, 2; Absolute, 403. 

of Agent, 77; 78. 

of Cause, 137; 43 h 2 - 

with Comparatives, 223. 

with certain Deponents, 370. 

Descriptive, 149. 

with in, 31. 

of Manner, 89. 

of Means or Instrument, 68; 

69; 77, a \ 43 1 , 2 - 

of Separation, 418. 

of Specification, 194. 

of Time, 174. 
Accent, 8, 
Accusative; Direct Object, 16, 22. 

with in, 38. 

of Place Whither, 360. 

of Time and Space, 261. 

Subject of Infinitive, 340. 
acer, 160. 
Active Periphrastic Conjugation, 

453- 

Active Voice denned. 73, a. 
Action; completed, 359, b. 

incompleted, 275. 
ad with Gerundive and Gerund, 

392. 
Adjectives; 82, a; 89; 149, a\ 
169; 431, 1, 2. 

Agreement of, 3, a; 16, e. 
Comparing of; regular, 219; 
220 ; 230 ; irregular, 228 ; 

235; 2 37- 



Adjectives; Demonstrative, 94; 
ioo; 120; 121. 

of First and Second Declen- 
sions, 50; 51. 

Interrogative, 114. 

Irregular, 125. 

Predicate, 52. 

Possessive, 285. 

Reason for terminations, 50, b. 

of Third Declension, 160; 167. 
Adverbs; 230; comparing of, 249 ; 

formation of, 242 ; 243. 
Agent; Ablative of, 77; 78. 

Dative of, 456. 
ager, 56. 

Agreement; of adjectives, 13, a\ 
16, c\ 50, b; of relative pro- 
nouns, 109; of verbs, 63. 
aliquis, 124. 
alius, 125. 

Allied Words; Use explained, 131. 
altior, 221. 
Alphabet, I. 
amans, 358. 
amo, 73; 82. 
Antecedent, 108. 
Antepenult, 6, 3; 8, 3. 
Appeal of Divitiacus, 414. 
Appeal of Gauls to Caesar, 350. 
Appeals, 447 ; in indirect dis- 
course, 449. 
Apposition, 27; 28. 
Article wanting, 13, b. 
-as, 431, 2. 
audio, 323. 

B. 
-ba, 188; 333. 
Bacillus Centurio, 315; 320. 
bonus, 50; 82, a. 

291 



292 



INDEX. 



c; pronunciation of, 5. 

Is Caesar an " Imperator" ? 463. 

Caesar at que CI as sis Pompei, 170 
(Introduction); 176; 183; 190; 
196; 201. 

Caesar et Afrdnius, 262 (Intro- 
duction); 263; 270; 288; 293; 
301; 306. 

Caesar et Ariovistus, 102, II. 

Cardinal numerals, 296; 298. 

capio, 258. 

caput, 130. 

Cases; names of, 9. 

Cause; Ablative of, 137; 431, 2; 
Relative Clauses of, 423. 

centum, 298. 

ch; pronunciation of, 5. 

Characteristic ; Relative clauses 
of, 424. 

Clause; defined, 161, I; main, 
161, 2 ; subordinate, 161, 4 ; 
274; 412; 450. 

collis, 147. 

Commands; 447; in indirect dis- 
course, 449; 450. 

Common constructions, 431, 2. 

Comparatives; how declined, 221; 
meanings, 219; 223 

Comparing; of Adjectives; regu- 
lar, 219, 220; 230; irregu- 
lar, 228; 235-237. 
of Adverbs; 249. 

Complementary Infinitive, 155 ; 
position, 155, b. 

Completed action, 410, a. 

Compounds; defined, 6, a; gov- 
erning Dative, 400. 

Conditional Sentences, 443. 

Conjugations; analysis of forms, 

33 2 - 
Conjugation; First, 73; 82. 
Second, 179; 186. 
Third, 205; 210; in io, 258. 
Fourth, 323. 

Periphrastic Active, 453 ; 
Passive, 455. 
Consonants; classification, 2 ; 
double, 2, 3; pronunciation of, 

5- 

References are 



Contraction, 7, 4. 

Contrary to fact conditions, 443, 

III. 
conm; 199. 
cum; causal and concessive, 427. 

since, although, 427. 

when, 384. 

Curio in Africa, 361 (Introduc- 
tion); 362; 365; 395; 432; 435. 
cursus, 199. 



D. 



Dative; with Adjectives, 20, c. 
of Agent, 456. 
with Compounds, 400. 
of End or Service, 399. 
of Indirect Object, 20; 23. 
with some Intransitives, 374. 
of the Possessor, 34; 35. 
Declension; defined, 19. 

Adjectives; First and Second 
Declensions, 50; 51. 
Third Declension, 160; 167. 
Nouns: 

First Declension; 19; by 

endings, 19, e. 
Second; 45; 56; by endings, 

45 , '- 
Third; stem, 130; mute 

stems, 130 ; 135; liquid 

stems, 142; i-stems, 147; 

153- 

Fourth, 199. 

Fifth, 266. 
Demonstrative Adjectives, 94; 100. 
Demonstrative Pronouns, 94; 120; 

121. 

Dentals, 2. 

Deponent Verbs; 367; 368; gov- 
erning Ablative, 370. 

Descriptive Ablative or Genitive, 
149. 

dies, 268. 

Diphthongs, 4, 2; 7, 3, 4. 

Direct Object, 16; 22; 431, 2. 

Direct Questions, 437. 

Discourse, Indirect ; three forms of, 
450. 

Doer; expressed with Gerundive 
by Dative, 456. 
to paragraphs. 



INDEX. 



2 93 



Double Consonants, 2; 3. 

duo, 297. 

Duration of Time, 261. 

Duty; how expressed, 455. 

dux, 130. 

Dying for his Men, 461. 

Dying Standard Bearer, 460. 

E. 

-e ; Vocative ending of Second 
Declension, 45, a. 

ego, 283 ; 284. " 

Emphatic words; position of, 162. 

End or Service; Dative of, 399. 

Ending, 10, 2; 16, a; 39, a, b. 

Endings; exhibited, 90; 190; 196; 
of first declension, 19, e; per- 
sonal, 76; 334; of second de- 
clension. 45, e; of verbs, 63. 

English Method of Pronunciation, 3. 

exsul, 142. 

Extent of Space, 261. 

F. 

facilis, 167. 

facio, passive of, 430. 

facultas, 130. 

Faithful until Death, 465. 
Fearing; Subjunctive after Verbs 

of, 352. 
fero, 430. 

Fifth Declension, 266. 
Fight Around a Hillock, 214. 
fio, 430- 

First Conjugation, 73; 82; 332. 
First Periphrastic Conjugation, 

453- 
Fourth Conjugation; 323; 332; 

imperfect Indicative, 335. 
Fourth Declension, 199. 
Future conditions, 443, I, II. 
Future participle, 453. 
Future tense, 408; tense sign, 333. 
Future-perfect tense, 408. 

G. 

g ; pronunciation of, 5. 
Galll et German!, 327. 
Gender; 10; general rules, 3-5. 



Genitive; 169; 130, a; 431, 1. 
Descriptive, 149. 
of i-stems in Third Declen- 
sion, 147. 
of nouns in -ius and -ium, 57. 
Partitive, 299, b. 

gn; 7< 5- 

Gerund; 389; 391; of purpose, 

392. 
Gerundive; 390 ; 391; in passive 

periphrastic conjugation, 455; 

of purpose, 392. 
Grouping words, 169; 431, I. 
gu, 4, I, a. 

H. 

h, 7, 2. 

Hannibal et Sapid, 144, II; 151. 

hie, 935 94; 283, b. 

Hints for reading Latin, 48; 169; 

431- 
Hints for writing Latin, 84; 169. 

homo, 142. 

hostis, 147. 

hulc, 4, 1, a. 

Hyphens; used to group words, 

169, a; 170; 176; 183; 190; 

246; 251; 255. 



i, 1. 

-ibus, 43 !> 2. 

i-consonant, I ; 5 ; 7, 5. 

i-stems of third declension, 147; 

153; 154; 167, b; 242. 
idem, 120; 121, a. 
Imperfect Tense; Indicative; 408; 
of fourth conjugation, 335 ; 
tense sign, 188; 333. 
Subjunctive ; in contrary to 
fact conditions, 443, III ; 
with cum when, 384; mean- 
ing, 274; 276; tense sign, 
333; when used, 277; 409; 
411. 
ille, 93; 94; 283, b. 
Imperative in commands, 447 ; 

449. 
Impersonal construction; defined, 
457; with passive periphrastic 
conjugation, 457. 



294 



INDEX. 



in ; with ablative, 3 1 ; with accu- 
sative, 38. 

Incident at the Battle of Pharsalia, 
466. 

Incompleted action, 275. 

Indeclinable nouns, 10, 5. 

Indefinite pronouns, 124. 

Indicative mood; with cum when, 

384. 
Future tense signs, 333. 
Imperfect tense ; of fourth 
conjugation; 335 ; tense 
sign, 333. 
Indirect Discourse ; three forms 

of, 450. 
Indirect Object, 20; 23. 
Indirect Statements; 337, II-341; 
344-346; 450. 
Defined, 337, II, a; 338. 
Full rule for, 413. 
Tenses of Infinitive, 344-346. 
Subordinate Clauses of, 412. 
Indirect Questions, 437; 438. 
Infinitive Mood; 75, a; 83; 169; 
279, a; 431, I; 446,.^. 
Complementary; 155; posi- 
tion, 155, b. 
Future tense of deponents, 

368, 1. 
Subject Accusative, 340. 
Tenses of; in indirect state- 
ments, 344-346. 
Use, 336-341; 344-346; 413. 
Interrogative; adjectives, 114; 

pronouns, 113; 114. 
Instrument or means; Ablative of, 

68; 69. 
Intransitive verbs ; with dative, 
375; 400; defined, 374; 400,0. 
-io ; Verbs in, 258. 
ipse, 120; 121, c. 
Irregular adjectives, 125. 
is, IOO-102 ; 283, b. 
-IS, 431. 2. 
iste, 120; 121, a, b. 

L. 

Labials, 2, I. 

Labienus meets his match, 464. 

labor, 142. 

References are 



Less vivid future conditions, 443, 

n. 

levis, 167. 

Licinins atque Claudius, 132. 

Liquids, 2, 2. 

Liquid stems of third declension, 

142. 
List of Rules for ready reference, 

following the Vocabularies, 285. 
Lists of Words for Review, 129; 

203; 291; 433. 
litus, 142. 
Locative case, 9, a. 

M. 

-m,43 I » 2 - 

Main clause, 161, 2, b. 

Main verb; 161, 3; 275; 277; in 
indirect statements, 413. 

malo, 379. 

Manner; Ablative of, 89. 

mare, 147. 

Means; Ablative of, 68 ; 69; 77,0; 
431, 2. 

Mental action ; Verbs denoting, 338. 

miles, 135. 

Miles et Tribunus, 144. 

mille, 297, 298. 

moneo, 179; 186. 

mons, 153. 

murus, 45. 

Mutes, 2, I; 7, 6. 

Mute stems of third declension, 
130; 135- 

N. 

nd, 7, 2. 

ne ; in Negative Commands and 
Appeals, 447. 
denoting Negative Purpose, 

278, b\ 279. 
after Verbs of Fearing, 353. 
-ne, 8, 4; 41. 
Negative Commands and Appeals, 

447- 
Negative Purpose. 278, b; 279. 
Negative Result, 308, b, 309. 

nf, 7, 5- 

Neuter nominative and accusative, 
130, c; 142, a. 
to paragraphs. 






INDEX. 



2 95 



Neuter nouns of second declension. 

44- 

nolo, 379; 446, d 

Nominative, 21; 431, 2. 

nos, 283. 

Nouns; indeclinable, 10, 5; pred- 
icate, 29; 30. 

nox, 153. 

Numerals, 296-299; 304. 

O. 

Obligation; how expressed, 455. 
Object ; direct, 16; 22; 431, 2; 

indirect, 20; 23. 
Omission of subject, 39. 
oppidum, 45. 
opus, 142. 
Order of words, 26 ; 162. 

-OS, 43 J » 2 - 

P. 

Palatals, 2. 
Participles; 82, a\ 357. 

How declined, 358. 

of Deponents, 368, 2. 

Future active, 453. 

Perfect passive, 359, 5. 

Present active, 359, a. 

How used, 359. 
Partitive Genitive, 299, b. 
Parts; Principal, of verbs, 83; 212; 

330- 
Passive Periphrastic Conjugation, 

455- 
Passive Voice defined, 73, b. 

pater, 142. 

Penult, 6, 3; 8, 3. 

Perfect Tense; Indicative, 408. 

Participle, 359, b; 403, g. 

Subjunctive ; meaning, 410 ; 
use, 411. 
Personal endings. 76; 334. 
Personal pronouns, 283. 

pes, 135- 

ph ; how pronounced, 5. 

Plso Aquitdnus, 208. 

Place whither, 360. 

Pluperfect Tense; Indicative, 408. 
Subjunctive ; with cum, when, 
384; meaning, 410; use, 411. 



Plural; of adjectives, 13, a; of 
first declension, 12 ; of verbs, 
16, b. 
plus, 229. 

Possessive Adjectives, 285. 
Possessor; Dative of the, 34; 35. 
possum, 313 ; 400, *• 
prae-fici6, 400, c. 
prae-mitto, 400, d. 
Predicate ; adjectives, 52; nouns, 

29; 30. 
Preposition; position of, 169; 431, 1. 
Present Tense; Indicative, 408. 
Participle, 359, a. 
Subjunctive; meaning, 274, 2; 
276; tense sign, 333; when 
used, 277 ; 409 ; 41 1 ; in 
less vivid future conditions, 

443. II. 
Primary tenses, 408. 
princeps, 130. 
Principal Clause, 161. 
Principal Parts of Verbs, 83; 212; 

330- 
Proelium cum Helvetils, 157; 164. 
Proelium Mundae, 326. 
Pronouns ; 100. 

Demonstrative, 94; 120; 12 1. 

Indefinite, 124. 

Interrogative, 113; 114. 

Personal and reflexive, 283. 

Relative ; 106 ; 107; agree- 
ment of, 108; 109. 
Pronunciation; English, 3; Roman, 

3; 4; 5- 
puer, 56. 

Puer et Amicus, 118. 

Pugna Pharsalica, 245 (Introduc- 
tion); 246; 251; 255; 467. 

Pullo et Vorenus, 217. 

Purpose ; defined, 278, a; gerun- 
dive or gerund with ad, 392; 
relative clauses of, 422 ; sub- 
junctive of, 279; 337, b. 

Q. 

qu, 4, 1, a. 

quam, than; 222; with superla- 
tives, 439. 
-que, 8, 4; 91. 



296 



INDEX. 



Questions; direct, 437; indirect, 

437; 43 8 ; 45°- 
qui, 106-109; 2 ^6; 422. 
quldam, 124. 
quis, 113; 114. 
quod, 114, b. 
-quod, 124, b. 

R. 

-re, 333- 

Reading; Hints for, 84; 169; 431. 

Ready reference ; Rules arranged 
for, Following the Vocabularies. 

regd, 205 ; 210. 

Reflexive Pronouns, 283. 

Relative clauses ; 425 ; of cause, 
423. of characteristic, 424. of 
purpose and result, 422. 

Relative Pronouns; 106; 107; 
161, 4; agreement of, 108 ; 109. 

Result; Subjunctive of, 309; rela- 
tive clause of, 422. 

Review ; Word-lists for, 129 ; 203 ; 

291; 433- 

Roman! atque Galli, 90. 

Rules of Syntax arranged for ready 
reference, Following the Vocab- 
ularies. 

S. 
sapiens, 167. 

Saving the Standard, 225. 
Second declension, 45 ; 56. 
Second conjugation, 179 ; 186 ; 332. 
Second periphrastic conjugation, 

455- 
Secondary tenses, 408. 

Sequence of tenses, 41 1. 

Separation ; Ablative of, 418. 

Service or end; Dative of, 399. 

Silva, 19. 

Simple conditions ; nothing im- 
plied, 443. I. 

Space; extent of, 261. 

Specification; Ablative of, 194. 

Statements; direct, 337, II. indi- 
rect, 337, II-341 ; 344-346; 413; 

45°- 
Stem; defined, 19, d, e ; of third 

declension, 130. 
Stems of verbs, 83 ; 330. 

References are 



Stem vowel; of first declension, 

19, d; of second declension, 43. 

Subject ; 21 ; 26, a\ 35 ; omitted, 

39- 

Syntax ; Rules of, arranged for 
ready reference, Following the 
Vocabularies. 
Subjunctive Mood ; 274. 

in Conditional Sentences, 443, 

II, III. 
in Commands and Appeals, 

447; 449- 
with cum Causal or Conces- 
sive, 427. 
with cum Temporal, 384. 
in Indirect Discourse, 450 ; 

Indirect commands, 449 ; 

Indirect Questions, 438 ; 

Indirect statements, 413. 
of Purpose, 279. 
in Relative Clauses ; 425 ; of 

cause, 423; of characteristic, 

424 ; of purpose and result, 

422. 
of Result, 309. 
after Verbs of Fearing, 353. 
rule for Use of Tenses, 277; 

409; 411. 
Tenses of ; present tense ; 

meaning, 274, 2; 276; 

tense sign, 333; use, 277, 

443, II- 
imperfect tense ; meaning ; 

274; 276; tense sign, 333; 

use, 277 ; 443, III. 

perfect and pluperfect tenses ; 

meaning, 410, c; use, 411. 

Subordinate clauses; defined, 161 ; 

in indirect statements, 413 ; 450. 

Superlatives; how declined, 221, b. 

meanings, 219; 223; withquam. 

439- 

sul, 283. 

sum ; 61 ; 67 ; 453 ; 454 ; posi- 
tion, 26, b. 

suus, 191-- 

T. 

Tenses ; primary and secondary, 
408; sequence of, 411. 
to paragraphs. 



INDEX. 



297 



Tense signs, 188; 333. 

-ter, 247. 

"that" omitted in indirect state- 
ments, 337, II, c. 

Third conjugation; 205; 210; 332; 
in io, 258; 332. 

Third declension; mute stems, 130; 

135- 
Liquid stems, 142. 

i-stems, 147; 153. 

Adjectives, 160; 167. 

Three forms of indirect discourse, 

45°- 

Time denoted by infinitive in in- 
direct statements, 344; 345. 

Time; ablative of, 174; accusative 
of, 261. 

Towns; names of as place whither, 
360. 

tres, 297. 

tu, 283; 284. 

U. 

ultima, 6, 3. 

Uniting or grouping words, 169; 

43 1 , I- 
-urn, 44- 
unus, 297. 
urbs, 153. 
ut; of purpose, 278, b; 279; of 



result, 308, b; 309; with verbs 
of fearing, 353. 
utor, 370. 

V. 

v ; pronunciation, 5. 
velox, 167. 

Verb ; main, 161, 3 ; position of. 
26, b; 162; stems, 75, a; 85 

330- 
Verbs; agreement of, 63; of mental 
action, 338 ; personal endings, 
76; 334; plural of, 16, b; voice, 

73 , <*, b - 
vir,_5 6 - 
virtus, 135. 
Vivid, see Less vivid. 
Vocative case, 45, a, b. 
Voice ; defined, 73, a, b. 
void, 379. 
vos, 283. 
Vowels, 4, I; 7. 

W. 

Words; Lists of Allied Words ex- 
plained, 131. 
Word-lists for review, 129; 203; 

291; 433- 
Word-order, 26; 162; 431, 1. 
1 Writing Latin; Hints for, 48. 



Uc £9G2 



^ 



• r'P 17 \W 



7 



9 



400 



■<? 









^ - 









\ & 



^ 



V 







i 




^ * » M ^ ^ 



<<• "r 



OQT 





















V 
,0o 



-^ = 






■i *P 







.vv 






^ 



x? 



V 



c? 















,*< 






'>, 















* v 















, 



o> v -/ >- 









\ 






'c 

** 

** 



-■-. 






V 



\ 






A* 









,}, 






^ 



7 . ^ 









*c 






v\ 



^0 o^ 

> .V 



i - '^ ^ V- \v 





C- V % 

f 



. * * o , % "' ' ' \ X 



r -P 



f> 



'V- 



^ ^ 















■\ 




^ v* X 



^ "^ 










% 



^ 

^ ^ 



- 



'-- 






-P| 






\ 






V 



k v 






